Steering Gear

I Rolls-Royc~
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
FOR
(~)
••
FRYDENBO
STEERING GEAR
FRYDENBO ORDER NO: 7746-7748, 7792-7793

ULJANIK Shipyard
Hull nos.436, 471, 465-468
ROLLS-ROYCE MARINE
Dep.: Steering Gears - Frydenbo
N-5217 Hagavik, Norway
Switchboard+ 47 56 57 16 00. Telefax + 47 56 30 82 41
CONTENTS
PAGE:
SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION
1.0 Introduction 3
1.1 General description 4
1.2 Teclmical data 5
1.3 Weight list 6
1.4 Oil specification 7
1.5 The actuator 8
1.6 The pump unit 11
1.7 Functioning ofthe pump/control unit 12
1.8 Functioning ofthe actuator 16
1.9 Storing of the equipment and filling of oil 17
SECTION 2 INSTALLATION- COMMISSIONING- SEA TRIAL

2.0 Installation 19
2.1 Mounting/dismounting rudderstock 21
2.2 Filling of oil and venting procedure 24
2.3 Procedure for start-up and sea-trial 25
SECTION 3 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION

3.0 Service locations 28
3.1 Maintenance reporting 30
3.2 Maintenance 31
3.3 Periodical maintenance 32
3.4 Cleaning the strainer/filter of the pump unit 33
SECTION 4 REPAIR INSTRUCTION

4.0 Fault fmding chart 35
4.1 Replacement of the actuator seals 36
4.2 Control and replacement of the trustbearing 38
4.3 Control and replacement of the liners 39
4.4 Pump unit 40
SECTION 5 DRAWINGS
5.0 Drawing list 43
SECTION 6 PARTS CATALOGUE

6.0 Parts list- Actuator and Pump unit 45
SECTION 7 ELECTRICAL PART

46-
r--- \
{ i
'-_ .'
( ', SECTION 1
GENERALINFO~TION
I ,
2
SECTION 1.0 INTRODUCTION
This instruction manual, issued for FrydenbO rotary vane rudder actuator, is prepared for use of the
operating personnel.
The operators should familiarise themselves with the working principles of the equipment and with the
instructions and precautions contained herein.
The manual should be kept handy for reference at all times so that the proper and correct operating
instructions can be observed and followed.
No dismantling or adjusting work should be started unless the pertinent instructions have been carefully
studied so that the work sequence is clear and all of the necessary tools are available.
It is of paramount importance that extreme cleanliness is observed during all work on the equipment.
Sand, dust, or other impurities are detrimental to the hydraulic equipment and will most likely impair the
proper operations. Keep hands and tools clean. Use only clean linen rags,- never cotton waste.
FrydenbO is ready to be of assistance and service at all times and will appreciate the operator's comments
on any phase of the equipment's operation and it's maintenance.
3
SECTION 1.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION PPSMI
(See general arrangement dwg.)
A. STEERING GEAR
The FRYDENB0 steering gear on this vessel is composed of one hydraulic rotary vane actuator
mounted directly on the rudder stock, served by two pump units delivering the necessary oil pressure
for operating the rudder.
The two pump units may be operated together or separately. Each pump unit will provide oil with
sufficient pressure to develop
the specified rudder torque.
When cruising at sea, only one pump unit is normally in operation while the other is acting as a stand-
by unit. During manoeuvre of the vessel, when the shortest possible steering time is required, it is
possible to run both pump units simultaneously whereby the rudder rate will be doubled.
'\
The pump units are equipped with solenoid valves, which are normally operated by means of signals
from the bridge steering controls.
The pump is submerged in the oiltank. The tank is divided into three chambers, one for each pump
unit and one for the integrated storage tank, with one low level alarm-switch in each of the pump unit
chambers.
From top of the steering gear leakage oil will run through pipe to the oiltank.
(
\..
'
4
--
(
SECTION1.2 TECHNICAL DATA
1) RUDDER ACTUATOR
Type IRV 1400-2

Rudderstock diameter 490mm
Maximum oil pressure · 100BAR
Maximum rudder angle 2 x 71,5 degr.
Relief valve setting 100BAR
Design torque 1340kNri1
Displacement (35-0-30) = 65 degr. 124liters
Steering time (35-0-30) degr.
with one pump running max.28 seconds
Steering time (35-0-30) degr.
with two pumps running max.14 seconds
2) PUMP UNIT
f '
r.
Type PPSMI2"
Screw pump "Leistritz " type L3MF 60-90
Revolution 3500 R.P.M.
Capacity at 3500 R.P.M. 533 llmin
Relief valve setting 76Bar
Maximum temperature system 70 degr.C.
Solenoid valve Vickers 24V DC
3) ELECTRIC MOTOR
Type ABB M3AA 200MLC2

Rating- S1 52kW
Voltage 3 x440V AC
Current 82A/ 541A
Frequency 60Hz
Protection degree IP 55
Revolution 3500R.P.M.
4) OIL CAPA CITY
Rudder actuator 470 Liters

Pump units (2x500 ltrs + llOOltrs) 2100 Liters
Pipe lines I hoses 50 Liters
Total oil volume 2650 Liters
5
SECTION 1.3 WEIGHT LIST
STEERJNG GEAR TYPE IRV 1400-2
EQUIPMENT: WEIGHT
DRY: W/OIL:
Rudder actuator 6000 kg 6300 kg

Pump unit 2000 kg 3900 kg
TOTAL 8000 kg 10200 kg
6
SECTION1.4 OIL SPECIFICATION
HYDRAULIC OIL TYPE
FRYDENB0 ROTARY VANE STEERING GEAR
Use only a high quality hydraulic oil with a viscosity index of approximate 100. The oil should have anti-
foam, anti-oxidant and anti-rust additives.
OIL SPECIFICATION
Viscosity: IS068
. Oil temperatures should be limited to 70 OC.
The oil to be checked regularly for contamination, and the oil companies' recommendation for change of
oil to be followed.
Oil level should be checked daily with new oil added as necessary.
7
SECTION1.5 THE ACTUATOR 1
The actuator consists of these mai.11 £omponents:
1. Housing
2. Cover
3. Rotor
4. Stoppers
5. Vanes
6. Safety relief valve
8
SECTION1.5 THE ACTUATOR
(Continued)
LOCK VALVE
The automatic lock valve mounted on the actuator consists of a housing, where both pipes from the pump
unit are connected. Between inlet and outlet there is a pilot-piston which operates the two spring-loaded
valves.
CASEl RUDDER-
STOCK
STEERING TAKES PLACE
Oil pressure from the

pump unit opens both
the inlet and the
outlet side of the
valve.
CASE2
THE ACTUATOR CLOSED-

RUDDER BLOCKED
When there is no oil

supply, the valves are kept closed by
spring load.
(Oil pressure inside
the actuator will
increase the closing force).
9
SECTION1.5 THE ACTUATOR
(Continued)
SAFETY VALVE
There is one safety valve-block on the actuator consisting of:

1. Pilot relief valve.
2. Pilot piston.
3. Check valve.
4. Spring loaded main valve.
5. Adjusting screw for relief pressure.
NORMAL RUNNING CONDITION:

CASE 1: The working pressure, P1, opens the check valve, 3, and will keep the safety valve in closed
position.
SAFETY VALVE OPENS:

CASE 2: If the pressure increases to maximum, P2, which is the opening pressure for the pilot relief
valve, 1, the springloaded main valve, 4, will be pushed over and the maximum pressure will be relieved
over to the suction side.
ACTUATOR ACTUATOR
RETURN SIDE PRESSURE SIDE
10
SECTION 1.6 THE PUMP UNIT PPSMI-2
The pump unit consists of following components mounted on a common bed plate:
1. Gear pump.
2. Oil tank with two chambers.
3. Flexible coupling between motor and pump.
4. Solenoid operated control valve for connection to steering controls, with emergency push-button
steering controls.
5. Electric motor.
6. Pressure gauge.
7. Safety relief valve.
8. Filter.
9. Hand pump for pumping oil from storage chamber to pump chamber.
11
SECTION 1.7-1 FUNCTIONING OF THE PUMP/CONTROL UNIT PME2
The steering gear is normally operated from the steering controls initiating the pilot valve
solenoids.
For emergency operation, the pilot valves are equipped with push button controls that make it
possible to operate the steering gear manually from the steering gear compartment.
CONTROL UNIT:
1. Solenoid - Pilot valve.
2. Safety relief valve.
3. Control valve.
4. By-pass valve.
IIJL!NG PR£SSUR£
FIG. 1.
IDLING:
Fig.1 shows the pump unit when idling. The control valve, 3, and the solenoid valve, 1, are kept
in center position by
spring load when no steering signal is given.
12
(Continued)
BEGINNING OF STEERING (MODULATED FLOW):
Steering is carried out by operating the

solenoid valve (1 ). Fig.2 on the diagram
shows the beginning of the steering
process when the right solenoid is
operated. The control valve (3) will be
pushed over to the right side, by the oil
pressure in the left chamber.
The control valve (3) is now at the

beginning of its stroke. Some of the oil
flows through the throttling slots to the
actuator, and overflow is by-passed at
the by-pass valve (4) back to the suction
side of the pump. The smaller oil
volume being directed gradually to the
actuator will give a soft start.
B WORKING PR[SSUR[
~~ TO ACTUATOR
FIG.2.
PUMP PR[SSUR[
ltfH[N ST[[RJNG B[GJNS
~ R[:URN TO PUMP
STEERING:
After approximately one second, the

control valve (3) is moved over to it's
end position, see fig. 3 .
.The oil-flow from the pump has now
free passage from channel (1) into pipe
(B) leading to the actuator. The return
oil from the actuator flows through pipe
(A) and has free passage to channel (2)
and back to the suction side of the
pump.
B IIORKING PR[SSUR[
TO ACTUATOR
FIG.3. 2
~ RETURN TO PUMP
13
(Continued) /,... '"
(\,__
5j \
FIG.4.
RELIEF VALVE (Item 2)
When the oil pressure, C, exceeds the preset value of the valve spring load, the valve, 5, will
open (fig 4).
The pressure oil will flow to channel (2) and the pressure behind the by-pass valve (7) will drop.
Now the by-pass valve will open, allowing the oil (D) to flow to the return channel (2).
SETTING THE RELIEF VALVE. (Item 2)

Opening pressure for relief valve, see technical data sheet.
To increase the pressure, turn adjusting screw, 6, clockwise.
Safety valve opening pressure has been set during assembly by the suppliers and possible
adjustment should only be carried out by a competent person.
EMERGENCY OPERATION
During emergency operation the solenoid valves (1) can be manually operated by means of
manual controls on the solenoid valves.
NOTE: "Local/Remote"- switch, S3, on starter cabinets, has to be in local position during
emergency operation.
Use push buttons on solenoid valve to operate the manual controls.
£M£RG£NCY
MANUAL CDNTRDLS
US[ PUSH BUTTDNS

TD DP£RAT[
TH[ MANUAL CDNTRDLS
14
SECTION1.8 FUNCTIONING OF THE ACTUATOR
(See assembly dwg. of actuator)
The actuator consists of three main components: A cylindrical housing with stoppers, a rotor and a
bolted-on cover.
The rotor, turning in bearings at top and bottom, is equipped with vanes upon which the oil pressure is
acting and thereby developing the turning torque. The turning movement is limited by stoppers fixed to
the housing.
The stoppers also act as mechanical rudder stops in hard-over position.
The axial bearing thrustring of the actuator is of sufficient capacity to carry the full weight of rudder,
rudderstock and rotor, eliminating the need for a separate rudder carrier bearing.
In addition to the stoppers, the actuator is equipped with electrical limit switches stopping the turning
movement at the predetermined angle.
The sealing system consists of synthetic oil resistant material resting in seal grooves, preventing
effectively internal leakages, and gland seals preventing external leakage.
The bearings of the actuator are lubricated by means of the system oil.
AUTOMATIC LOCK VALVE
The actuator is equipped with automatic lock valves. If there should be loss of oil pressure due to possible
external failures, the lock valve will close immediately and keep the actuator intact for operation by
means of the stand-by pump.
SAFETY VALVE
The actuator is equipped with a safety valve, limiting the pressure to the specified value.
15
SECTION 1.9 STORING OF THE EQUIPMENT AND FILLING OF OIL.
In order to protect the inside of the steering gears, a special corrosion retarding ingredient is added to
the hydraulic oil used during fmal testing of the steering gear. This is a short time protection only. The
steering gear should be filled with oil immediately after received at yard, to protect the equipment.
PROCEDURE FOR FILLING THE ACTUATOR AND THE PUMP UN1T WITH OIL.
Locations of filling- and drain plugs are marked on the arrangement drawing.
1. Open all bleeding plugs on top of the rudder actuator

and the pump unit (See venting procedure section 2.2).
2. Use pump or gravity connected to the filling holes, to
fillthe actuator and the pump. (See sketch).
NOTE: Fill oil through all filling plugs in order to fill all chambers of the actuator.
USE PUMP!
OR !
J
GRAVITY ...
FILLING PLUGS
BLEEDING
PLUGS
16
SECTION2
INSTALLATION.···
COMMISSIONING
SEA TRIAL
; :
\.. /
17
pp
SECTION2.0 INSTALLATION
RUDDER ACTUATOR
Sufficient space for inspection and service of the gland seals must be provided (see arr. dwg). There
should be sufficient space between top of the rudder actuator and the deck above to permit the cover and
the rotor to be lifted. If this cannot be arranged, a hatchway in deck may be provided. Tackle bracket
should be arranged.
Do not open the rudder actuator during installation. Forward position is marked on the actuator flange. 0-
position of rotor is marked on top of the actuator. See arrangement drawing.
Make sure that rudderstock and actuator are aligned.
For fastening of the rudderstock to the rudder actuator, see "Procedure for hydraulic
mounting/dismounting of the rudder actuator on the rudderstock", section 2.1.
18
pp
SECTION2.0 INSTALLATION
(Continued)
PUMP UNIT
The pump unit should be installed close to the rudder actuator with good access for inspection and
maintenance.
PIPES
Sharp vertical bends on the pipe lines should be avoided, as air pockets may occur.
19
SECTION 2.1-1 PROCEDURE FOR HYDRAULIC MOUNTING/DISMOUNTING
OF THE RUDDER ACTUATOR ON THE RUDDERSTOCK.
The taper area of the rudderstock should be adapted to the rudder actuator, use blue color, until sufficient
contact between the rudderstock and the rotor has been obtained (according to classification
requirements). ·
See drawing and table "HYDR.MOUNTING I DISMOUNTING OF RUDDERSTOCK", fig.1.
NECESSARY EQUIPMENT:
2 High-pressure oil pumps with pressure gauges, min 1000 bar.

1 Dial gauge.
OIL SPECIFICATION:
Hydraulic oil: 100 mm2/s at 40°C.

Note! No anti-friction additives allowed in oil.
MOUNTING.
1. Clean and lubricate the taper area of the rudderstock and the rotor using hydraulic oil.
2. Put the rudder actuator on the rudderstock with its full weight on the taper area.
3. Mount the hydraulic nut and tighten by hand.
4. Mount pump 1 for oil pressure to the nut, and pump 2 for oil pressure to the taper.
5. To fmd a correct starting position for the pull up length, start to pump oil into the nut
with pump1 until the pressure starts to increase (max. 10 bar). Relieve the pressure and
tighten the nut until contact between nut and actuator is obtained. This to avoid that the
o-ring on piston in the nut should break if too long stroke. (For permissible length of
stroke, see arrangement drawing.).
This is the starting position.
6. Mount the dial gauge and adjust to zero.
20
(Continued) OF THE RUDDER ACTUATOR ON THE RUDDERSTOCK.
7. Pump oil (pump 2) to the taper fitting until the oil leaks out at the lower part of the taper.
8. Increase slowly the pressure from both pumps 1 and 2 until the rudderstock is pulled up
the length "L", specified in the table.
NOTE:
When pulling up, keep pressure as high as possible on pump 2. (Until the oil leaks out at
the lower or upper part of the taper).
9. Relieve the pressure from pump 2.
10. Wait about 30 minutes, and then relieve the pressure from pump 1.
11. Check the length "L".
12. Dismount the pumps and the dial gauge.
13. Tighten the nut to contact with the actuator.
14. Secure the rudderstock nut.
DISMOUNTING
1. Dismount the lockplate.
2. Unscrew the nut to the length (L + 2) mm. See the table.
3. Mount pump 1 for oil pressure to the nut, and pump 2 for oil-pressure to the taper.
4. Increase the oil-pressure from pump 1 to about 50 bar.
5. Increase the pressure on the taper (pump 2) gradually until the pressure in the nut (pump
1) is rising.
This indicates that the taper is "floating".
6. Reduce the pressure from pump 1 gradually without reducing the taper pressure (from
pump 2), and the rudderstock will be released from rudder actuator.
21
(Continued) OF THE RUDDER ACTUATOR ON THE RUDDERSTOCK.
MOUNllNG OF RUDDERSTOCK
DIAL
GAUGE
FIG 1.
PULL UP LENGTH: 8,9-10,2mm

PISTON AREA: 940 cm2
PISTON STROKE: 14mm
RUDDERSTOCK DIA.: 490mm
CALCULATION NO.: 2891
22
) SECTION2.2 FILLING OF OIL AND VENTING PROCEDURE.
To fill actuator and pump unit with oil, see section 1.9.
Oil specification, see section 1.4.
Before starting to fill oil, open all vent plugs on the actuator.
Fill oil into the oiltank of the power pack.
Actuator
Start the pump units (check the correct rotation). Operate the solenoid valves manually for a few
seconds, to move the rudder. Repeat this procedure until the actuator is filled up with oil, and vent the
system.
Do the same operation on the second pump unit.
Venting procedure
Start the pump units.
Operate the solenoid valves manually to move the rudder. Stop the pumps and vent the system.
Start again and move the rudder hard-over to hard-over.
The system should now operate smoothly without noise. If still noisy, repeat the venting.
IF A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM IS TO BE RELIABLE AND FUNCTION SATISFACTORILY, ALL

AIR MUST BE REMOVED FROM THE SYSTEM.
/
',
23
( SECTION2.3 PROCEDURE FOR START-UP AND SEA TRIAL.
START-UP:
Fill oil into the actuator and the pump unit according to instruction, and bleed the system.
- Control that the electric motor is rotating in the correct direction.
- Run the rudder hard over to both sides. Control that the rudder moves without any obstructions and that
maximum rudder angle is obtained. Adjust electrical end stoppers, if necessary.
- Half the total rudder angle is the correct center position. Adjust both the mechanical and the electrical
rudder indicators according to this 0-point. Control that the steering handles and the rudder indicators
both show correct"direction.
- Check that the relief valve opens at maximum specified pressure, by pushing the emergency push-
buttons on the solenoid valve until the rudder is in hard-over position. To obtain correct pressure, adjust
reliefvalve (See instructions).
- Test the start and stop switches.
-Test the alarm panels (See instructions).
SEA TRIAL:
-Check that these items are within the limits of the specification for the supplied steering gear, using both
one and two pumps;
- Steering time 35 - 0- 30 deg.
- Max. working pressure.
Please fill in the form on the next page.
24
Please fill in this form during the sea trial and send it to our head office for later reference.
Address: ROLLS-ROYCE MARINE

DEP.: STEERING GEARS- FRYDENBO
N-5217 HAGAVIK
NORWAY
Name of ship: ................................... .

Shipyard: ....................................... .
Hull no: ........................................ .
Owner: .......................................... .
Speed: .........knots
Stb. Port Both

Pump pump pumps
Steering time 3 5-0-3 0 degrees: (seconds)
Max pressure during steering: (bar)
Max amps on el.motor during steering: (amp)
Comments:
25
SECTION3
MAINTENANCE
INSTRUCTION
26
SERVICE LOCATIONS
~QI!m~~tjii()PE';~~:r":i~ [RijE·~]lQ:E~A.Njl~·~';:g. Longva (Automation)

ROLLS-ROYCE Tel: +47 70 20 82 00
l!!E'~~:'<f!L0l~::::j:~; "i: Groningen Fax: +47 70 20 83 51
ROLLS-ROYCE Tel: +31 50 54 25 425
Aalborg (Service) Fax: +31 50 54 25 588 Tenn:fjord (Steering gear)
Tel: +45 98 114 955 Tel: +47 70 20 88 00
Fax: +45 98 114 945 Purmerend (Service) Fax: +47 70 20 89 00
Tel: +31 299 641 118
Esbjerg Fax: +31 299 644 999 Ulsteinvik (Adm.)
Tel: +45 75 14 15 22 Tel: +47 70 01 40 05
Fax: +45 75 14 41 02 Rotterdam (Service) Fax: +47 70 01 40 01
Tel: +31 10 42 61 227
'FHffiA.N:D . . · ..
'
Fax: +31 10 42 64 298
,,;,.;~"N.-.'.'/d~-""....VN.<;'~~.''~'"~.;_,',
Ulsteinvik (Ship design)
ROLLS-ROYCE Tel: +47 70 01 40 00
Helsinki· t!§!lw~yj~!'fJ1~::1,.: . Fax: +47 70 01 40 13
Tel: +358 96866330 ROLLS-ROYCE
Fax: +358 968663339 Bergen (Cast Iron) Ulsteinvik (Propulsion)
Tel: +47 55 53 65 00 Tel: +47 70 01 40 00
Kokkola (Water jets) Fax: +47 55 53 65 05 Fax: +47 70 01 40 17
Tel: +358 68324500
Fax: +358 68324511 Bergen (Engines) Volda (Propulsion)
Tel: +47 55 53 65 00 Tel: +47 70 07 39 00
Rauma (Winches, thrusters) Fax: +47 55 19 04 05 Fax: +47 70 07 39 50
Tel: +358 2 83 791
Fax: +358 2 8379 4804 Bergen (Service) Oslo (Repr. office)
Tel: +47 56 57 16 00 Tel: +47 23 31 04 80
FRAN~E~l·;". ; Fax: +47 56 30 82 41
Kb<r•. i .•·i.-.r. ·' Fax: +47 23 31 04 99
ROLLS-ROYCE
Rungis Bergen (Steering gear) Aalesund (Ship design)
Tel: +33 1 468 62811 Tel: +47 56 57 16 00 Tel: +47 70 10 37 00
Fax: +33 1 468 79398 Fax: +47 56 30 82 41 Fax: +47 70 10 37 01
G~~&~~:·~······ Bergen (Turbines) .PQ~~»r······

ROLLS-ROYCE Tel: +47 55 53 64 50 ROLLS-ROYCE
Hamburg Fax: +47 55 53 60 60 Gniew (Deck machinery)
Tel: +49 40 381 277 Tel: +48 69 135 2Z 71
Fax: +49 40 389 2177 Brattvaag (Deck machinery) Fax: +48 69 135 22 18
Tel: +47 70 20 85 00
Hamburg (Service) Fax: +47 70 20 86 00
Tel: +49 40 78091910
Fax: +49 40 78091919 Hareid (Rudders)
Tel: +47 70 09 55 00
Fax: +47 70 09 55 55
27
SERVICE LOCATIONS (continued)
rab:s§~J .~mN&J2::.: . .•.

ROLLS-ROYCE ROLLS-ROYCE
Moscow ~lf~vTI.;,iL. Dalian (Purchasing Office)
Tel: +7 095 230 6441 ROLLS-ROYCE Tel: +86 411 281 5791
Fax: +7 095 230 6441 Genova (Marine Sales & Fax: +86 411 263 1573
Service)
St. Petersburg Tel: +39 010 839 1561 Hong Kong
Tel: +7 812 960 4627 Fax: +39 010 839 3663 Tel: +852 2526 6937
Fax: +7 812 325 5604 Fax: +852 2868 5344
r~I£9Af~~t~l:~·~i~..·.
r~w~\J~~ . ~· "' · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ROLLS-ROYCE Shanghai
ROLLS-ROYCE . Rijeka Tel: +86 21 6387 8808
G0teborg Tel: +38 5512 54882 Fax: +86 21 5382 5793
Tel: +46 31 492 202 Fax: +38 5512 55154
Fax: +46 31 497 531 '!NDIA.[[. 1fs~'
i·.i···:!··~'""'''" ROLLS-ROYCE
Kristinehamn (Propulsion) ROLLS-ROYCE Mumbai
Tel: +46 550 84000 Valletta Tel: +91 22 820 45 41
Fax: +46 550 18190 Tel: +356 805 497 Fax: +91 22 820 45 42
Fax. +356 677 747
~~r~Tf!&N¢n<>~ . l~~(;~o@'JIJ:'
ROLLS-ROYCE ·~r.M~~~~·T ROLLS-ROYCE
Aberdeen ROLLS-ROYCE Singapore
Tel: +44 1224 58 1722 Madrid Tel: +65 686 21 901
Fax: +44 1224 58 1723 Tel: +34 91 372 81 42 Fax: +65 686 22 477
Fax: +34 91 372 87 28
Dartford ~~TR~A~T~~§~ ····
Tel: +44 1322 394 300 Tarragona
Fax: +44 1322 394 301 Tel: +34 977 296 444 ~j]g~.
Fax: +34 977 296 450 ROLLS-ROYCE
Dunfermline (Propulsion) Tokyo
Tel: +44 1383 82 31 88 Tel: +81 3 3237 6861
Fax: +44 1383 82 40 38 Fax: +81 3 3237 6846
Edinburgh (Stabilisers) r~~I~~;.E!1f[[

Tel: +44 131 556 2440 ROLLS-ROYCE
Fax: +44 131 556 3253 Melbourne
Tel: +61 3 9848 6061
Newcastle (Bearings) Fax: +61 3 9848 6078
Tel: +44 191 273 0291
Fax: +44 191 272 2787 Perth
Tel: +61 8 9336 7910
Tewkesbury (Service) Fax: +61 8 9336 7920
Tel: +44 1684 290 781
Fax: +44 1684 290 786
28
SERVICE LOCATIONS (continued)
~ru~1!§9:F~o~41 tQSA
ROLLS-ROYCE ROLLS-ROYCE
Inchon Annapolis (Propulsion)
Tel: +82 32 888 4576 Tel:+ 1 410 224 2130
Fax: +82 32 888 4579 Fax: +1 410 266 6721
Pusan (Deck machinery) Fort Lauderdale

Tel: +82 51 266 0170 Tel: +1 954 581 2757
Fax: +82 51 266 0175 Fax: + 1 954 581 2785
Pusan Houston
Tel: +82 51 205 0236 Tel: + 1 281 497 5220
Fax: +82 51 205 0235 Fax:+ 1 281 497 4903
!il.Jl~~~A] New Orleans

ROLLS-ROYCE Tel: + 1 504 464 4561
Vladivostok Fax: + 1 504 464 4565
Tel: +7 5232 495 484
Fax: + 7 5232 495 484 Pascagoula (Cast Iron)
Tel:+ 1 228 762 0728
Fax: + 1 228 769 7048
~m~A-~.r~]]:~]]]',·
Seattle
tiBt\.~IL i · Tel: +1 206 782 9190
ROLLS-ROYCE Fax: + 1 206 782 0176
Rio de Janeiro
Tel: +55 21 507 4992 Walpole (Propulsion)
Fax: +55 21 509 5610 Tel:+ 1 508 668 9610
Fax: +1 508 660 6152
0eiNm.···~······A
g,ow.w...;,v.,...M~.'"''·
ROLLS-ROYCE
Halifax
Tel: + 1 902 468 2883
Fax: + 1 902 468 2759
St. Johns
Tel: + 1 709 364 3053
Fax: + 1 709 364 3054
Vancouver (Propulsion)
Tel:+ 1 604 942 1100
Fax:+ 1 604 942 1125
29
SECTION3.1 MAINTENANCE REPORTING
It is requested that any failures or maintenance work on the equipment, no matter how small, should be
reported to FrydenbO. By reporting any failures and maintenance work, an accurate machinery history
can be maintained. This history will be continuously monitored and compared to other vessels with
similar equipment. With this information, we can provide better service, faster delivery of spare parts,
and guidance for preventive maintenance.
When reporting, the following information should be included:
1) Date
2) Vessel name
3) Date of installation - order number
4) Operating hours (if available)
5) Description of problem
6) Did the problem impair vessel's operation
7) Corrective action taken
8) How many man-hours were required to repair it
In reporting a failure or request for service, the following additional information is requested in addition
to items 1-8 above. This will insure more efficient service.
9) Working and idling pressures
10) Steering time, 35-0-30 degrees.
30
SECTION3.2 MAINTENANCE
If a hydraulic system is properly installed, started up and maintained, it will have a long life and run
reliably.
If problems do occur, however, it is essential to fmd the cause and put it right as quickly as possible. The
FAULTFINDING CHART must be seen as a general fault finding guide only. Also use the hydraulic
diagram if problems occur, as this will facilitate the faultfmding.
The service personnel ofFrydenbO AS has long experience in the service and maintenance of hydraulic
steering gears. This experience in the maintenance and service sectors is at the disposal of our customers.
Contact our service department for guidance, or, if necessary, ask for a service engineer to be sent.
IF PROBLEMS OCCUR, USE THE FAULTFINDING CHART.
IF THE PROBLEM CANNOT BE SOLVED BY YOUR MAINTENANCE MEN,
CALL IN A SERVICE ENGINEER.
I
\
31
SECTION3.3 PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE pp
The actuator should regularly be visually inspected for external leakage, paintwork, damages etc.
A clean actuator will facilitate the inspection work.
A continuous undisturbed functioning of the steering gear is dependent on two simple points:
1. Use the specified hydraulic oil
2. Keep the hydraulic system clean
The hydraulic oil and the interior of the installation should be kept absolutely free from any impurities
and air.
If these points are adhered to the preventive maintenance will be limited to following:
Yearly.
A. Oil filters in the pump unit to be changed.

Stuffmg glands on the actuator to be checked.
Every second year.
B. Change hydraulic oil.
A. Oil filter.
After the first 200 hours running, the oil filter should be opened for inspection and changed if
necessary. If you fmd impurities, change of the filter must be repeated at short intervals until it
stays clean. This indicates that the hydraulic system is clean and the filter should now be left for
the yearly change.
B. The hydraulic pump.

The hydraulic pump will normally last more than 10 years. A worn pump should be replaced or
repaired. A worn pump means reduced pumping capacity indicated by slower steering speed.
C. The actuator.
The rotor seals and the gland seals are practically the only wearing parts. Unintended movement
(creeping) of the rudder at sea, indicates wear on the rotor seals. Based on experience, the normal
life time of the rotor seals is 5 to 10 years. For change of rotor seals, see instructions.
32
pp
SECTION 3.4 CHANGE THE FILTER OF THE PUMP UNIT
(See assembly dwg.)
1. Open the cover of the filter, lift out the filter cartridge
2. Loosen the Allen screw at the bottom of the filter cartridge, and remove the rod, magnet (N/A on
all filters), top and spring.
3. Mount the rod, magnet, top and spring on the new filter cartridge, and insert it into the filter
housing.
4. Reassemble the cover and tighten up the nuts.
33
SECTION 4
REPAIR INSTRUCTION
·34
DPERATIDN _FAILURES ~ Q, ULSTEIN FRYDENBo AS
:::,
§
s;::: S2:
G
~ ~
~ STEERING GEAR SYSTEM
~ ' Q, -~ V) ~
~
~-6
0
Q, s::: !:::
s::: s:::
~ ~
Q, 0
Q,
b ::S ::S
0
:::,
?-~ 0 s::: os:::
Q, ~ <3~ gs
"- Q,
~-a. _§ ~ ~ :::, ...._;

"- 0 Q, 0
0
-s::: -- "'
a~ Vi -£;
g C) -§ Q !:::
"- (
FAUL T FINDING CHART
..Q
~-~ C) V) C)
-£;
C) ~ 0
V) s::: ~ t (
~ _:::;
0
0
_:::;
-!-> lri
~ ~ ~ ~ 0 _:::;
-!-> Q, 0
0
-!->~ V)-S! !:::
:I::
~-~V) ~ ~
-!-> V)
V) § ~
(f)
Q, V) -~ 0 "-
_:::;
Q,
~ ~ g
lJ :::,
"-
V) Q; ~
:::,
~ gs 2 <.._
~ ~
C) :::, 0
~ Q.-- C)
(39 -~ C)
!::: "- ~
C) Q, (3 """'
~
g~~
0
'-._-£; "-~ "- "- C5 ~
~ "-
Q,
"- Q,
"' 2 -b 0
0
C)
s::: ~ -~
Q,-1->
~ ~ :g V) =+:; ~
~ ct
~ ~ Q,
C3 ~ ~ ~ _£; s:::
~~~
0
~-!-> ~ :::,
Q:: V) Q:: Q, § ~ d: ~ (::5 (::5 ~ cS t:::J
"t ~ (__) ~ l...J L._ ~ :::r: ........ l ~ -.j ::;;;-: <::: C)Q_
FAULTS ACTIDN
•• • • • •• 1
2
Internal seals in actuator is worn out
Check IF 1'1ain control valve sticks.
Reo/ace seals
Loose, clean and reasse1'1h/e valve.
•• •• ••
3 Check IF solenoid valve sticks. Loose and clean valve, or reo/ace spool
• • 4
5
Check that solenoids .Qet current.
Seals worn outlhroken.
Reoair
Reo/ace seal/nos
•• •• ••• ••• • ••
6 Check rudder indica tor. Reoair/reo/ace
7 Check oil syste/'1 For air. Bleed oil svstm
8 Filter clogqecl. Clean Filter
• •• 9
10
Hvdr.pu/'1p-sha Ft sea /ina is worn out.
Coupllno e/ment is worn out.
Rep/ace
Reo/ace
• •• 11
12
Gland rinq is loose
Check oil level in tank.
Tiohten a/and
Check For leakaoe and reFill
••• •
13 Check oil level switch in tank. Reoalr /reo/ace
• 14
15
Check {JUI'1JJ unit/pu!'1p car trid.qe.
Runnin.Q two pu!'1ps at the sa!'1e ti!'1e .
Reoair/reolace
Run on/ y one pu1'1p when norl'1al sal/ina
• •
16
17
[xcessive sensitivity oF autopilot
Check For phase Failure
Adjust autopilot
Reoalr
• • 18
19
Check e/.!'1o tor and a/am rei a v
Check that !'1otorstarter qets current
Reoalr and reset overload rei a v
Reo air
20
21
22
23
.I SECTION 4.1 REPLACEMENT OF THE ACTUATOR SEALS
(See fig. 1.)
GLAND SEALS.
Upper gland seals. Gtem 5).

Remove the upper gland ring. Remove the old gland seals.
Grease new seals, before they are inserted, and also apply grease before replacing gland ring.
Lower gland seals, Gtem 6).

Same procedure as for the upper seals.
To facilitate reassembling of the lower gland ring, we recommend lowering the gland ring by means of
two lengthened screws.
The seals to be cut apart for inserting around rudderstock and to be glued together (Use LOCKTITE
superglue no. 495).
FIG.l.
IMPORTANT
All seals are supplied in correct lengths and must NOT be shortened.
The correct way of inserting the gland seals is shown in fig. 2.
PR£SS PRESS PR£S.
FIG.2.
21 Jl
I
I
36
SECTION4.1 REPLACEMENT OF ACTUATOR SEALS.
(Continued) (See fig. I.)
INTERNAL SEALS:
The following seals may be replaced without disconnecting the rotor from the rudderstock:
Cover ring seal -item 1

Vertical stopper seals with springs -item 2
Vertical vane seals with springs -item 3
Top vane seals -item 4
The following seals can be replaced only when the rotor has been dismounted from the rudderstock:
Lower vane seals - item 4
Bottom ring seal - item 1
- Drain the actuator for hydraulic oil through the bottom drain holes.
- Make sure that the vent plugs are open.
- Remove the actuator cover.
- Inspect actuator and cover. Clean, use rags.
Replace seals in this order:
A. When rotor has been dismounted from rudderstock and lifted out of the housing:
1. Bottom ring seal
2. Lower vane seal
After the rotor has been lowered in to the housing:
3. Vertical vane seals with springs
4. Vertical segment seals with springs
5. Top vane seals
6. Cover ring seal
B. When rotor is still attached to rudderstock:

1. Cover ring seal
2. Vertical vane seals with springs
3. Vertical segment seals with springs
4. Top vane seals
Note! Grease all new seals before assembly.
Assemble the actuator and fill up with oil. (See oil filling procedure).
37
\
SECTION 4.2 CONTROL AND REPLACEMENT OF THE
THRUST BEARINGS (See assembly dwg.)
CONTROL OF THE THRUST BEARING:
1. Close the shut off valves for the expansion pipes.

2. Drain oil from the actuator.
3. Remove the gland ring and gland seals.
4. Remove the cover of the actuator.
5. Be sure that the rudder shaft is aligned and is not bending.
6. Use feeler gauge and check the clearance between rotor-vanes and bottom of housing; Min.
clearance is 0,10 mm.
CHANGE OF THE THRUST BEARING:
1. Drain oil from the actuator

2. Remove the gland ring and the gland seals.
3. Remove the cover of the actuator.
4. Dismount the rotor from the rudderstock, (see section 2.1 ). Important! Secure rudderstock.
5. Remove the old bearing (splitted in 4) and mount the new ones.
6. Attach the rotor to the rudderstock again, (see section 2.1).
7. Assemble cover, gland seals an.d gland ring.
8. Fill the actuator with oil and vent, (see section 2.2).
9. The actuator is now ready for trial.
38
SECTION 4.3 CONTROL AND REPLACEMENT OF THE LINERS
(See assembly dwg.)
CONTROL OF THE LINERS:
1. Remove the upper and lower gland rings and gland seals.
2. Use feeler gauge and control that clearances between the rotor and the liners, A and B, are within
limits. Be sure that the rotor is in center.
3. The clearances in the liners can be checked by removing the cover. Mechanical contact between the
rotor and the housing, cover or stoppers, indicates too big clearances. It can also indicate that the
actuator and rudderstock are out of line. This should be checked.
REPLACEMENT OF THE LINERS:
1. Close the shut off valves for the exp. pipes, (see arr.dwg).
2. Drain oil from the actuator.
3. Remove the gland ring and the gland seals.
4. Remove the cover.
5. Dismount the rotor from the rudderstock (see section 2.1 ).
6. Lower the rudderstock or loosen the foundation bolts and lift the actuator off the rudderstock.
7. Press out the old liners.
8. Fit the new liners. (Freeze if necessary).
9. Check the inner diameter of the replaced liners, and the outer diameter of the "rotomeck" to control
that the clearances, A and B, are within limits. If not, grind the inner surfaces of the liners.
10. Put the rudderstock and/or the actuator back in position.
11. Attach the rotor to the rudderstock again (See section 2.1 ).
12. Fit cover, glandseals and glandrings.
13. Fill actuator with oil and vent (See section 2.2)
14 The steering gear is now ready for sea trial.
39
pp
SECTION 4.4 THE PUMP UNIT- CHANGE OF THE PUMP
(See assembly dwg.)
1. Unscrew the bolts and lift the cover off the tank.
2. Disconnect SAE flanges and pipes.
3. Loosen the bolts and disconnect the electric motor from the pump.
4. Disconnect the coupling from the pump shaft.

Change the elastic part of coupling if necessary.
5. Unscrew the bolts and change the pump.
6. Reassemble in opposite order.
40
PPS
SECTION 4.4-1 THE PUMP UNIT- CHANGE OF THE ELASTIC RINGS
(See assembly dwg.)
1. Unscrew the hexagon head screws which fasten the electric motor to the bellhousing.
2. Lift off the el. motor.
3. Remove the old elastic ring.
4. The new elastic ring to be inserted, and the el. motor to be remounted.
SECTION 4.4-2 THE PUMP CARTRIDGE -CHANGE OF THE BALL BEARING

(See dwg.no. 44702)
1. Unscrew the hexagon screw, and remove the seal cover.

2. The shaft sealing-housing/bearing-housing, to be withdrawn after the fixing bolts have been
unscrewed.
3. Circlips and washers, to be removed.
4. The ball bearing, to be withdrawn from the shaft.
5. Insert the new ball bearing on the shaft. Insert supporting washers and the circlips.
6. Assemble the shaft sealing-housing/bearing-housing and the seal cover, and tighten the bolts.
SECTION 4.4-3 THE PUMP CARTRIDGE-CHANGE OF THE SHAFT SEAL RING

(See dwg.no. 44702)
1. Unscrew the hexagon screw, and remove the seal cover.

2. The shaft sealing-housing/bearing-housing, to be withdrawn after the fixing bolts have been
unscrewed.
3. The old shaft seal rings, to be removed.
4. Insert the new shaft seal rings.
Important: Do not forget to insert the supporting ring, in correct position.
5. Assemble the shaft sealing-housing/bearing-housing and seal cover, and tighten the bolts.
41
SECTIONS
DRAWINGS
42
SECTIONS.O DRAWING LIST
Description: Drawing no.

General arrangement 15606
Rudder actuator - assembly 15532
Actuator, part list P81670
Safety relief valve 15471
2" Automatic Lock valve 45579
Power Pack, type PPSMI 2" 15512
Power Pack, part list P81699
Pump insert, Leistritz 44702
Control valve for pump unit 23710
Control valve, part list P80536
Top end ofrudderstock 15593
Hydraulic diagram 14888
\
)
43
TIGHT FITTING ~
BOL TDATA BOLT
STANDARD DIN 610
Min.dislance for removal PIPE NS 1848
of el.motor.
ro
QUANTITY 12
'' DIMENSION f!J68 - M64
MATERIAL Steel
DIN 17100
Return oil to be connected STANDARD
to D on pump unit NS 12153
ISO 'R630-F£52-C
2
TENSILE STRENGTH 810 N/mm
MOUNTING OF PIPE ¢60x5
YIELD POINT 718 N/mm 2
~ ELONGATION 55 = min 22'1.
:! a SOLEN0/0 VAL~ )'22
;;:; Pilot pressure to be connected A TIGHTENING TORQUE 3200 Nm

to A on pump unit
ALLOWABLE DYNAMIC LOAD
til/ott d amisk belastnin
RADIAL (kN)
Oc Rc
700 1200 1800
MOUNTING OF PIPE ¢22x2 10 kN ~ I TON
Outline and mounting drawings

15593 Top end of rudderstock
32407 Pressure gauge for actuator
32797 Pressure gauge far power pack
1280 SECTION A-A 23537 Hydraulic nut
1240 Gland position when 24122 Transmitter arrangement
change seals SECTION X-X 2891 Hydr mounting procedure 00-45-02
930
SECTION 8-8
520
YARD : Uljanik Shipyard
HULL NO(S): 465-468 436 471, 477-478
~8
-0 ii FRYDENBO/ORDER(S) NO(S): 7746-49 7992-93
L11 8255-56
Leak oil pipe e22x2mm

Yard supply 0!1 volume Weight
EACH TOTAL EACH TOTAL
Pipe e50x5 Pump unit 500 1000 2000
Yard supply
Actuator 470 1700
Int. storage tank 900
1- "':2
z
et: @Port solenoid,
o__ IW!en giving a signal at YT, (current or push}
the rudder w111 rotate to port.
1-
0 @starboard solenoid
0
LL Mien giving o slgnol at Y2, {current or push)
the rudder w111 rotate fa starboard
FORWARD
Max. working pressure: 80 bar
e Max. design pressure: 100 bar
Relief valve setting actuator: 100 bar
Relief valve setting power pack: 80 bar
_j
<(
:=J -0·
0
\'i
et:ro
0-
LLCXJ 01
"j)j
0<:::
!set BLOCK DIAGRAM
Iset SPAR£ PARTS

9
8
7
32897
ace. to list
CXJU1 6
~~ § HYDRAULIC NUT 4 23637
sO PRESSURE GAUGE 3 32407 For Actuator
OJ PUMP UNIT PPSMI2" 2
X RUDDER ACTUATOR I IRV 1400-2, 2x71,5"
,......,
•
(_()
'~·
Arrlo.U
N~ Mechanical rudder angle scale Ujli"!&to.nc:l
~2 """' TltW D•;.IMnrk.no. Rt'l'lll.l"'lcS
1'14\t>Stokk
S<;c.t .. 19.08.04
ARRANGEMENT 1:10
gf
Level switch, 525

A~
12 HOLES ¢66
REAM FOR TIGHT FITTING BOLT
¢68 H6/n6
Ill R0 11s-Royce
IRV 1400-2
Rolls-Royce Morine AS
·~,_c..,"""'-,.,....,
N-5217fl<lQQ.VI<
T\'gnnr,
15606
TIGHTENING TORQUE 4200 Nm (Oiled threads)
(2700 Nm - Malyr;ate on threads and heads)
TIGHTENING TORQUE 2400 Nm (Oiled threads) @ 44

( ,(1500 Nm - Molyr;ote on threads and heads)
1
1 e/5
SECTION A-A
~
I
---e-- ONLY TO 8£ US£0 WHEN

GROOVES. FOR HYDR. MOUNTING,
IS MAD£ IN ROTOR.
GJII'I'Istcnc:l
Tltt.
20.08.04
TOP VIEW 07.09.04
TOP V1EW ASSEMBLY
COVER REMOVED
IRV 1400-2 2x71 5'
15532
Partlist
Rolls-Royce Print date:
Page 1 of3
11.08.200
Unit no.: P81670 Designed by: JH

Unit description: ACTUATOR RV 1400-2 2X71,5 Design date: 23.08.2004
Drawing no: 15532
~~~ri6J
- '" . ,~: ,'-(_,.,/::,·.
000 3282-510 LOCKING SCREW F/P ACKING BRICK 7,00 STK

000 4 41363 LABEL FOR ACTUATOR 1,00 STK
000 44795 SQUARE WASHER FOR PACKING 7,00 STK
000 44799 LABEL 1,00 STK
000 44962 GUIDE PIN 8,00 STK
000 N10482 RIPPLE PIN FIL.HEAD0 3X5 DIN1476 4,00 STK
000 N34344 PACKING BRICK (WOOD) 7,00 STK
jL--·--._
QOO P81388 SIGNS IMO VALVE 1,00 STK
"DOl 15596 ROTORHOUSING IRV1400-2 1,00 STK
002 15598 COVER IRV1400-2 1,00 STK
003 15603 ROTOR IRV1400 2X71,5 DEG (0D=490) 1,00 STK
004 15602 COVER irv 1400-2 SPECIAL 1,00 STK
005 P81158 SAFETY RELIEF /BY-PASS VALVE 2,00 STK
006 45333 AUT. LOCK VALVE 3" 2,00 STK
008 400-025 BONDED SEAL 112" BSP 4,00 STK
009 2 44334 ADJUSTING SCREW 1.1/4" BSP 4,00 STK
010 N16676 PLUG 3/4" BSP DIN910 CADM. 2,00 STK
031 44850 PRESSURE VALVE 4,00 STK
,. ·-\032 70061 SHACKLE 13,5 TON 2,00 STK

..
U34 GE22-LR2 PIPE FITTING 1,00 STK
035 P81665 ACTUATORIRV 1400-2 2X71,5 1,00 STK
036 45009 GLAND SEAL XNBR 4,00 STK
037 45597 POINTER 1,00 STK
038 33034-7 COVER SEAL HS 240- RV 1350 2,00 STK
039 400-021 BONDED SEAL 4,00 STK

(
--
\
Partlist
Page 2 of3
11.08.200

Unit description: ACTUATOR RV 1400-2 2X71,5 Design date: 23.08.2004
Drawing no: 15532
} lt~rn no:>".
041
042 2 42140 PLUG 1" BSP WITH 114" HOLE 4,00 STK
043 44735 EXTRACTING SCREW 4,00 STK
.. 046 3451-834 WASHER 031 BRB HB200 HARDENED 30,00 STK
A7 3241-883 CYL. HEAD SCREW M36X200 12.9 4,00 STK
048 3451-838 WASHER DIA 37 BRB HB200 4,00 STK
053 3262-242 HEX.SCREW M6X 16 DIN933 8.8 2,00 STK
081 44850 PRESSURE VALVE 4,00 STK
082 33643 GLAND 2,00 STK
083 33293-02 0-RING FOR GLAND 2,00 STK
085 3262-378 HEX. SCREW M12X 35 DIN933 8.8 18,00 STK
088 3293-424 NUT M12 ISO 4032-8 BLACK 15,00 STK
089 Nl6672 PLUG 114" CADM. DIN910 1,00 STK
191 241972 PRESSURE NIPPLE 1/4" 1,00 STK
-- 092 24223 BRACKET WITH SCALE 2X75 1,00 STK
095 45600 ROD FOR RUDDERINDICATOR 6,00 STK
112 Nl6678 PLUG I" BSP DIN 910 CADM. 4,00 STK
131 P81736 INTERCONNECTING I ISOLATING VALV 1,00 STK
132 P81064 INTERCONNECTING I ISOLATING VALV 1,00 STK
133 15605 CONNECTING PIPE FOR IMO ACTUATC> 2,00 STK

lt-. Partlist
Page 3 of3
11.08.200

Unit description: ACTUATORRV 1400-2 2X71,5 Design date: 23.08.2004
Drawing no: 15532
'>~'l1'~J.'.:';::~~J~a~Jc:ri~il~'
;" ·'?:: . 7
Jtem '/ '·', //· >,_,;-: './ -~:--
137 3241-495 CYL.HEAD SCREW M16X150 20,00 STK
138 33088 MANIFOLD 2,00 STK
139 5210-W16800006 CONNECTION BOX IMO ACTUATOR 1,00 STK
':.41 N17010 HEX.SCREW M 16X130 DIN931 8.8 8,00 STK
142 N10260 0-RING ANGUS 84,50 X 3,00 SOR66 2,00 STK
143 N10259 0-RING ANGUS RM0795-30 SOR 65 4,00 STK
144 202-738 0-RING 64,50 X 3,00 4,00 STK
145 33799 PRESSURE PIPE WITH FLANGES 2,00 STK
146 3241-379 CYL. HEAD SCREW M12X40 16,00 STK
147 N11382 EQUAL CROSS P-KV 12 L 1,00 STK
148 N31470 STRAIGTH REDUCING COUPLING 4,00 STK
149 N31618 STRAIGHT COUPLING SNV 12L 4,00 STK
150 N20700 012X1,5 SIS 2333 PIPE 5 000,00 M
151 N16288 ALLEN SCREW M 6X30 DIN912 8.8 4,00 STK
152 N16320 ALLEN SCREW M16 X 140 20,00 STK
158 Nl1416 EQUAL TEE P-ETVD 12L 1,00 STK
159 N11395 MALE STUD ELBOW P-EWVD12 L 5,00 STK
160 Nl1426 MALE TEE STUD BARREL P-ELVD 1,00 STK
83 33644 0-RING FOR GLAND 2,00 STK

A -A
(
I I
-·-·-·-·-·- -·-·-r~-·-·--
I I
I I
L I I
4 CYL. HEAD SCREW

4 CYL. HEAD SCREW
2 PILOT PISTON
SOLENOID VAL Vf
MAIN PISTON 44508
INTERMEDIATE PLATE 33640
VAL Vf HOUSING 24205
C,lcrlslond Pos. Te;n./Uflt.nr.
Title n.., Owg.J\Iarlc..no.
8- 8 ASSEMBLY OF DISC SPRING

02.0J04
IJ05.04
TO BE 2 DISCS IN EACH
SAFETY RELIEF/BY-PASS VALVE 1:1
DIRECTION - TOTALLY 36 DISCS
ON SPRING. 13869
Tegn.nt'.
15471
:c
1---
I I I I
5
--[·
--
1---it-1
J-iH
r-
~
u
I
·-·-·-·-·
u
I
u
l
I I
lJ
I!I!U!Ir
H-f
Ht-t
I'--
'--
?I I I I
~I
l 1
~~~ ~I
3
I I 6
7
I ..
2 SAE FLANGE 7 N31704 3000 PSI
i'_
8 CYL. HEAD SCREW 6 3241-379 M12x40 NS 5735 12.9
2 0-RING 74,5 X 3,0 5 202-740
2 0-RING 56,15 X 3,53 3 200-228
1 LOCK VALVE 2" 1 24206

An tall Gjenstand Pas. nr Tegn./Mrk.nr. Merknad
,...-- Quan. Title Item Dwg./Mark.no. Remarks
1--
MOiestakk Tegn. JH 05.02.04

- Scale
Kontr. JH 14.05.04
-
2" LOCK VALVE 1:4
- lilh0rer
Ref. tegn. nr.
-
I'·. !! IRV 900-, FOR PIPE 060/060,3
), - 1i Tegn.nr.
,.of
.!
0
a
5.
iii
I Rolls-Royce
Rolls-Royce Marine AS
dep. Steering Gears - Frydenbo
N-5217 Hagavlk
45579
62
43
1418 1308
150 1158 150 1158 150

60 2766
05.04.04
05.04.04
POWER PACK
PPSM/ 2" 2x500 + 900 litres 13888
15512
Partlist
Page 1 of2
11.08.200
Unit no.: P81699 Designed by: OVL

Unit description: PUMP UNIT PPSI 2" Design date: 14.09.2004
Drawing no: 15512
00 N10482 RIPPLE PIN FIL.HEAD0 3X5 DIN1476 4,00 STK

00 P81328 SIGNS PPS 1,00 STK
00 P81430 CABLE GLANDS AND CABLE PROTECT 2,00 STK
01 A20542522 EL.MOTOR 200L2 440/60 52KW 2,00 STK
012 N10188 0-RING ANGUS R6375 R187 6,00 STK
~12 3262-474 HEX.SCREW M16X 45 DIN933 8.8 16,00 STK
04 N34691 SCREW PUMP 2,00 STK

04 N34711 PUMP BRACKET 2,00 STK
05 3451-224 WASHER 13 0 DIN 125 16,00 STK
06 42A32 SPIDEX 42/55 BORED 32MM 2,00 STK

06 42B55 COUPLING 42/55 BORED 55 MM 2,00 STK
06 42K NYLON RING COUPLING 42/55 2,00 STK
07 70153 SOLENOID VALVE 24V DC 2,00 STK
08 70227 PLUG CONECTOR 4,00 STK
09 3241-206 CYL.HEAD SCREW M5X30 8,00 STK
10 P80536 CONTROL VALVE PME 2" 2,00 STK
11 3241-381 ALLEN SCREW M12X50 DIN912 12.9 12,00 STK
]4 70102 FILTER FK1099 2,00 STK
16 24241 MANIFOLD 2,00 STK
17 3241-395 CYL.HEAD SCREWM12X120 8,00 STK
18 GE22-LR2 PIPE FITTING 1,00 STK
19 N16674 PLUG 1/2" BSP DIN 910 CADM. 4,00 STK
20 400-025 BONDED SEAL 1/2" BSP 4,00 STK
21 24242 COVERFOR2X500L TANKIMO 2,00 STK

Partlist
Page2 of2
11.08.200
Unit no.: P81699 Designed by: OVL

Unit description: PUMP UNIT PPSI 2" Design date: 14.09.2004
Drawing no: 15512
;~> :iiJ~,::ks:':
22 52,00 STK
22 3451-224 WASHER 13 0 DIN 125 44,00 STK
23 32907 GASKET COVER/TANK PPS 2,00 STK
24 15525 TANK 2X500L+1100L 1,00 STK
27 70223 BREATER FILTER W/DIPSTICK 2,00 STK
'8 32797 PRESSURE GAUGE 160BAR 2,00 STK
29 70072 LOW LEVEL SWITCH LM2CFA 250 1,00 STK
30 70040 SEAL FOR LOW LEVEL SWITCH 2,00 STK

30 70040 . SEAL FOR LOW LEVEL SWITCH 2,00 STK
31 3222-164 COUNTERSUNK SCREW M4x16 4,00 STK
32 45243 BEND 90 DEGREE WITH FLANGES 2,00 STK
35 3241-380 CYL. HEAD SCREW M12x45 16,00 STK
38 45097 RETURN PIPE AND FLANGES 2,00 STK
40 3241-381 ALLEN SCREW M12X50 DIN912 12.9 16,00 STK
41 N34378 LOW LEVEL SWITCH LM2CFA 300 1,00 STK
42 33365 TEST LEVER FOR LEVEL SWITCH 1,00 STK
_,. -- _,--3 33330 TEST LEVER FOR LEVEL SWITCH 1,00 STK
44 N34540 LEVEL SWITCH, L=550 2,00 STK
45-66 P80694 STANDARD PARTS FORPPSI. 1,00 STK
67-69 P80687 LIFTING EYE 10,00 STK
70-73 33496 CONNECTION BOX. - IMO 2,00 STK
80-84 33533 FILLING ADAPTOR 1,00 STK

j,·-· '
I
·1l
"~ 180
fl
I
52
53
~~ ~~
69
70 if I
I
$hE]
173
172
II/ ~
T
HiA} 170
~ ~
45 I
... 1 50
46
~
discho.rge-side:
' -·rio.nge connection I
~
~ ~
~~
SAE J518c 3000 PSI
~~~
150/151
?~ ~
~ "~ Spare Part No. of
/ k~
Part No. Part name
~
Kit Pes.
1 /" 1 PUMP CARTIDGE
" ~
45 COVER DRIVING SIDE
~ \fr
X 1 46 FLAT SEAL
50 MOUNTING SCREW
X 2 52 SHAFT SEALING RING
,~-
31 I )_/ 53 CIRCLIP
69 LOCKING SCREW
'
I
(GEOMETRY FOR SIZEBO + 90) .
70 SEALING RING
150 DRIVING SPINDLE
151 IDLER SPINDLE
170 GROOVED BALL BEARING
172 SUPPORTING DISC
X 1 173 CIRCLIP
180 KEY
Antall Gjenstand Pes. n • Tegn./Mrk.nr. Merknad
Quan. Title IteM Dwg./Mo.rk.no. ReMarks
Tegn. SS
MO.lestokk
Scale 6.11.95
Kontr. ORM 20.11.95
LEISTRITZ PUMP CARTRIDGE rv
Ref'. tegn. nr.
Tllherer
E1606189
( ··~
' Ro.nge• LJMF /FQKQ- W Size• 25 - 90
;
__
I
., Tegn.nr.
~ ~ Rolls-Royce Mo.rlne AS
18.11 ,:l
2002
.g
Rolls-Royce dep. Steering Gears - Frydenbll
N-5217 Ho.go.vlk
44702
DRM .
~
r
~ - d
, __ 1r
)
j-
•
Anta.U GJensto.nd. Pos. n , Tegn./Mrk.nr-. Herkno.d
Quo.n. Title IWrt D•g.IHark.no. Rer~a.rks
HO.lestokk
Sco.l~
Tegn. JRH 01.11.96
Kontr.
CONTROL VALVE PME2" 1:2,5

Ref. tegn. nr.
-- '• Tegn.rr,
I Rolls-Royce ~~!;.:~~r~n,~y~" 237J0

Partlist
Page 1 of2
11.08.200
Unit no.: P80536 Designed by: ORM

Unit description: CONTROL VALVE PME 2" Design date: 01.11.1996
Drawing no: 23710
01 13583 HOUSING, 2" PME CONTROLVALVE 1,00 STK
02 2 21357 SPOOL 1,00 STK
03 441120 SPRING FOR CONTR.V. 2,00 STK
04 33002 END COVER 2,00 STK

- 04 33002 1996-1999 KAN 2 32672 VlE]lli BRUKT IS 2,00 STK
. 1115 N31704 FLANGE AFS108ST-60,3.2" 2,00 STK
06 3241-380 CYL. HEAD SCREW M12x45 8,00 STK
07 3241-477 CYL. HEAD SCREW M16X60 NS 5735 1 8,00 STK
08 200-243 0-RING 2,00 STK
09 N10141 0-RING 56,74 X 3,53 2,00 STK
11 44553 LOCKNUT 2,00 STK
12 70028 INITIATOR BID2-Gl80-RP6/S212 2,00 STK

12 70028 INITIATOR BID2-G180-RP6/S212 2,00 STK
13 N10129 0-RING ANGUS 3,53 X 28,17 2,00 STK
14 44551 SLEEVE FOR PROXIMIT SWITCH 2,00 STK
:.5 241409 WASHER 2,00 STK
16 1250712 REDUCTION PG13,5- PG9 2,00 STK
19 23234 ADAPTOR PLATE 1,00 STK
20 241407 PISTON BYPASS VALVE 1,00 STK
21 4M5/343 SPRING 1,00 STK
22 200-136 0-RING 050,47 X 2,62 R3200 1,00 STK
23 3261-382 HEX.SCREW M12X 55 DIN931 8.8 6,00 STK

23 3451-224 WASHER 13 0 DIN 125 6,00 STK
\,
Partlist
Page 2 of2
11.08.200
Unit no.; P80536 Designed by: ORM

Unit description: CONTROL VALVEPME2" Design date: 01.11.1996
Drawing no: 23710
24 Nl0102 0-RING 5,00 STK
25 2422-805 PLUG 1/8" BSPT BS2470 4,00 STK

LOCKPLAT£
RUDDER ACTUATOR
RUDDERSTOCK TO BE MARKED
WITH A FOR-AND-AFT MARK
M250x6 c-c
v
RUDDERSTOCK
I M64l
I I
I I
a
a I I I
"' t;-;1
r
a
~
I
I
I
I oK I I
I
'l
~:Jg
~ce
·~
..:..:
I
I
es I
ct.:
~
( I
I
a
"'"' I
I I I I
I
I I
I I I
I I I I
I I I
NOTE· TOLERANCE OF TAPER:
I
I
I I
I
I
I
D-K=64i:O, 03 FOR L=960i:O, J
~-----~
J I
I
I l ~-----l
I I
L _______ n..._j_ __ _ I
----,__, I _r-------1-...rr-
:
,-- I
I
I
L-~
I
I
I I
I r-_j
I "''
I
IL ~ I ~ ,-----.J I
GJE'F!sbnd
__ _ I I Tltla>
--l __ l_ __ ________I_______ ___ j __ j

I TOP END OF RUDDERSTOCK 1:5
~ -
I +0,7
~
¢0 +0,5
INTERCONNECTING/
,..---- '
ISOLATING VAL V£
T T~~~--~~--~~--~~~
- -----------~---------------
1
I COMMON TANK
~ ~- .-n - - :r -CJ=l-
. fa/from I I
I ~-. -+i· -~·- :i-.-.-
I--~
-----l actuator I I
I qp:qp
~---- I I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I r,. -===:Tic----4------;:::==::;i .----+-------~ I
I
I I
I
r--i
I
I NORMAL STEERING
I
I I POWER ACTUATING SYSTEMS INTERCONNECTED BY VALVE 10
I I
I I STEERING WITH EITHER ONE OR TWO PUMP UNITS
rl--------l I I
I I 100% TORQUE
1
• Y21,.,-"'T""'r...---~--;;-, I I
:I
I
I
I
I
I EMERGENCY STEERING - LOSS OF OIL
I I
I I I I CASE 1: TWO POWER UNITS RUNNING
I L ____ .../1'\....
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ------../1'-_.
L_ -----------------------~
+--------.,
I I
I
I
I a) LEVEL SWITCH 525 WILL BE ACT/VA TED,
I I I
: IY22- . -
I
. -+ . I
I
I b)
CAUSING A LOW LEVEL ALARM
LEVEL SWITCH 520 WILL ACTIVATE SOLNOIDS Y20 a, b, c, d
I
CAUSING ISOLATING VALVE "10" TO CLOSE,
:I ·-·-·l
:I r-+"--1'-' _____
~ . ,- -----------------------, :
1-../:'- ---------------- _______ _,..:,_-+
I SEPARATING SYSTEMS A AND B
STEERING CONTINUES BY BOTH SYSTEMS
c)
:II I
I
P---9-----r
I I
1
I
I
I
I I I I LEVELSWITCH 52! OR 522, (DEPENDING ON WHICH SYSTEM
:I
I
-
I
.J
I I
I
I
I d) IS DEFECT), WILL ACTIVATE SOLENOID Y21 OR Y22 ON THE
DEFECT SYSTEM, AND BY-PASS THIS SYSTEM
II I
I
I
I
I
I (THE PUMP ON THE DEFECT SYSTEM SHOULD BE
I I
L~~~~--+-----------~ ~---4 I I I MANUALLY STOPPED FROM THE BRIDGE)
r I I I
-., I I
c· SAFETY R£LI£FI
p-~-9----J
'L---t-,.-
I
I
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ....1'1'- _j
I
I
I
CASE 2: ONLY ONE PUMP UNIT RUNNING.
BY-PASS VAL V£ .I 1
I
I
I a) LEVEL SWITCH 525 WILL BE ACT/VA TED,
PUMP UNIT 2
I CAUSING A LOW LEVEL ALARM
I
AUTOMATIC
LOCK VALVE
-·- I I
I
LEVEL SWITCH 520 WILL ACTIVATE SOLNOIDS Y20 a, b, c, d
to/from .
l_j CAUSING ISOLATING VALVE "JO" TO CLOSE,
I b) SEPARATING SYSTEMS A AND B
I
INTERCONNECTING/ actuator 1 I
ISOLATING VALVE I START THE STAND-BY PUMP UNIT
I I
I I
I I
c) STEERING CONTINUES BY BOTH SYSTEMS
I I I
I I I
I I I LEVELSWITCH 521 OR 522, (DEPENDING ON WHICH SYSTEM
I I I d) IS DEFECT), WILL ACTIVATE SOLENOID Y2! OR Y22 ON THE
I
L _______________________________ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _jI I
DEFECT SYSTEM, AND BY-PASS THIS SYSTEM
I
I (THE PUMP ON THE DEFECT SYSTEM SHOULD BE
I MANUALLY STOPPED FROM THE BRIDGE)
r-~
G)onwt..,d
nile
LEAK OIL 03.12.01

( HYDRAULIC DIAGRAM
NOTE; VALUES FOR RELIEF VALVE SETTINGS AND PUMP FLOW ARE GIVEN IN FRYDENBO 2 VAN£ IMO STEERING GEAR 13900
TECHNICAL DATA SHEET- 04.43.01-3 - AS WELL AS IN INSTRUCTION MANUAL.
14888
,-- .
(
'_)
SECTION6
PARTS CATALOGUE
44
( ••
FRYDENBO
SPARE PARTS FOR STEERING GEAR-
ACTUATOR AND PUMP UNIT
YARD: Uljanik Shipyard DATE: 11.08.06

Steering gear type: Hulln§o:
IRV 1400-2 465-468, 436, 471 Page 1 of1 ORDER NO: 7646-49, 7992-93
POS DWG.NO. ITEM QTY. PART DESCRIPTION
01 15467 38 1 Cover seal

P81521 33034-7
02 15467 36 I GLAND SEAL SET

P81521 P80674
15512 FILTER ELEMENT

03 14 4
70105
P81520
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
45
SECTION7
ELECTRICAL PART
(' '
'
'· '
46
ROLLS-ROYCE MARINE AS
N-5217 HAGAVIK"
Norway
Sales Order :126311 Rev. :10
Latest Rev. Date :01.08.2006
Your P. 0. :7747
Classification :DNV
Your Ref. :OLE TH. ONARHEIM Case manager : Kj ell ~ller
Order Date :19.08.2004 Mail: kjell.moller@rolls-royce.com
Technical specification
Shipyard: Uljanik Shipyard
Hull no. : 466
Replaces our Technical specification no.: 126311
Pos. Qty. Item No. Description Drawing No.

no
10 2 pes +MC61-01 Motor controller (Frequency controlled pump)

Motor controller (Frequency controlled pump) for bulkhead mounting
W-1763-00-00
in the steering gear room, with separate mounted frequency converter.
L-1799-00-01
Supply from main switch board: 3x440V, 60Hz, 52kW, In=82A
20 2 pes +XY00-01 Special equipment

Frequency converter (IP 54) for mounting close to the Motor
W-1767-00-00
Controller, for direct el. motor speed control. Idling frequency
L-1799-00-53
(in Follow-up mode) is 25 Hz, corresponding to 1450 rpm.
~n NFU mode the frequency control will be by-passed.
(
30 1 pes +CM14-01 Run/stop/autostart panel

Pump running, stop and autostart indication panel for desk mounting
W-1440-00-07
in the engine control room.
40 1 pes +AU04-03 Alarm unit

Alarm unit for bulkhead mounting in the engine control room with
F-803-23-02
interface to VDR.
Rolls•Royce Marine AS,

Dept. Steering gear- Tenfjord, N·6264 Tennfjord; Norway
Tel.: +47 70 20 88 00 Fax.: +47 70208900 Enterprise no.: N0980 371 379 MVA
Banktm: Nordea Bank Norge ASA. SWIFT: NDEANOKK Account no.: 655(W5.18035
Page 1 of 3
!BAN no.: N09165500518035 E·maH:tenfjord@roHs-royce.com W\"1\V.rolls-royce.com
Rolls-Royce
Sales Order :126311
/~
I ,
Pos. Qty . Item No. Description Drawing No.

.no
50 1 pes +CM15-02 Alarm panel

Alarm panel for desk mounting in the engine control room with alarm
W-1450-00-01
light for overload, phase failure, power failure, low oil level,
common low oil level, by-pass & separqation system failure, hydraulic
lock and push buttons for system test and alarm acknowledge.
60 1 pes +CM15-01 Alarm panel

Alarm panel for desk mounting in the bridge console with alarm
W-1450-00-03
light for overload, phase failure, power failure, low oil level,
common low oil level, by-pass & separation system failure, hydraulic
lock and push buttons for panel test and alarm acknowledge.
70 1 pes +CU29-01 Control unit

Control unit for bulkhead mounting in the steering gear room with
W-1328-00-02
interface to isolating and by-pass valves.
L-1399-00-02
80 1 pes +CS04-01 Control system unit

Control system unit for bulkhead mounting in the bridge with
W-1221-01-01
interface to steering system.
L-1299-00-01
90 1 pes +CU26-01 Control panel

Main control panel for desk mounting in the forward bridge console
W-1325-01-08
with start/stop push buttons, IMO system by-pass, separation and
/ L-1325-01-08
: isconnecting buttons and indicators and common dimmer.
95 1 pes +CMll-05 Non-follow-up steering panel

Emergency steering panel (IP22) for desk mounting in the bridge console.
W-1410-01-01
100 2 pes FB40 Feed back unit A-9703
Feed back units with limit switches and transmitters.

W-1600-00-06
110 1 pes RD Set of standard spare parts

Set of Standard Spare parts
Rolls~Royce Marine AS,

Dept. Steering gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norvvay
Tel.: +47 70 20 88 00 Fax.: +47 70 2089 00 Enterprise no.: NQ9BO 37l 379 MVA
Bankers: Nordea Bank NorgeASA. SWifT: NDEANOKK Account no;:65S0.05.1S035
Page 2 of 3
IBAN no.: N09165500518035 ·E-mail: tenfjord@rolls-royce.com wvvw.rol!s-royce.com
R-olls-Royce
Sales Order :126311
Pos. Qty. Item No. Description Drawing No.

no
120 6 pes INSTRB Instruction manual/final drawings.

Instruction manuals in English.
Piping diagram
Cable diagram :W-1120-02-33
c·
Rolls-Royce Marine AS,·

Dept. Steering gear- Tenfjord, N·6264 Tennfjord, Norway
Tel.: +47 70 20 88 00 Fax.: +47 iO 20 89 00 Enterprise no.: NO 980 371 379 MVA
Bankers: Nordea Bank Norge ASA. SWIFT: NDEANOKK Account no.: 6550.05.18035
Page 3 of 3
!BAN no.: N091655005 18035 E·maif: tenfjord@lrolls-royce.com www.rol!s-royce.com
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Rolls-Royce CONTENTS
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOR STEERING GEAR
0 GENERAL Page no. 4
0.1 Spare parts

0.2 Drawings and documentation.
0.3 Warnings and cautions.
1 CONTROL SYSTEM Page no. 5
1.1 General information

1.1.1 Definitions
1.1.2 Steering gear, solenoid operated pumps
1.1.3 Steering gear, frequency controlled pumps
l.2 Control sy!iitem CS ... series

1.2.1 System overview
1.2.2 General description
1.2.3 Specification pump control card
1.2. 4 Sfleoifioatioa a-l:fJ<. steeriag.
1.2.5 Prifleipal Elrawiag diagraffi
2 CONTROL STATIONS Page no. 45
2.1 Control stations

2.1.1 Control stations overview.
2.2 Control panel CU ... series

2.2.1 CU ... general information
2.2.2 CU ... control panel overview.
2.2.3 CU ... control panel function.
2.3 Control equipment CM ... series

2.3.1 CMIO ... aoa follow Ufl steeriag le't'er
2.3 .2 CM20 ... follo'IY Ufl steeriag lever
2.3.3 CM30 ... alarm panel, see section for alarm system.
2.3.4 CM40 ... Motor controller module.
2.3 .5 CM50 ... Ruaaer iaaioators, see seetioa for ruader indioatioa s~'steB'l
2.4 Emergency steering

Art. No. Rolls-Royce Marine AS,

INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 1 of 111
Sign., date, rev. E-mail: tenfiord@rolls-royce.com www.rolls-royce.com
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
3 POWER UNIT Page no. 63
3.1 General power unit

3.1.1 Starting method
3.2 Motor controller MC ...

3.2.1 Common function.
3.2.2 Steering gear solenoid operated pumps
3.2.3 Steering gear frequency controller steering pumps
4 RUDDER INDICATION SYSTEM Page no. 70
4.1 RuddeF indieatien system

4.1.1 System overvievt'
4.1.2 Teshnisal spesifieation rudder indieatioa amplifier, 5801 RIOS 00
4.1.3 Riidder iadieator type CM30 .. ... ·
5 ALARM SYSTEM Page no. 73
5.1 Alarm unit AU04 ...

5.1.2 Technical specification
5.1.3 Alarm panel type CM50- ...
§.2 SteeFing failaFe alaFm type ASH ...

5.2.2 Teehnieal speeifieation
5.2.3 Steeriag failure alarm paael
6 FEED BACK UNIT Page no. 82
6.1 Feed back unit FB ...

6.1.2 Assembly drawing feed back unit type FB40- ...

INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 2 oflll )
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
7 INSTALLATION- RUNNING IN Page no. 83
7.1 Installation
7.1.1 Geperal information
7.1.2 Component location
7.1.3 External cables
7.1.4 Main supply.
7.2 Running-in
7.2.1 Motor controller MC ... for solenoid operated pumps
7.2.2 Motor controller MC ... for frequency operated pumps
7.2.3 Feed back unit FB ...
+.~.4 Rudder iadicatioa system
7.2.5 Control system CS ...
7.2.6 Other function control panel CU ....
7.2.7 Alarm system AU04 ...
+.~.8 Deviatioa alaFHi system AS 11...
7.3 Interface external equipment.

7.3.1 General information.
:;z,;;.~ Iaterface autopilot.
:;z,;;,;; Iaterface j O~'stick.
:;z,;-;.4 Iaterface Dyaamic Positioa s~'stem
7.3.5 Interface voyage data recorder (VDR).
7.4 Harbour acceptance test.

7.4.1 Hydraulic test.
7.4.2 Emergency steering from steering gear room.
7.4.3 Alarm system
7.4.4 Main steering position
7.4.5 Aft. steering position.
7.4.6 Port wing steering position.
7.4.7 Stbd wing steering position.
7.4.8 External connection.
8 MAINTENANCE- FAULT FINDING Page no. 108
8.1 Maintenance
8.1.1 General information
8.1.2 Monthly test
8.1.3 Annual survey
8.2 Fault finding

8.2.1 Reason(s) for alarms
8.2.2 Fault fmding when no alarms present.

INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 3 of Ill
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Rolls-Royce GENERAL
0.1 Spare parts.
• Following information are required when order spare parts:
- Our order number, see instruction manual.

- Yard and hull number.
- Part number, see label located on each unit.
- Drawing number, see label located on each unit.
- Position number for the component with reference to the drawing.
0.2 Drawings and documentation.
• Our standard numbering of the pump units starts from port and goes
to starboard side of the ship; hence instruction manuals are based upon this.
In case of other ways of numbering the pump units, special considerations
must be taken when reading our instruction manuals where numbering of pump units
are included in the text or drawings.

INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Ten:fjord, N-6264 Tenn:fjord, Norway Page 4 oflll
Sign., date, rev. E-mail: tenfiord@rolls-royce.com www .rolls-royce.com
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Rolls-Royce GENERAL
0.3 Warnings and cautions.
UNDERTAKING ANY WORK ENVISAGED BY THIS DOCUMENT MAY EITHER

DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY CREATE RISKS TO (1) THE SAFETY AND HEALTH OF THE
PERSON UNDERTAKING THE WORK OR (2) THE STEERING GEAR AND/OR ITS
COMPONENTS WHILST THE WORK IS BEING UNDERTAKEN.
IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE USER TO ENSURE THAT APPROPRIATE CONTROLS

AND PRECAUTIONS ARE IDENTIFIED AND APPLIED IN RELATION TO THE WORK
ENVISAGED BY THIS DOCUMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH RELEVANT STATUTORY,
LEGAL AND INDUSTRY REQUIREMENTS TO PROTECT THE HEALTH AND SAFETY OF
THE PERSONS UNDERTAKING THE WORK.
IT IS ALSO THE USER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO ENSURE THAT APPROPRIATE CONTROLS

AND PRECAUTIONS ARE IDENTIFIED AND APPLIED IN RELATION TO WORK
ENVISAGED BY THIS DOCUMENT TO PROTECT AGAINST RISKS TO THE STEERING
GEAR AND/OR ITS COMPONENTS WHILST THE WORK IS BEING UNDERTAKEN.
NEITHER THIS DOCUMENT, NOR ITS USE, IN ANYWAY ABSOLVES THE USER FROM
THEIR RESPONSIBILITY TO ENSURE THAT THE CONTROLS AND PRECAUTIONS
REFERRED TO ABOVE ARE IMPLEMENTED.
IF, WHILST UNDERTAKING ANY WORK ENVISAGED BY THIS DOCUMENT, YOU

BECOME A WARE OF ANY ROLLS-ROYCE PRODUCT DESIGN RELATED FEATURE
WHICH COULD CREATE RISK TO A PERSON UNDERTAKING WORK OR TO THE
STEERING GEAR AND/OR ITS COMPONENTS PLEASE CONTACT
ROLLS-ROYCE MARINE AS, Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, 6264 Tennfjord, NORWAY.
It is the user's responsibility to make all relevant hazard identifications and risk assessments of all
the activities associated with the use of this document.
It is the user's responsibility to design and implement safe systems of work and to supply safe
equipment (including, without limitation, safety equipment) and training (including, without
limitation, health and safety training) to anyone using this document to work on products to which it
relates.
A user without the relevant experience of working in accordance with this document or with
products, or similar products, to which it relates should seek appropriate advice to enable them to
identifY the appropriate health and safety controls and precautions and controls and precautions to
protect against risks to the steering gear and/or its components whilst work is being undertaken.
Technical assistance can be sought from Rolls-Royce and will be subject to Rolls-Royce's terms and
conditions.

INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 5 oflll
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL (
Rolls-Royce 1. CONTROL SYSTEM
1.1 General information
1.1.1 Definitions
• FU =Follow-up= Rudder moves to the rudder angle set by the operator,

(Analog steering signal).
• NF_{J =Non-follow-up =Time dependent steering. Rudder moves as long as the operator
activates the steering lever. (on/off steering signal).
• External steering = NFU or FU steering signal from external equipment as
joystick, autopilot or DP.
• Steering mode= example: autopilot, joystick, DP, NFU, FU, etc.
• Steering position = example: control panel with one several steering modes.
• LED = Light emitting diode.
• DP = Dynamic position.
• EO = General alarm.
• In-command = Steering mode/stand take over push button.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
This system consist of a constant running pump driven by electric motor.
The rudder command signals to one of the solenoids on the manoeuvring valve will operate
the main spool and direct the oil flow from the corresponding pump to the chambers in the
actuator. The rudder will turn in the direction corresponding to the order signal. When the
selected order is reached, the valve will block the position of the rudder.
The manoeuvring valve is either flanged to the rudder actuator or the pump unit.
The actuator is normally supplied with two independent pump units each driven by an
electric motor. The motor controller for the electric motor on each pump unit has separate
and independent supply from the switch boards.
The supply for the control system is powered from corresponding motor controller.
The two systems are therefore both hydraulically and electrically separated.
A fault in one system will therefore not interfere with the operation of the other unit.
This system utilises a reversible hydraulic pump motor together with a frequency converter
for changing the speed and direction of the pump. The design gives smooth start and stop
of the steering gear and enables a accurate analog control system.
The power unit consist of a reversible pump unit, flexible coupling and electric motor
flanged to the top of actuator.
The rudder command signals operate the manoeuvring pump and direct the oil flow from the
corresponding 'pump to the chambers in the actuator. The rudder will then turn in the
dire·ction corresponding to the order signal. When the selected order is reached, the
manoeuvring pump will stop and the valve will block the position of the rudder.
The actuator is normally supplied with two independent pump units each driven by an
electric motor. The motor controller (frequency converter) for the electric motor on each
pump unit has separate and independent supply from the switch boards.
The supply for the control system is powered from corresponding motor controller.
The two systems are therefore both hydraulically and electrically separate and independent.
A fault in one system will therefore not interfere the operation of the other unit.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
1.2 Control system CS ... series
1.2.1.1 Description
• This section gives a general description ofTenfjord control system type CS-**.
• The control system CS-** is designed to control electro- hydraulic steering gears with
solenoid operated valves or reversible pumps.
• The control system consist of:
• Pump control card (one for each pump) with following main functions:
NFU steering.
- Interface to starter/motor controller.
The pump control card can be used as a separate control system.
• Aux. steering unit (one for two pumps) with following main functions:
- Interface for NFU and FU steering.
- Interface for two pump control cards.

INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Ten:fjord, N-6264 Tenn:fjord, Norway Page 8 oflll
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
1.2.1.2 Block diagram
• System overview for steering gear with solenoid operated valves
r------, r------, r------,

I 8RIDG£ I I 8RIDG£ I I 8FIIDG£ I
I CONTROL I I CONTROL I I . CONTROL I
I PANEL NO.A I I PANEL N0.8 I I PANEL NO. "N" I
L------~ L___ --~ L___ --~
BRIDGE
STEERING GEAR ROOM
r----, r----,
I MOTOR I I MOTOR I
'cONTROUERI 'cONTROUERI
I NO.A I I N0.8 I
~--,--~~:~::~ ~::~:~~--,--~
~-~~-~1-1---~~~~r~~~-----1~-~~-J
r------~ r------~ r------~

I 8FIIDG£ I I 8fi/OG£ I I 8RIOG£ I
I CONTROL I I CONTROL I I CONTROL I
I PANEL NO.A I I PANEL N0.8 I I PANEL NO. "N" I
L ---- ~ L ---- ~ L ---- ~
r-----, r-----, r-----, r-----,

I MOTOR I I MOTOR I I MOTOR I I MOTOR I
lcONTROUER I 'cONTROUER I 'cONTROUERI 'cONTROUER I
~_N~u·~-J ~-~,;:--~ ~JN_!!·8 _j ~-~u·.:_J ~-~;:--~1-----, ~J~.D _j

r-~RESERVOIR : r-_1--.., .----iRESERVOIR
r _ _j __ .., I I r-_L--,
I PUMP UNIT I ~-- -~ I PUMP UNITI I PUMP UNIT I ~- --~ I PUMP UNIT I
. 1 No.AI NO.BI I NO.C I I NO.O I
1
L_ _ _ _ _ ...J
L----...J
F££D BACK UNIT- Figure 1.1

--.,_--']~~

( INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 9 oflll
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
• System overview for steering gear with reversible pumps
,------, ,------,
I BRIDGE I I BRIDGE I
·1 CONmOL I I CONmOL I
IL _
PANEL NO.A I IL PANEL- NO "N" I
_ _ _ _ _ _j _ _ _ _ _ ·..J
TUIFJORD
CONmDL SYSTEM
TYP£: CS-•~
BRIDGE
STEERING GEAR ROOM
,----, ,-----,
I MOTOR I I MOTOR I
lcoNmOUER I lcoNmoUERI
I NO.A I ,------, I N0.8 I
OIL I
I RESERVOIR I
I I
FEED BACK UNIT
~-----;~~
,------, ,------, ,------,

I BRIDGE I I BRIDGE I I BRIDGE I
I CDNmOL I I CONmOL I I CONmOL I
I PANEL NO. A I I PANEL N0.8 I I PANEL NO "N" I
L _j L ---- _j L ---- _j
IDVFJORD TENFJORD
CONmOL SYSTEM NO.A CONmOL SYSTEM NOB
TYPE: CS-** TYPE: CS-**
BRIDGE
STEERING GEAR ROOM
,-----, ,------, r------, ,----,

I MOTOR I I MOTOR I I MOTOR I I MOTOR I
lcoNmDUER I IcoN moLLER I ICON mOLLER I lcoNmoLLERI
I NO.A I ,----, I NO.B I I NO.C I ,------, I NO.D
L
I
_ _ _ _ _J
L ____ __j L ____ _j
L----....J I OIL I I OIL I
I RESERVOIR I I RESERVOIR I
IL ____
I
_j
IL _ _ _ _ _JI
FEED BACK UNIT FEED BACK UNIT Figure 1.2

~ -----'~~ ~ -----'~~

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
1.2.2.1 Main function
The control system consist of:
~ Pump control card (one for each pump).
This unit has the following functions:
• Interface to 3 NFU steering modes:

- NFU main steering.
- NFU steering.
- Aux. steering unit.
• Steering signal to motor controller.

- On/off signal for solenoid operated steering gear.
- On/off and analog speed signal for steering gear with reversible pump.
• Start/stop circuit
- Interface for start/stop buttons on the control panel.
- Signal for standby auto-start can also be delivered (option).
- Start/stop signal to the motor controller.
• Signal to/from alarm unit

- Hydraulic lock alarm (option).
- Standby auto-start signal from alarm unit.
- Power failure alarm.
• Signal to external equipment (galvanic isolated).

- Port/stbd signal (on/off signal).
- Pump run signal.
- Supply on signal.
- Information ifFU steering modes activated.
• Power supply (supplied from motor controller)

- Start/stop circuit.
- Aux. steering unit.
The pump control card can be used as a separate control system or together with the
aux. steering unit.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
)o> Aux. steering unit (one for two pumps).
This unit is a rack based system with the following functions:
• Interface for max. 24 steering modes. The number of steering modes are determined of the
number of selector cards mounted. The steering mode can be ofNFU, FU or external types.
• Output to control two pump control cards. The interface is on/off signal for solenoid-
operated steering gear and additional analog speed signal for steering gear with reversible
pump.
• "In command" function to control panel and external equipment. The "in command"
function can be used in two modes:
- If the operator activates the in command push button, the steering command will be
transferred immediately.
- If the in command push button is activated, the system require that the order signal is equal
to the position of the steering gear before the actual steering mode is activated. If not, the in
command light will start flashing to indicate that the operator must change the order signal.
The order must be changed inside a period of 6-7 sec. When the actual steering stand is
activated the in command light goes from flashing to steady. This function is only used for
FU steering.
• FU (follow-up).
The position of the steering gear equal the orders from operator. This function can also be
use for NFU steering (option). If this function is selected, the position of the steering gear is
stored and used as order signal when NFU steering lever is released.

INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 12 of 11 I
Sign., date, rev. E-mail: tenfjord@rolls-royce.com www.rolls-royce.com
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
1.2.2.2 Block diagram control system.

,-----------------------,
I BRIDGE CONTROL PANELS I
I I
I I
L-------,------------,---~
,-----
1
- - - ! - - - - - - - - - - - - :-------,
nsNFJORD I
I CONTROL SYSTEM I
I TYPE: CS-** I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I AUX. STEIRING UN,IT I
I I
I (If mounted) I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I PUMP PUMP I
I CONTROL CONTROL I
I CARD NO.A CARD N0.8 I
I I
I I
L ____ _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - r------_j
BRIDGE
-----------------------------
STEERING GEAR ROOM
,-_1--, , __1 __ ,
I MOTOR I ,----, I MOTOR I
ICON TROLLER I I OIL I ICONTROLLERI
I NO.A I I RESER VOIR I I NO.B I
L ____ _J L _ _ _ _ _.J
I I
L ____ _J
Figure 1.3
Example: Steering gear with reversible pumps.

) INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 13 of Ill
. ./
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
1.2.3 Specification pump control card
Ref. drawings: Pump control card, principal drawing.
L2.3.1 Lay-out pump control card.
• The fig. Pump control card displays the card with "LED" and
"Jumper" description.
{j]U I II II ~~~~el.·
I
: ~~NL---1X_J_ _~lP3~JP4~
®
®
AUTO
MAIN
JP2 fOOl
~ ~ ~~~~~
JPl fOOl
~
D®
® NFU
® FU
® S BD
L._lX_2_ _____JI ~ ~
280
300
LED DESCRIPTION JUMPER DESCRIPTION

- ® RUN - > PUMP RUN SIGNAL JPl/2 -> STEERING SIGN. COMMON + DR -
® PVI -> INTERNAL POVIER ro=ool+
® AUTO -> EXTERNAL AUTOSTART SIGNAL ~
® MAIN - > NFU MAIN STEERING SELECTED JP3 -> NFU MAIN STEERING OVERRIDE
® NFU -> NFU STEERING SELECTED
~ YES ~ NO
® FU -> FU FROM AUX. STEERING SELECTED
® PORT -> PORT STEERING SIGNAL JP4 -> NFU STEERING OVERRIDE
® STBD - > STBD STEERING SIGNAL
~ YES ~ NO

Sign., date, rev. E-mail: tenfjord@rolls-royce.com www .rolls-royce.com
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
1.2.3 .2 Functional description.
One pump control card is mounted for each pump unit.
This unit has following functions:
• Power supply.
- Internal power supplies.
- Power line filter for the supply to the aux. steering unit.
- Alarm signal for internal power supply.
• Start/stop circuit
- Interface for start/stop push button and standby auto start indication on the control panel.
- Start/stop signal to the motor controller.
- Standby auto start signal from alarm unit.
- Fuses (PTC) for indication light.
• Steering signal.
- Steering control signal to motor controller for solenoid operated steering gears
(on/off signal for port!stbd directions).
- Steering signal to motor controller for steering gear with reversible pumps (on/off signal for
direction and additional analog speed signal).
• Interface for 3 steering modes.

- NFU main steering, normally interfaced to the main panel. This steering can be configured
as override with jumper JP3, determined by the different authorities.
- NFU steering. This mode can also be configured as override with jumper JP4, but will have
priority after NFU main steering. The use of JP4 is determined by the different authorities.
- Aux. steering. If the aux. steering unit is mounted the system is interfaced to this input.
The NFU steering signal can be configured for common+/- with jumper JPl and JP2.
• Signal to external equipment.

- Information about NFU steering signal (on/off signal).
- Run signal.
- Power failure signal.
- Standby auto start signal (option).
- FU steering in use (option if the aux. steering unit with FU steering modes is mounted)

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
(
• LED indication.
- Run signal.
Internal power supplies.
- Standby auto start.
- NFU main steering selected.
- NFU steering selected
- FU steering in use (option if aux. steering unit ).
- Order signal to motor controller (port/stbd).
1.2.3 .3 Electrical specification.
• Power supply.
- Internal power supply 220VAC, +-20%, 50-60Hz.
- Supply to aux. steering unit 220VAC, +-20%, 50,60Hz, max. 1.4A.
• Start/stop signal to motor controller.

- max. voltage 250V AC.
- max. switching load 60VA.
- max. continuous load 60VA.
• Control panel.
- Run light max. 3pc.-each 30mA.
- Stop light max. 3pc.- each 30mA.
- Auto start light max 3pc.- each 30mA.
• Steering signal
- NFU main steering, max. 24VDC, +- 20%, 100mA.
NFU steering, max. 24VDC, +- 20%, 1OOmA.
- NFU aux. steering, max. 24VDC, +-20%, lOOmA.
- Analog speed signal, see specification for aux. steering unit.
• Alarm unit
- Hydraulic lock sign. max. 24VDC, +- 20%, SOmA.
- Power failure alarm, max. 24VDC, +- 20%, 0.5A.
• External equipment.
- Order signal. max. 24VDC, +20%, SOmA.
- Power failure alarm, max. 24VDC, +20%, 0.5A.
- Information ifFU steering modes in use, max. 24VDC, +20%, 0.5A.
- Run signal, max. 24VDC, +20%, 0.5A. , ..
- Power failure signal, max. 24VDC, +20%, 0.5A.
- Auto start signal, max. 24VDC, +20%, O.SA.
- Override signal, max. 24VDC, +20%, 0.5A.
- FU steering in use, max. 24VDC, +20%, 0.5A.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
1.2.4 Specification aux. steering.
Ref. drawings:
Amplifier output card, principal drawing.
Back plane, principal drawing.
Selector card, principal drawing.
Interface card, principal drawing.
1.2.4.1 Functional description.
The drawing layout aux. steering unit shows the rackbased steering unit.
,-------------------------------------~
. CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS-** Figure 1.5 .
I . I
j !-----------AUX. -STEERiNG- UNiT·-·--------l
. I
I .
. I l p;w--;;; ~~ply- - - l
I .
.I I I
I. I I
. I
I . I I
. I I I
I . I I
. I L _______ j
I .
. I Rack for steering mode 1-12,
I . Two racks can be connected for steering mode 13-24.
. I
I .
. I Terminals Terminals Terminals Terminals nterface
I . .
':.~J/eif/':.Y2 for steering for steering for steering card,
mode 7-9 mode 4-6 mode 1-3 for feed
ij !L ___________________________________ j ! I bock unit.
I Purr c-;;;,troll I P~rr:J-~troll

I car no.A I I car no.B I
I I I I
I I I I
I I I I
I I I I
I I I I
I I I I
I -I I I
I I I I
I I I I
L ____ J L ____ J
'--- - '--- '-------
L-------------------------------------~

) INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 17 oflll
"/
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
\
• The aux. steering is designed to interface tWo pump control cards. The design of the unit is
rack based and including following cards:
- Back plane (internal wiring).

- Selector card (Interface for 3 steering modes).
- Amplifier card (Generate the steering signal).
- Interface card (Interface for feed back).
• Each selector card have 3 steering modes.. Max number of selector cards that can be
mounted for each back plane is 4. Two back planes can be internally connected and will
give the max. number of 24 steering modes.
• The steering modes can be NFU, FU or external steering.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
1.2.4.2 Backplane
The drawing lay-out back plane shows component location,. jumper and LED description.
SELECTOR SELECTOR SELECTOR SELECTOR Figure 1.6

CARD CARD CARD CARD
STEERING STEERING STEERING STEERING AMPLIFIER
MODE 10-12 MODE 7-9 MODE 4-6 MODE 1-3 CARD
Jl2 JIO JB J6 J4 XI
Jl
Jll J9 JS
D L®2D
LED!
®
Jl3
D~
J2
J3 ~
D
LED DESCRIPT![N
LED 1 -> +12VDC

LED 2 -> -12VDC
CONNENCTCR DESCRIPTICN
J1 -> PCWER SUPPLY I RESET ALL

J2 -> PUMP CONTRCL CARD PUMP 1/3
J3 -> PUMP CONTRCL CARD PUMP 2/4
J4 - > AMPLIFIER CARD
J5 -> EXTERNAL CONNECTICN STEERING MODE 1-3
J6 -> SEL. CARD STEERING MODE 1-3
J7 -> EXTERNAL CONNECTICN STEERING MODE 4-6
JB -> SEL. CARD STEERING MODE 4-6
J9 -> EXTERNAL CONNECTION STEERING MODE 7-9
Jll -> EXTERNAL CONNECTION STEERING MODE 10-12
JUMPER DESCRIPTION
JP1 -> SELECTICN BETWEEN STEERING MODE 1-12

OR 13-24. ONE BACK PLANE CAN HAVE
MAX 12 STEERING MODES.
TWO BACK PLANES CAN BE INTER-CONNECTED
WITH CONNECTOR J13 TO MAKE 24 STEERING
MODES.
JP1 JP1
1
~- STEERING
......, MODE
-1-12
a a
a a 12
Art No. Rolls-Royce Marine AS,

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
The back plane has following function:
• Internal wiring for the aux. steering unit.
• Interface for two pump control cards.
• Connection to 4 selector cards including in command signal and steering signal from
control panel or external equipment. Two units can be internally connected to interface 8
selector cards. Each selector card have 3 steering modes. This will give the max. number
of steering modes 24.
• Connection toamplifier card.
• Distribution of internal power supplies.
• Power failure aux. steering unit signal to alarm unit
• Connected to Interface Card.
Art. No. Rolls-Royce Marine AS;

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Rolls-R 1. CONTROL SYSTEM
1.2.4.3 Selector card
The drawing layout selector card shows the card with jumper and LED description.
Figure 1.7
~ ~ ~
0
JP71
0
JP61
0
JP51
LED70 ®
~ ~ ~
0
JP?D
0
JP60
0
JP50
Jl LED60 ®
LED50 ®
LED DESCRIPTION
EACH CARD HAS 3 STEERING MODES:
LED50 -> STEERING MODE 1 IN COMMAND
JUMPER DESCRIPTION
JP50,JP60,JP70 STEERING SIGNAL TYPE
1~1 1~1 1=1

NFU FU FU EXT.
JP5LJP6LJP71 MASTER SLAVE
FUNCTION USED IF THE SHIP HAVE 2 RUDDERS
MASTER SLAVE

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
R lis-Royce 1. CONTROL SYSTEM
The selector card has following functions:
• Interface for 3 steering modes. The steering mode can be NFU, FU or FU-EXT. The type of
steering signal connected to each steering mode is configured with jumpers on each selector
card (see drawing). In command for each steering mode is also indicated with LED on the
front of the card.
• In command signal and indication from/to control panel. This function is used to select the
desired steering mode.
The in command function can be used in two modes:
- Steering mode NFU or FU-EXT.

If the operator activates the in command push button, the steering mode will be
activated immediately.
- Steering mode FU
If the in command push button is activated, the system require that the order signal is equal
to the position of the steering gear before the actual steering mode will be activated. If not,
the in command light will start flashing to indicate that the operator must change the order
signal. The order must be changed inside a period of 6-7 sec. When the actual steering stand
is activated the in command light goes from flashing to steady. This function is only used for
FU steering.
• The in command light is also protected against short circuit.
• In command signal to external equipment.
Ship with two rudders normally has 4-pump units mounted. In this case two aux. steering
units must be used. The in command function for one of the systems is then configured with
jumper as "master". The other system will be configured as "slave" and the in command will
be equal to the master unit.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
1.2.4.4 Amplifier card.
The drawing layout Amplifier card shows the card with jumper and LED description.
Figure 1.8
J2
P60 = SENSITIVITY
Jl
P20 = GAIN
LED61 ® RUN P2/4

LED60 ® RUN Pl/3
P30 P31 JP60
LED83 ® STBD P2/4
D D ~ 0
LED81 ® PORT P2/4
LED82 ® STBD Pl/3

LEDBO ® PORT Pl/3
ZERC, FACTCRY SET

GAIN, FACTCRY SET
FB MOUNTED
LED DESCRIPTICN TEST CONNECTOR J2

~• +SV
LED60 -> RUN Pl/3
LED61 -> RUN P2/4 .... ov
LEDBO -> PORT CRDER Pl/3 .,• -sv
LED82 -> STBD CRDER Pl/3
LED81 -> PCRT CRDER P2/4 ...• TPl CFB>
LED83 -> STBD CRDER P2/4 "'• TP2 CSCALE FB>
"'• TP3 CORDER 'A')
,..• TP4 CORDER 'B')
JUMPER DESCRIPTICN
..,• TPS CANALOG OUTPUT Pl/3)
JP60 -> FEEDBACK MCUNTED ,.• TP6 (ANALOG OUTPUT P2/4)
~ ~
YES NC
GAIN/SENITIYE ADJUSTMENT <ADJUSTED AFTER INSTALLATICN>
P20 -> GAIN, ADJUSTED UNTIL CRDER

EQUALS THE POSITION OF
THE STEERING GEAR
P60 -> SENITIVITY, ADJUSTED UNTIL

THE STEERING GEAR
STCPS HUNTING
GAIN/ZERO ADJUSTMENT <FACTORY SETTING)
P30 -> ZERC ADJUSTING

- SELECT 'FU SELECTED'
J1-14AC TO Jl-3AC 12VDC=
- DISCONNECT ORDER SIGNAL Jl-BAC
- ADJUST P30 UNTIL TP4 =
OV CJ2-2 TC J2-7 = CV>
P31 -> GAIN ADJUSTING
- DISCONNECT 'FU SELECTED' Jl-14AC
- FEEDBACK SIGNAL Jl-12C SET TO TP2 lOV =
CJ2-2 TC J2-S =
lOV>
- UPDATE THE NFU-MEMORY BY ACTVATE THE NFU STEERING LEVER,
ADJUST P31 UNTIL TP4 lOV =
CJ2-2 TC J2-7 =
10V)

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
1. CONTROL SYSTEM
The amplifier card has following function:
• Steering signal input from selector cards. This can be NFU, FU or external types.
• Power supplies +-SV for order signal.and feed back unit.
• Steering signal output for two pump control cards.
- On/off direction signal for solenoid operated steering gear and additional analog speed signal
for steering gear with reversible pumps. The analog speed signal (0-lOV) can only be
generated when the FU function is used.
- The on/off direction steering signal will ifFU steering is selected and two pumps are running
switch off the steering signal to one of the pumps when absolute value
(order- position steering gear)< 2-4 degrees.
• FU (follow-up).
The position of the steering gear will be equal to the order from operator. When this function
is used, the feed back signal from the steering gear must be connected. The card must also be
configured for feed back connected with jumper JP60, see layout.
This function can also be used for NFU steering (option). The position of the steering gear
will then be stored in the memory and used as order signal when the NFU steering lever is
released. This function is called NFU memory.
• Test connector.
On the front of the card there is mounted a test connector used to access different signal
used for adjusting.
Pin description:
J2-1 +SV (Power supply for order and feed back)

J2-2 OV (Power supply for order and feed back)
J2-3 -SV (Power supply for order and feed back)
J:i-4 TPl (Signal from feed back)
J2-5 TP2 (Scaled signal from feed back)
J2-6 TP3 (Order signal)
J2-7 TP4 (Order signal FU steering)
J2-8 TPS (Analog speed signal to pump no.l)
J2-9 TP6 (Analog speed signal to pump no.2)

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
• Adjusting NFU memory on the amplifier card (factory setting)
- P30 zero adjusting, see card layout.

Select a steering mode with FU steering and no steering signal connected. Then adjust P30
until J2-2(0V) to J2-7( order signal FU) equal OV (Tolerance +-1m V).
- P31 gain adjusting, see card layout.

Select a steering mode with NFU steering and feed back signal set to I OV
(adjust gain P20 on amplifier card), J2-2(0V) to J2-5 (scaled sign. from feed back).
Update NFU-memory by activating the NFU steering lever.
Adjust P31 until order signal FU equal 1OV, J2-2(0V) to J2-7( order signal FU).
• System adjusting (adjusted after installation).
P20 Gain adjusting, used to adjust the feed back signal.

P60 Sensitivity, adjusted until the FU-system stop hunting.
- Adjust the 0-point for the FU-controller.
- Adjust order signal from FU-controller:
50° FU-controller.
Adjust order signal from FU-controller equal 8V when the position of the controller is max.
order (mechanical stop), J2-2 (OV) to J2-6(order signal) equal 8V. The adjustment is done
with the pot. meter mounted on each controller.
70° FU-controller
Adjust order signal from FU-controller equal IOV when the position of the controller is max.
order (mechanical stop), J2-2 (OV) to J2-6(order signal) equallOV. The adjustment is done
with the pot. meter mounted on each controller.
- Position the steering gear to zero position and adjust the feed back pot. meter to zero.
- Position the FU-controller to approx. 5 degrees before mechanical stop of the steering gear
and adjust P20(gain) until the position of the steering gear equal the order.
- Adjust P60 (sensitivity) until the FU-system stops hunting.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
,·
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
1.2.4.5 Interface card.
The drawing layout Interface card shows the card with jumper and LED description.
Figure 1.9
I ED DESCRIPTION
I LED20 -> FB FAULT
I I <0
<D
!liMPER DESCRIPTION
u I
JP20 ->
~~
~
FEEDBACK MOUNTED
~
NO YES
GAIN + !OV ORDER SIGNAL <AFTER INSTALLATION>
P!O -> GAIN +-!OV GALVANIC ISOLATED

ORDER SIGNAL.
FB®ut.t
I. 120 .I
The interface card has following function:
• Interface for rudder position feed back signal.

• Detect failure on the rudder position signal.
If a rudder feed back signal is not connected, this function can be disconnected.
• If failure on the rudder position signal, this will be indicated with a alarm output.
• Freeze the rudder if failure in the rudder position signal.
• External override signal.
• Analog order signal, +-1 OVDC.
• Follow-up selected signal.

Sign., date, rev. E-mail: tenfiord@rolls-royce.com www .rolls-royce. com
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Rolls-R 1. CONTROL SYSTEM
1.2.4.6 Power Supply.
The aux. steering is powered from the pump control card with 220VAC, see drawing.
Figure 7.10
,---------------------------,
I T£NFJORD I
I CONTROL SYSTICM I
I TYPE: CS- ** I
I I
I I
1 AUX. STEERJNG UNIT 1
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I ~ > ~ I
I I C) + I
~
~~
I I
i :
I I
I <.J I
I ~ I
I ~ I
i
1
eMf
IT'r i
1
I I
i
I
~I
PUMP PUMP
I ~I i
I
I CONTROL CONTROL I
: CARD NOA CARD N0.8 :
BRIDGE L--------------------r------~
----- --- ---------------------------
220VAC to STEERING GEAR ROOM 220VAC to
aux. steering aux. steering
,--~----, 220VAC to 220VAC to

, __I __ ,
I MOTOR I PCC no. 1 ,- - - - ---, PCC no. 2 I MOTOR I
L--1
ICONTROUER CONTROUERI
I OIL
I NO.A I I RESERVOIR I N0.8 I
r-~
I
L~ ___ _j
FEED BACK UNIT

~
Example: Steering gear with reversible pumps.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Rolls-R ce 1. CONTROL SYSTEM
1.2.4.7 Electrical specification aux. steering unit.
• Power supply.
- Power supply input 220VAC +~20%, 50-60Hz.
• Control paneL
- In command light max. 1OOmA.
• Steering signal
- On/off direction signal, max. 24VDC, +- 20%, lOOmA (Solid state relay).
- Analog speed signal, max.+-15mA.
• Alarm unit
- Power/rudder position failure alarm, max. 24VDC, +20%, O.SA.
• External equipment.
- In command confirm signal, max. 24VDC, +20%, O.SA.
- 2 *override signal, max. 24VDC, +20%, O.SA.
- FU selected signal, max. 24VDC, +20%, O.SA.
- Analog order signal (+-lOV), max.+-15mA.

INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Ten:fjord, N-6264 Tenn:fjord, Norway Page 28 of 111
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
,_.
N
u-.
.,"'=
er
n
-s·
::tJ
!<'
~
::;
!.
.,
c.
...=~
-
0
"'
1!
=
0
; (JQ
I
j
'!i
.,_
LED DESCRIPTION
® RUN -> PUMP RUN SIGNAL
c.
;· ::tJ
~
(JQ
] ® P'v/ -> INTERNAL PO'v/ER
- ® AUTO -> EXTERNAL AUTDSTART SIGNAL tl
MAIN -> NFU MAIN STEERING SELECTED ?
®
® NFU -> NFU STEERING SELECTED n
E,OAA
I
I I Fl Fl II~
®
®
®
FU -> FU FROM AUX. STEERING SELECTED
PORT -> PORT ORDER
STBD -> STBD ORDER
rD
JUMPEB DESCRIPTION
JPl/2 -> STEERING SIGN. COMMON + DR -
s ~·
X 181
® ~~NI X3 ~~~.
J- JP3 ->
~-
<>-<>
NFU MAIN STEERING OVERRIDE

[lj
~+
0
II]
0
YES NO
® AUTO '!'!
.JP2 '!'! ® P RT
JPI
®
®
MAIN
NFU
m~m ~ ooo
c
U1 \ii
JP4 -> NFU STEERING OVERRIDE
[lj YES II] NO
® FU
lx2 ~ EJ®i:_
rI. -
280
I
I
I ~00 I
Drw.: EAK
Conir.:
17.12.99 PUUP CONTROL CARD
PR!NC£Pl..E DRAWING
LAY-OUT DESCRIPTION
k 500 001
Formal! Al ~
Rolls-Royce I :oUe-Royce Mar~• ,:; .I
st•• .mg ..... - r.,,J•"'
PRMED CffiCUT I""" l"~i.
1:1.~ d••·
I L 1921
coNTROL SYSTEM
A .: Scala:
A 27.04.00 A-736B
Replaced for: IReplcced by: IReference: IArt.No. N-B2B4 IDINFJORD DO DO
IPog•1of5
""· Da:scr'lpUan R•v. I
Dolo
"""' DoscrfpUon
;...~~~
:tl~·;;:..,
1:15:::: ~1"'
'i-,,: ;;:!--,.
:e~t:llC'
~1:1 ~.
~~ ~
;,~~
i. ;<: :c
--
~
0
I 1 2· 3 4 5 6- 7 8 Vl
I
:A)
~
ti1ti
I (1)
3~
!»•
::::.:oo
........
,...;.(1)
C1l
;:l ::I.
!:i"l;:l
OOQ
C1l
SUPPLY TO
AUX. STEERING u u
"'...> >"'....ru
u
Q
i3..Q 250VAC 50/60HZ
1.4A ru ...
...>"'ru
~~~
:=I~
-XI
~ +
w
"' +
~;i:i:l
0 ;:l 0
-< 0 '<
,.., r!:il ..,
C1l ..., ('!>
-U3 LED I 4
gP..::;: -K hLED 2
3 z~I .,
'RUN'
+' 'PW'
~a +:-->
~;
0\ -·
j'rJ
>--,JrJ1
C1l ~
• ;:l
-~rn
-Ull LINE I -U21 LINE I
l~ t S17JJ.
;:l
=~
0
[IJ
I '"1
dP..
az
C1l
g~
3~
0
~
1 -.
SUPPLY 220VAC
l l. t l
~
SUPPLY 22DVAC
~
'J 10
START/STOP
11 12
~
RUN
13
~
1 2
PCIJER ALARM
3 4
~
(":)
AUX. STEERING PUMP CONTROL SIGNAL Tn SIGNAL SIGNAL
!:""' ~
FRflH MITTrlR CARD HDTnR CDNTRnLLER FRilM ("') ~
0
~
CONTRflLLER SEE NOTE (1) HllTnR
CDNTRnLLER
~
'"t:l
tfflC1l ~t"'
I
NOTE ([) 1 MAX 250 VAC, MAX SWITCHING LOAD 150VA, MAX CONTINOUS LOAD 50VA.
w l>r"ati'.:£AK PRINTED CIRCUT
·~-A fJ1
0
I] Rolls-Royce
Contr.: RoDs-Royce Marine I>S
CONTROL S1STEM
~
....,
0
......
A 127.04.00 IA-7388 I I ~or:
•r.: dep. Steering Geans - Tenfjord
N-6264 TENNFJORD
1--------1=::--'---1
L192LOO_OO
fJ1
~
Rev. Date Dascrfptlon Rev. Date Description
......
......
~
~
r
I
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
2. CONTROL STATIONS
00
0
0
I
0
0
il JN
~~
_!Z
iUl
J"'
- lH~Il l~~lSJln~
•:::
A ~
I !:1
II
~
ru
~ ~ iZ~
0 (!)
+ lH~Il l~~lSJln~ +24VDC "'~ z
[ ~ ~
M
d
z
- lH~Il dJlS A ~ ~ ~
r.o ;:;
__J + lH~Il dJlS ~il
w
z
<I:
0..
- lH~Il Nn~ A cu
::: M u
__J
c
0!
+ lH~Il Nn~
"'w >.
1-- __J 0
z
Cl
u
dDlS
a: I
l~~lS
LC)
NDWWD:J
.
!!: "'0
- lH~Il l~~lSDln~
.,_ Ill a:
"
m
I
~
+ lH~Il l~~lSDln~
1--
"<!-
ru
d
z
__J
w
z
-
+
lH~Il
lH~Il
dDlS
dDlS
A
!!l
""' I :Ja/\va+ ,_."'
~
~
}"'~
<I:
~r;:;
1:§
<I:
0..
- lH~Il Nn~ A
__J !:l
lH~Il Nn~
c
0!
1--
z
Cl
u
+
dDlS q
51<
~c~
l~~lS
8~~ ~
I")
NDWWD:J uu
- lH~Il l~~lSDln~ A ~
+ lH~Il l~~lSDln~
;
A
d
z
- lH~Il dDlS
! ""
__J
w
+ lH~Il dDlS n~I
ou~&:
z
A
N
<I:
0..
__J
- lH~Il Nn~
ij
Cl + lH~Il .Nn~
0!
1--
z dDlS
Cl
u
i
l~~lS
i
~
NDWWD:J +24VDC
~ ~ i
;;1 .. .!!
I
8
~· ~
< J
W-o!r.LO ~ lD"l0"8l :pew~td liiD1

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
::...CI}""'~
::tl~·«:..,
t:.o5::: t-.i !:"'-
-;,.. ~...,.
~~b.:!~
;: l:l ~.
.~~ ""~
~;;-: ':-
~::: ~ ::tJ
a§
•q /
NFU MAIN STEERING
2
NFU STEERING
3 4 5
STEERING SIGN 'DPTinN'
6
STEERING SIGN 'AUX'
7 8 -
0
VI
I
~
... ~
~
"'
I
c .. u"
"
~u c~ ...~ ~
"' ...
"'
; 0
i
>
c
1- ~ R
0< X 10
liB t; 1-~t:=~~> ~ ~ ~ > . .
::tJ
l]
~
15 1:; :i "
~ ~ > ili
1- 1=1
15
tntJ ~ E; z"
2z 2z 2z c ~
c"
.J
>,. dz " 2z 2z 2z ~~EB~~~~~ ~ ~B~B~~~~~
(I)
I ,---, ,---, ,---, ,---, ,---, ,---, ~ ~
s~
P>·
..t=.:oo
-(I)
(I) (I)
- -x5. '
I j} I3~5
+
~
6
JP3
7 8 9
X6
nw 112 I3,bt5
+
~
JP4
6 7 8 9 -"' I 23 54 6 7 8 9 10 12
11 -"'fl T·2r3 5
I
4 6 7 8 9 ~
>
~
n
::l
!:h::l
O(Jq
::::!.
~
<
.
<
~
+
l tD
ao -KG ~ I -K9
~~~
-K9
~
~15?
'f~:ic
a
-<
:::~ o
..t:!l'<
(') 0 ~ I :L
~'-1------+-c~ ~ -~~ u
<> .... tt>
gP..~ u
t::!
;:>
z I "1
0'1 ...
~
-<U
l=l
>
....ru
+
~a s
~ ~ ,--
.p..> +
N
.... r--- I ,--.-
>-lfJJ
(I)~ <
t:l
STBD ~ -LEDS -KIO ~ ~
J}f-
n
2
=~
"'I 0'"1
Clp..
az
(I)
8~
s~
0 -u41
,--l.,,-1--1.,+--- PnRT
! l
~-LED7
-us I~ ,-*, I '-he
-x 4 _ . _ . _
rr • •_
1
-K7 ~
LLLL
-Kli~J
~
~
00
~
("')
789101112 13-14-15-16 3 4 5 10 11 12 NFU
0 ~
~ % ~ MAIN ~
~~~~~~
~lit;
t; t:; ~
+
1-
I +
~ 0:: PI PI
u u 1- I-
I
1- R t=l
~ ~ ~ ~
a.. B t; a >
~ ~ ~ m ~ 0
~
~t""
ll. ll. """'
'"d ~ '-----/ ~ '---------./ '--.../ '------1 '--.../
g~
EXTERNAL nRDER
tffl<> HYD. LnCK
MAX 32V, 50 PIA
STEERING SIGNAL SPARE
....,
II""- I
l1 Rolls-Royce
Draw.: EAK 17.12.99 I PUMP CONTROL CARD A: 500/001
N Rolls-Royce Marine AS 1 PRINTED CIRCUT , Rev,
Cantr.: A
~~~~ ~
PRINCIPLE DIAGJW.f ,.nt.f1"gnl ~u ·..
0 Appr.: STEERING SIGtw.. dep. Steering Gears - Tenfjord I __ ,....__ -·-·-... ·j_ 1 I
....., A 127.04.00 IA-7385
Roplocod for:
...... Rev. I Date I Description I Rev. IDote IDucription N-6264 1ENNFJORD L 1921_00_00
......
~
fJJ ~
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Rolls-Royce 2. CONTROL STATIONS
1-
c.c
·xn11
'N:JIS
n.:l
r-
<t
If)
0
>
ru
"'·
X
<t
::<:
r-
_J
<t
z
'N:JIS
Nn~ "'>-w
X
w
1-
'N:JIS
Nn~
8
i
'N:JIS ~
Nml
1- ~
c {
~ 1i
~ ~
~!
<!

l INSTRB-EL003-GB
Sign., date, rev.
Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway
E-mail: tenfiord@rolls-royce.com www.rolls-royce.com
Page 33 of 111
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
......
N
u.
N
rJJ
tl)
;- ;tJ
.,.....
~
I I I_ I I T I
0
--
~ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Q
g
-z .,=
~
~ p..
~
Q.
·tft
t :E I
~
~
f---
LED DESCRIPTION ~
z :tJ
~
EACH CARD HAS 3 STEERING MODE t s='
LED60 -> STEERING MODE 2 IN COMMAND t"'
I
LED70 -> STEERING MODE 3 IN COMMAND ......
~
...... n
=
=
=
I
......
ro
JU~PER !lE~CR!EI!IJN ~
CIJ
JP50,JP60,JP70 STEERING SIGNAL TYPE =-
tl)
rtgJ
.---
~ JP61
~ JP51
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
JP71
0 0 0
LED70 ®
NFU FU FU EXT. ,.,......
I
~ ~ ~
JP70
0
JP60
0
JP50
0
JP5l,JP61,JP71 MASTER SLAVE
FUNCTION USED IF THE SHIP HAVE 2 RUDDERS
Jl LED60 ®
~ ~
MASTER SLAVE
LED50 ®
'--- 1'6'
~
Draw.: EAIC 23.02.00 SELECTROR CMD

" SOD 003
I - .I I·~·A
I
Contr.: PRINCIPLE DIAGRAM formot: AJ Ralls-Royce Manne N3 PRINNTED SYSTEM
CONTROL CIRCUT \'""'
Rolls-Royce
r.: lAY-OUT DESCRIPTION dep. Steering Gears - Tenfjord 1'<1
•
~.
13.08.01 A-8447
Deacriplion RaY.
O=lptlon Replaeod for: \ Roploc:~ by: \ Refoll!nea:
Sc:ole: 1:1
1""-No.
I N-626+ TENNFJORD ·1 L192Loo_o, 1 ··,of4
Oot•
"'''
'I
'
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
CXJ
IT3l:J313S n..:l
0
I
0
5i:i 0
I
~~ (;:j
~~
z!Z
"'J
g:s
"
cu
snJIA3~d smr u
~
~ ITN'iWWD:J NI
0
~
""'I a:I
>
<'I
+
J4 ""'I
:: lX3N sna
ITN'iWWD:J Nl
-"'0
a:
m
-~
11~ l3S3~
~ lnJ l3S3~
ITNOJ ::t----;:;" ITN~

~
All- +(;] /\<!1- i

~
...,.___.;;,"
~i
0 0
1\0 1\0
~ "j """
~;]
0
z
~ "" 0
"""" " All+ /\<!1+

~
~" ; ~
0
",
;!; ;!; 7
.~
O£:US:60 lD l01i'O"~l :paw~jd liiTl

) INSTRB-EL003-GB
Sign., date, rev.
Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 35 of 111
E-mail: tenfiord@rolls-royce.com www .rolls-royce.com
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
:.,.~
~cJti·
...:;;;: .,
~
.Yi;::r;,;~"'-
"'. ;;;j...,.
~~tr'~
;::; 1::! ~.
~~ 1;;
;,~~
~ ::: c:;) :tJ
-
.... b:i
::! 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0
:ii
g IN COMMAND IN COMMAND IN COMMAND
•
""
STEERING STEERING STEERING STEERING STEERING STEERING
~
MODE 3 MODE 2 MODE 1 MODE 3 MODE 2 MODE 1
!
I,_ .. I I,_ .. I I,_
ii
1l "'u
Q_
:.:
u"'
Cl
"'
I- "'
D
Q_
:.:
D
u
"'
"'
I-
"'
Cl
Q_
:.:
D
u "'
"'
.. I
I-
z z z z z z :7J
~
a. 8 L:l
8 8 L:l L:l
::::l ::::l ::::l ::::l ::::l ::::l ::::l ::::l ::::l t;; t;; t;;
ti:itJ
I (1) ".!l "'-
::::l
"'- "'-
'"'-z '"'-z '"'-z
::::l ::::l
"'-
;:J
"'-
::::l
"'-
'"'-z '"'-z '"'-z ::::l
"'-
'"'-z
;:J
"'- "'-
'z '"'-z
::::l ;:J
"'
u ;:, :.: u ;:,"'
"' :.: u ;:, :.:
a-g.
p:>•
"'- :" :" D
u ~ :" D
u :" :" D
u
...... n
"']"' tJ tJ tJ
:::=.:r./1
,....(!) -J'r,JOC
(1) (1) 31C i32C r25C 26C i27C i20C
::l
!:tl:;l
O(JQ
::::!.
tD
ao (1) :::0
-K71
-K70 -K60 -KSO
~ g.
-'~
~;l~
0 ::l Q -K61 COMPERATOR_70 f--------8-\
<
oco <!:!"~'<
o..... n ('I>
gP..~
3 z= I '"I -K51 COMPERATOR_6~ f--------8-\
~a s""'">
~;
0\ -·
~~
>-300
(1) ~
COMPERATOR_50
:=<!:!"I
"'I 0.....
CDMPERATnR
nRDER = FB
ORDER_=_FB 2
00.
..... 0..
~
0 •
az (1) 0 -J1
8~ 7AC BAC 9AC e10AC •,AJ12AC.13AC

~ (j
3~ ("'}
I-
:.: "'"' ~
"'ua.. 0
;:J
Cl
u
;:J
I-
"'
;:J =>"i'
u.+
i?;
.."'
w
_J
u ~
~
0
.,
"'- "'- "'-
'"'-z ~
'"'- "'-' ' "'"'- "' "'"'-
~t"'
;:J ;:J ;:J ::>:.:
lz
z
U.Cl
zu
I + "'"'-
tfcl I I
I
(1) 00
w
....
~
0\ Draw.: EAK 23.02.00 SELECTOR CAAD
" 500 003 PRINNTED CIRCUT
I
Contr.: PRINCIPL£ DIAGRAM Rolls-Royce Marine I>S
0,...., CONTROL SYSTEM A
>-'
A 13.08.01 A-8447
r.:
Replaced for.
IN COMMAND SIGN, ORDER •
Reference: Rolls-Royce dep. Steering Gears - Tenfjord
N-6264 TENNFJORO L 1921_00_01 0
>-' Rev. Date D«m:rlptlon Rev, Date Doacrlptlon
z00
[I Rolls-Royce
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
2. CONTROL STATIONS
00
e: 3UDW
lH!lll
UN~WHD:J NI
e: 3UDW
l~N!JIS
aN~HHDJ Nl
QJ
u
>
('.j ~
+ 0
a:
I
II)
a 3aow 0
lH!lll a:
UN~WHD:J NI
m
a 3aow
l~N!JIS
aN~HHD:J NI
>
('.j
[~:
1 3UJW
lH!lll
aN~HHD:J NI
0
~
I
[~~:-
1 3aDW
l~N!JIS
aN~HWD:J NI
I

INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear_:_ Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 37 oflll
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
Jo-1.
N
u.
~
c:1
=
rl
~ ::0
0
-
"C
I I I I I I I ;'
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 =
.!0
0
Q..
~ VI
& ~ I
0
LED DESCRIPTION ~
:? :c
~
LED I -> +12VDC t""
- LED 2 - -12VDC > I
Jo-1.
1,0
SELECTOR SELECTOR SELECTOR SELECTOR N
Jo-1.
@
CARD CARD CARD CARD
STEERING
MODE 10-12
STEERING
MODE 7-9
STEERING
MODE 4-6
STEERING
MODE 1-3
AMPLIFIER
CARD
JUMPER DESCRIPTION
=
=
I
/
JPl -> SELECTION BETVIEEN STEERING MODE 1-12
DR 13-24. ONE BACK PLANE CAN HAVE
MAX 12 STEERING MODES.
=
~
I
I I I I TV/0 BACK PLANES CAN BE INTERCONNECTED "'=-

~
-112
,- I~ I JB I
1,-
-16 I J4 VIITH CONNECTOR J13 TO MAKE 24 STEERING
.....
~
I I.-- I- MODES.
Jo-1.
I
-
I I 1 I JPI JP1 CJ.j
I I I I
';;;;;) coo
Jll -19 J7 -15 STEERING 0 0 STEERING
,-- ,--
I I
~
I ~
I 0 0 MODE
1-12
0 0 MODE
13-24
I I I I 0
0
0
0
0
_,0
I I I I ~
~ ~
I I I I N
---J
I I I I
CDNNENCTDR DESCRIPTION
I I I I
I I I I J1 -> FU SIGNALS
J2 -> PUMP CONTROL CARD PUMP 1/3
I I I I J3 -> PUMP CONTROL CARD PUMP 2/4
I I I I J4 -> NFU/FU CARD
J5 -> EXTERNAL CONNECTION STEERING MODE 1-3
1'-- -- I- ~
1'-- ~
I- J6 -> SEL. CARD STEERING MODE 1-3

1 I 1 I J7 -> EXTERNAL CONNECTION STEERING MODE 4-6
JB -> SEL. CARD STEERING MODE 4-6
I I I I J9 -> EXTERNAL CONNECTION STEERING MODE 7-9
L------------------------~2~1~3-------------------------4~ J11 -> EXTERNAL CONNECTION STEERING
Jl2 -> SEL. CARD STEERING MODE 10-12
MODE 10-12
X1 -> PDVIER SUPPLY I RESET ALL

Draw.: EAI<
~lllllllllmmu I ~:~L C~~~
24.02..00 SACK PLANE
"Format·
sootoo<[ RoUs-Royce Morine AS llnst. IRevA
Ro II s-Royce
Conlr.: PRJNCIPL£ DIAGRAM AJ
Appr.; LAY OUT DESCRIPTION Scale: 1:1 Steec~g
A
Rev.
01.04.03 A--10152
Do.to Description Rev. Dote

Oes<:r1pUon Reploced ft:Jr. I Replaced I
by: Reference; li\rt.No.
I
dep.
N-6264 TENNfJORD
Gea"- ''"'Jmd
I L 1921_00_02
!Pogo
I 1of 4
~~""'::t..
::0~· ~.,
.Yl;::!'"'l~'"'
~~ Si ~
;:. !a~·
::;~ s:
•
::0 ~ "'('
~ :::: c;)
....
<:>
o:;
:c
~I
~
~
~
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
I
8
-
0
Vt
I
0
::tJ
t:r:it1
g.g ~ PIN XI DESCRIPTION PIN
JC "' f>UKP 1/3
1\ JS EXT. CDNN. STEERING ~DE l-J
Jl EXT. CONN. S'TCE.RlNG HilDE 1-6
..1'3 EXT. CON!i STEERING KDD!: 7-9
J6 ~ CARD STEERING HilDE: 1-3
J8 SEL CARD SlEERING HDDC ~-6
..no SO..... CARD STaRING HtlDE 7-9 0
~
J3 "' PLMP 214 PIN J•F"UCAR..D PJN Jll EXT. C[NN. STEERING !-![]DE 10-12 PIN .Jii! SU. CARD STEERING MDDE 10-12
.....
Ill
=-:oo
... o
• +l2VDC
OVDC
-12VDC
)RESET .,'
3
I NFUPORT
NfUCDM
NfUSTBD
ru CCN o-wv
lAC
2AC
3AC
~c
"c
•li!VOC
+Ji!VDt:
ov
-J2V
-t2V
.'
I
3
IN COMMAND SIGNAL +
IN COMMAND SIGNAL -
IN COMMAND SIGNAL +
IN C:O~.MAND SlGNAL -
~~
~e
lAC
i!AC
3AC
<AC
+li!VDC
+12VDC
ov
-12V
~* o.c
FU 0-IOV 5 IN COMMAND UGHT .. -l2V
C1> C1> ru statAL 'ND'
" GND
'
tD
ALL
' IN C!Jfo!MAND UGHT- 6AC GNII
~a· ~
FU SIGNAL 'NIJ' 6C ORDER 'A'
7 IN CIJMMAND SIGNAL 'COM' 7" NfU/FU PORT
O(JQ
RlJN 'ND'
RUN 'ND'
7'C
8<0
NFUIFU PORT
NFU/F"U CIJM
NfUIFU S'TBD
) '
'
IN CCMMANO SIGNAL 'NO'
IN C!li'INAND SIGNAL 'NC" '"
9AC
NF"U/FU COM
NFU/FU SlllD
ao C1> ~
""
w"
IIAC
12A
12C
;';~"U aiM •-IOV )
fB SIGNAL SCALLD
fll S!GNAL
IJ)
11
"
13
Nf'U/fU PDI<T
NfU/F"U COM
NrU/F"U STilD
NFU/fU CiJM +-UIV
IN C!JMMAND S!GNAL +
WAC
IIAC
12AC
13AC
Nf"U/FU COM
"'
~-ICV
F"B SlGNAL SCAL..Dl

rB-
~ Q ..n DESCRIPTlDN 13AC

1~0
rB-
ru ITLEC1'01 ""' IN COMMAND SlGNAL - ~~
I<AC
!SAC
F"U SELECTED
rN COMMAND BUS PREVIOUS
_1;;: +l2VDC
ov PIN ..nJ DE.SCRIPTI!l'\1 """
16AC
IUl'f"COM'
RDY"ND' "113
17
IN COfoU"AND SIGNAL +
IN COMMAND SlGNAL -
IN C'DMNAND LIGHT+
~s
1:~
17A
17C
16AC rN COMMAND BUS ND!T
Rr.SETDUT
RESET All.
~~~T
-12VDC 17AC
'?~.:,..
IS IN CO~ND LIGHT -
g: g:=g ~~t : 1 ~~
:1['~ ~:,o-tovJ~
II3A
""'
II3AC
~~~M..A;-tnv
a ::s S'
IN COMMAND SIGNAL 'COM'
,_.
H ~12VDC
"'' "' II3C
r
21 IN COMMAND SIGNAL 'Nil' ~~
.. 12VDC ov
'"' ru
" IN COMMAND SlGNAL 'NC"
"'
ISC
rN COMMAND LIGHT +
~ gg::~ ~~-·COM· ~z
I
2IAC COM
< t!:il'< [NCDW-tAND8US
PREY.) TO J6
7-10
ll-12
-L2VDC
'""" ru o-l.Dv
23 NfU/fU PORT 2liA
n o n
tD
8
DRII./1"8 DISCDNNECTE
13-14 ""'
NFU/fU P[RT
""
24AC
ru stGNAL 'NO'
Rl..IN'NO'
2•
25
Nf'U/f"U CUH
NfU/F"U STBil "'
22A
[N COI'.WIND SIGNAL 'NO'
[N COHIWID SlGW. 'NC"
'4 t1
i:;
(1) .....
' "'
w
L5-l6 NfU/fU'CilM
''"' " ffiu~= ~~t : < 6~

20C Nf'U/F"U PORT
8F-~
~:-SlGNAL 17-lB N.FU/fU STBD 27 2IC
~"'""
26AC NfU/F"U COM
II 19-eO N.FU/fU C'DM +-lDV 28
=
ru
:;" :~~- st.L.ECTED 21-22
"'
271'1C
~~ ~~D ~ 29 IN COMNAND SIGNAL +
~!:i '" g: g:=g ~:::t : 1i'i~
"'
NF'U/F"U S'TBO
3 2:
I '1 15 RD'f 'NC'
~=~:
27-2B
~=-SIGNAL SCAL£.D
fU SELECTED
"""
~ ~~ ~urJ-l.DV N
30
3>
32
IN COMMAND S1GNAL -
IN COMMAND LIGHT +
IN Ctli'.NAND LIGHT- ~~
23C
2<A
~ gj= tl~t : :0:§
0\ -· 2>-30 31JlC fU SHiNPL 'NIJ'
,.
33 IN CtlMNANil SIGNAL 'COW l;; '"
25A Ul COHI'IAND SlGNAL 'COM' ("" z
~
~;
32AC Rl..IN'N.D'
31-32 IN COMMAND BUS NEXT IN C!li'IMAND SIGNAL 'NO' IN COMMAND S1G'NAL 'Nil' ~tl
33-34 RSIALL
";~ IN C!llo!MANil SlGNAL 'NC" "' lN COMMAND S1GNAL 'NC" :....
.j:>.> 38
Nf"U/fUPDRT
NF"UITU COM
NfU/F"U STEll
'"
25C
'"
27C
NfU/fU PDRT
NFUII'1J COM
-
>-:loo .," NfU/F'U~+-lDV

Nf'U/FU STBD
<
C1> ~ I>W
""' ::::g~=: 1 ~~
2BC
as
=o
JPl OESCRIPTlllN
29'
29C
30A
310
IN COI>\AAND LIGIT +
IN COMMAND LIGHT -
rN COMMAND S1GNAL 'CDM'
rN COMMAND S1GNAL 'NO'
)<\
~Z
~ e~
2
"'I 0""I CJ
a.1
liNrN "'""'" ous 'ou ao .n3>
C()'o!MAND BUS NEXT <IRD1 JH!>
32A rN COMMAND S!GNJ>L 'NC" ~
:l,7 _.12VDC
30C
31C
Nf'"U/FU PORT
NfU/F"U CUM
N
00.
ClF- 6,9 tN CIJMMAND BUS PRE:VIOUS (TO JG)
'" NfU/F"U S1BD
~
az 9,LI
Ul,t2
IN ctlMMAND BUS ND<T <Til .n3l
IN COI>\MAND BUS PRtVIOUS <Til JS)
~
(1) 0
8~
a~
~
("')
n
0 ~
~
~
0
~
clll"'
i
C1>
~
w
\0
....,
0 BACK PLANE
IRaU,-Rayco Ma'~~ PRfNTED CIRCUT Rev,
I
PRINCIPLE DIAGRAM
...... CONTROL SYSTEM A
CONNECTOR PfN DESCRIPTION
Rolls-Royce
~
dep. Steering Gears - Tenf]ord
...... Reference:
Rev. N-6264 TENNfJORD L 1921_00_02
~~~~
~~·;;:
S'l;::r;,j~'
... .
g 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
~· ;;! ...,. 5
:C~b:~ c . J13
~ Ia ~. ~
JP! J12 J!O JS J6 J4 Jl
~~ ~
::c
0
A c A c c c c
~
A A A
. .., ~ 0
,.---- -
3
,.---- - ,.---- ~
- ,.----
~ ~ I
I p I p I p PD I PO I 3
:g_ :0: ~ ~
-"'-
0
14- 0 10 NFUIFU 0 -10 7-10 <1__..,
<i Nf'U/FU NFU/FU NrU/FU NrU/fU 7 I ORDER 'A'
:r
21 26 f"D SCALED 11 13 FB SCAL£D [1-13 fB SCAL£D 11 13 FB SCALED 11 13 tB SCAtED 11-13 TN COM.'-(AJ-10 BUS PR£V. 6-7
- 3 ",,- t---<J=m
3 4 "
27 28 f"U SUECTED 14 FU SELECTED
" FU SELECTED 14 FU SEL..EC'TED 14 ru SD....ECTED 14 ru sur ED 12 I
~r b ::tJ
15 17 RDY SIGNAL 13 15
15 IN COMMAND BUS t5 IN Cm-t'IAND BUS t5 ~
--, FBilJR.DER FAUL 8
lNCllMJ<AND BUS
86
I "~
7
tl10
~ N NDBU b
=rD b~ =::::ITL:J
'----
0
rp
9 10
J5
3~
~
I
Ill
• 11 12
31-32 ,.---- I
......
=.:r.n. 18 20
"'' 1-3
-(I)
(!) (!)
;:::: ::l.
!:!'I;::
O!JCI
'----
~
'----
~ ~p t7 RS"T •LL ~] t7 = •u t7 RSTAl.l.
r :J 17 RST OLL
,-- 21 22 ANALOG 0-JCJV 4 5
-
~I
~I tD
ao (!) ~ ~1
2
24
FU SlGNAL •NO•
RUN SIGNAL 'ND' 8 9

~
ej Q XI
L__
I= ,.--- L.__
~:lc "' J5
;:::: Q +12V 0
I I t8-22 STEERING
MODE 1.0 II ta-22
STEERING
MDDE7 I ta-22 STE£R!NG
t-IIJOE4 1118-22
STEERING
MODEl ,.----
d"l'< 26- 8 NCU l-3
(") 0 I')
(!) ..... tt> ov 0
2 23 27
STE£RING
MilD( II 1[23-27
S7C£:RlNG
"""' I 23-27 STELRJNG

MJDE 5 1 r23-27 STEERING
"llDE2
"U
gP-~ 29-30 ANAOLG 0-lOV 4-5 c
3 z=
I '"I
-!2V 0
3
4
I ?R-3
'----
~WI!lo I I 28-3<
'----
~~~G I ?R-'2
'----
~w~NG II
L__
20-"
STEERING
""'' 3t FU GNAL 'MJ' 6 7

:«
"U I
IU
0'1 -· GND
~
~; 0
32 RUN SIGNAL 'N(]' 8 9
""">
>-loo
(!) ~
RST [ 0
5
Jll J9 J7 J5 l.___c_ L__
:..., ;:::: ,.--- ,.--- ,.--- ~
ALL 6
~
0 ;:::: - - - -
==t!:j'a L__
"' 0 14 16 14-26 t4 6 14 26 00.

0~a
• ~
az
~
27 39 27 39 27-39 27 39
(!) 0
0 ~ 4 40 4 40
0 Ill '----- m ~
~
3-..: ~ ~ ~
~
Drow,: EAK 24.02..00 R~. ~
BACK PLANE
" 500/004 PRfNTED CrRCUT
I
Contr.: PRINCIPLE DIAGRAM ReUs-Royce Morine AS
CONTROL SYSTEM A ~
A 01.04.03 A-10152
Appr.:
Replaced for. Replaced by: Reference:
CONNECTION
Rolls-Royce dep. Steering Geers -
N-6264 TENNFJORD
TenfJord
L 1921_00_02 >-3· 0
------
~ ':Z
'"0
~
cf6 t"'
~
(!)
"""
0
....,
--
0
~
00
~
N
th
~
>
-=...
9
"C :a
~
~
"
~
1
I
2
C1
~
[L
I
''"
(\J
[L
3
I
4
I
5
I
LED DESCRIPTION
LED60
LED61
->
->
6
RUN Pl/3
RUN P2/4
I
7
I
8
til
"'
t'l
=
"'
p.
Q.
..,-
0
I
0 ->
l
f--
[L
f--
f--
::::> ::::>
[L
f--
LEDBO
LED82
LEDBI
->
->
PORT ORDER
STBD ORDER
PORT ORDER
Pl/3
Pl/3
P2/4
:11
~ ::0
~
o;
L_ ::"
"'
::::> ::::>
D D LED83 -> STBD ORDER P2/4 ~
::> 0
~
L'l L'l
f-- w 0!: D
"'
w w -' -'
D
t"'
o;
!:; ~
-'
<[
u "' "'
<[ <[
8"' 8"'
z
~ ~
z
JUMPER DESCRIPTION
JP60 -> FEEDBACK MOUNTED

~
~
I
n
>
Lf1
+
>
> tnI 0::
(\J
[L
(")
o._ '"f--o._ Lf1
o._
"'
CL
[g) ~
~
=
I
tD
•,
0 f-- f-- f-- f-- f--
=I
•2 •3 • + •5 •s •7 •a •9
YES NO =
~
fiJ
' TEST CONNECTOR J2
<DESCRIPTION TP2, SEE DRAVINGJ GAIN/SENITIVE ADJUSTMENT <AFTER INSTALLATION) =-
til
P20 -> GAIN, ADJUSTED UNTIL ORDER

a
~
EQUALS T-HE POSITION OF
r---1©! THE STEERING GEAR
I
f'-
n
P60 -> SENSITIVITY' AD .JUST ED UNTIL
J2 THE STEERING GEAR
STOPS HUNTING
P60
P20
=
=
SENSITIVITY
GAIN GAIN/ZERO ADJUSMENT <FACTORY SETTING)
.Jl
P30 -) ZERO ADJUSTING
LED61 0 RUN P2/4 - SELECT 'FU SELECTED'
LED60 0 RUN Pl/3 Jl-14AC TO Jl-3AC = 12VDC
- DISCONNECT ORDER SIGNAL Jl-BAC
P30 P31 JP60
LED83 0 STBD P2/4 - ADJUST P30 UNTIL TP4 = OV <J2-2 TO J2-7 = OVJ
D D ~ I
0
LEDBl 0 PORT P2/4
P31 -) GAIN ADJUSTING
- DISCONNECT 'FU SELECTED' Jl-14AC
~~
I/ LED82 0
LEDBO 0
STBD Pl/3
PORT Pl/3
- FEEDBACK SIGNAL Jl-12C SET TO TP2 = lOV
ZERO, FACTORY SET

GAIN, FACTORY SET
v FB MOUNTED
<J2-2 TO J2-5 = IOV)
- UPDATE THE NFU-MEMORY BY ACTIVATING
THE NFU STEERING LEVER,
ADJUST P31 UNTIL TP4 = lOV
<J2-2 TO J2-7 = lOVJ
llnst.
l:oUs-Royce M"~' I ~:;.~L c;~~
Dro'll.: EAK 23.12.00 A'
AMPUFl.LR CARD
1""8
s ro1.o4.m[s 101oJ
A O,l07 .02 A-9649
Rev. [Dote [Description
1
Rev.
I
Dote
I
Descr1ptlon[
Conlr.:
Appr.:
Replaced for. I Replaced by:
PRINCIPLE DIAGRAM
LAY OUT DESCRIPTION
I Reference:
Fermat: AJ
Scale: 1:1
IArt.No.
1
[I] Rolls-Royce N-6264 ITNNFJORD
AS
dep. Steering Gears - Tenfjord
I
I L 1921_00_03 p,,, 1of 4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
CXJ
..,
0
I
0
to~ 0
.,,_
OV>
;;j
I
o"'
Ol
sci
rg"
~8 J
f-
0
~-------il"
L_
~---~ .ON, 'NCJIS nc~J 2d
"'I~
Q)
~-------il~ .ON. 'N'JIS nc~J
L_ 1d
u
- ~
N 0
"'I 0:::
I
en V'l
0
0:::
~ ~
+SVDC -5VDC
-
+12VDC -12VDC ~
5 "'I
::J
I
..q
f-
"' >-
z "'
LJ "'
"'I
f- JOAZ:l+ ~ -12VDC QN'J ~ •:a J
--c; J
;:: 0
I
JOAZ: L- J\;1/\21-
N
/\0 '-<---------~ J /\0
JCIAZ: L+ J J\;1/\21+
q q

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
"'I
0
0
§~
0
_I
o;>-
u~ N
01
s5
~~=
£8 J
1\ c; + [>---{==]---< -5V
())
u
~
0
.~. <130~0
a: I
VI
0
a:
m
"'I
..,.,
[>----40-
!IS-
n
g
!IS+ [>----40-
~
:0
UJl~JS
.
']
NEJIS ff.J
+ffj
-12VDC
N
N "'I ~
[>----40-
!\£+
~ CDlJJSlS nJ
~-----~
~'2 t\Ol-+ wm nJ/nJN
~
1\£- r>-------.m aa1s nYn.JN
~
~----------------------------------------
HIDd n.J/nJN

( INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 43 of 111
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
1.2.5.5 Interface card, dwg. No. L-1921-00-04, sheet 1-2.
~
t!=- "'
0
co
2D
..
s f
~
r:
<t:
'<!-
0
__J I
u
f- __J 0
<t: 0
r- l=l I
(I) w c;:;
uJ
~ r- Q)
<t:
__J
~ D
r-- w o.8
r- ~
l..
l=l s u
2
"!'
w
r- __J <t: ~
z
::I
<t:
z >
__J !2I
/!?.
1- D '-" <r-
~ ~ ~
;:;: Vi l.O__J
.
r- z <t: {; • 0
:!!~~
D
z
D
__J
::I
<t:
r:
a_
~
u
<t:
[I] >-w"" ~
w
l=l
>i'§
D~
I"'
{;
~ ~..
;: l..
~
u "'w
l=l
~
-0 +~ a:: U) ~
<D a_ zw J, 1i ~
C2 "'
l.. (I)
w > :;r~ ~" zI
u A
w
l=l
l..
[I] D
z D
I LOD
"'c
"'w I
~
A
I +
I
l=l 0 w A
I
ru a_ 0
z
l=l l=l ;:;: ru
~
0
f- w w a_
~ __J
::I
' ' '-" a:
1.()
I
f-
v
65.
f--
87
•
.,& ~~
:1" 8
il
~I-"'-
~
f-
~® E~(;J] ~d~~
n
[;]
~ ~
§ 0
~ !£::]
- ,--- ~ ~
1'0 i-,--- ,--- 0 i
~
N
l
~
;;;
I-'=-
n ~
1- "
~
~
~:; :: ~
~~ ~
N
t
~
- 1-- .!l
=; '-
~
1-
1- ~!
i
~ 1- ~--~
I-I!
..
f-
~
t.o=u·:ol ~o ro·so·so :p8RDJd ~

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
:c
2 3 4 5 6 7
nvERRIDE ·cow
8
--
0
J
"'
OVERRIDE "NO"
OVERRIDE "NC" I
nVERRIDE "COW :xJ
J
~
OVERRIDE "NO"
OVERRIDE "NC"
FB MDUNTED
>
N
-5V~>-e
11 Fll -
+ K3
~
: ~ ~y M~:::NT ]
r---------------------------+--------------------------~14 RDY ~·
-JJ II 1 2 3
:>
12 lJ J
1 1 15 +12V :55,_____
L----------------e
_ _ _[§
,---------------_,_4--e
Kl
15
17
RDY "NC"
16 OVERRIDE SIGNAL
FRnM PCC, PUMP l/3
OVERRIDE SIGNAL
J
J
"'"'"- ~~ FRnM PCC, PUMP 1/3
[I
~
u
1=1
u
1=1
.,;
:::J
"'
~
>-
u
d
:.:
~~~
.. -12V . LK3
f 20 FU SELECTED "COW
FU SELECTED "NO"
J
> > > 8 L----------<~ 21 FU SELECTED "NC"
~>~ ru "' >->->- 22
+ol + ~
:::J
"- 5!5!5!
L___j L___j L___j L___j L___j
I
Drav.: MS 21.02.03 INTERFACE CARD !nat. R..,,
Rol~s-RaJte
Contr.: PRJNSIPU:: OIAGRMt RoUs-Royce Marine AS ~~L C =
OE!pt. Steerfrlg Gear - Tenfjord ~::::::===~---\-:-:Po- ..__l----1
Rev. Dam Descrlptlcn Rev. Date Ol!lscrfptl'on
Replooed for. Art. No.
N-6264 IDiNFJORD L 1921_00_04 2of 2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Rolls-Royce 2~ CONTROL STATIONS
2.1 Control stations
2.1.1 Control stations overview.
Fig.2.1a, STANDARD PANEL LAY-OUT WITHOUT CONTROL SYSTEM

1 x ACTUATOR 2 x ACTUATOR 1 x ACTUATOR 1 x ACTUATOR
2 *PUMPS 4 *PUMPS 2 *PUMPS 4 *PUMPS
"IMO" "IMO"
MAIN PANEL
192"192 192.,112 19z.192 19~92 192.,82
~
-AlARM PANEL
~
-ALARM PANEL -AlARM PANEL
~ ~ ~
-AlARM PANEL FOR BOTH RUDDERS
-START/STOP/AUTOSTART -START/STOP/AUTDSTART -START/STOP/AUTOSTART -START/STOP/AUTOSTART

-RUDDER ANGLE -RUDDER ANGLE
SELEGnON (OPnON} SEL£CnON {OPnON) -BY-PASS AND SEPERA nNe SYSTEM. -BY-PASS AND SEPERA nNe SYSTEM.
a: Manual disconnecting/Indication a:Manual disconnecting/Indication
b: Manual seperatlng/lndlcatlon b: Manual seperatlng/lndlcatlon
c:Manua/ by-pass sys.f/indicatlon. c:Manual by-pass sys.1/lndicatlon.
d:Manual by-pass sys.2/indlcation. d:Manua/ by-pass sys.2/lndicatlon.
WING PANEL
·AFT. PANEL
ENGINE CONTROL ROOM - - - - - - - - - - -
-AlARM PANEL -ALARM PANEL -ALARM PANEL FOR BOTH RUDDERS -ALARM PANEL FOR BOTH RUDDERS
-RUN/STOP/AUTO UGHT -RUN/STOP/AUTO UGHT -RUN/STOP/AUTOSTART UGHT -RUN/STOP/AUTDSTART UGHT

INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord,,Norway Page 46 of 111
Sign., date, rev. E-mail: tenfiord@rolls-royce:com www.rolls-royce.com
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
\
Fig.2. 7b, STANDARD PANEL LAY-OUT WITH ONLY CONTROL SYSTEM
ONLY 7 x ACTUATOR 7 x ACTUATOR 2 x ACTUATOR

EMERGENCY NFU FU FU
STEERING 2 PUMP 2 PUMP 4 PUMP
MAIN PANEL
~~J
2'PUMPS 4'PUMPS -PANORAMA INDICATOR -PANORAMA INDICA TOR -PANORAMA INDICA TOR
~
-RUDDER IND.
~
-RUDDER IND. -RUDDER IND. BOTH RUDDERS
Q iJ
-NON-FOU.OW-UP -FOU.OW-UP -FOU.OW-UP INDP./SYNCH.
-OVERRIDE PUMP
-OVERRIDE PUMP
-IN COMMAND
li
-OVERRIDE PUMP
-IN COMMAND
-OVERRIDE PUMP
-IN .COMMAND
WING PANEL
-RUDDER IND. -RUDDER IND. -RUDDER IND. BOTH RUDDERS
-NON-FOU.OW-UP -FOU.OW-UP -FDU.OW-UP INDP./SYNCH.

-IN COMMAND
AFT. PANEL
144"144 144•/44 336•144
~
-NON-FOU.DW-UP
RJ
-FOU.OW-UP
10§101
-FOU.OW-UP INOP./SYNCH.
-IN COMMAND
144"144 144"144 144"144 144--144
[i]
-RUDDER IND.
[iJ
-RUDDER IND.
~~
-RUDDER IND. BOTH RUDDERS
ENGINE CONTROL R O O M - - - - - - - - - - - -
(
ARS, 19.11.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Fig.2.1c, STANDARD PANEL LAY-OUT WITH CONTROL SYSTEM

1 x ACTUATOR 1 x ACTUATOR 1 x ACTUATOR 2 x ACTUATOR
NFU NFU FU FU
1 PUMP 2 PUMP 2 PUMP 4 PUMP
., MAIN PANEL
~
RUDDER IND. (OPnON)
~\=1=7}
-PANORAMA INDICA TOR
\\\=1=1 J
-PANORAMA INDICA TOR
\~_\='F=I t
-PANORAMA INDICATOR
~ \=1=7/}
192.,92 192-192 192.,92 t92-f92
~[Jj] [Jj] ~[Jj] ~~~

'""''"
-RUDDER IND.
~
-RUDDER IND. -RUDDER IND. -RUDDER IND. BOTH RUDDERS
-ALARM PAN£L -ALARM PAN£L -ALARM PAN£L -ALARM PAN£L
t.U•DS 24<J<:S.J6 24D".D6 JJ6•.J.Jii
~ I] I II
--.
-START/STOP -START/STOP/AUTOSTART -START/STOP/AUTOSTART -START/STOP/AUTOSTART

-SELECTOR SWITCH -OVERRIDE PUMP -OVERRIDE PUMP -OVERRIDE PUMP
-NON-FOLLOW-UP -NON-FOLLOW-UP -FOLLOW-UP -FOLLOW-UP INDP./SYNCH.
-IN COMMAND -IN COMMAND -IN COMMAND
WING PANEL
144"144 144.,44
1#"144 144"144
''""''"
~
-RUDDER IND.
~
-RUDDER IND.
~
-RUDDER IND.
~~
-RUDDER IND. BOTH RUDDERS
JJ6.,....
''".,'"
a
t.U.," 144"144
~
-NON-FOLLOW-UP
~
-NON-FOLLOW-UP -FOLLOW-UP
I@MOI
-FOLLOW-UP INDP./SYNCH.
-IN COMMAND
,,.,..,..,..,. AFT. PANEL

144•1+4 JJ8•nti
'""''"
~
-NON-FOLLOW-UP
'".,"
i]
-RUDDER IND.
[S]
-NON-FOLLOw-UP
''""''"
i]
-RUDDER IND.
R
-FOLLOW-UP
'""''"
[i]
-RUDDER IND.
II
-START/STOP/AUTOSTART
-OVERRIDE
-FOLLOW-UP IN_DP./SYNCH.
-IN COMMAND
-RUDDER /NO. BOTH RUDDERS
ENGINE CONTROL R O O M - - - - - - - - - - -
-RUN/STOP/AUTO UGHT -RUN/STOP/AUTO UGHT -RUN/STOP/AUTOSTART UGHT

-ALARM PANEL -ALARM PAN£L -ALARM PANEL

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
.. ,.., ~ .•.
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
2.2 Control panel CU ... series
2.2.1 CU ... general information
The control panel type CU ... consist of:
• panel front with overlay (colour black RAL 90 II).

• operating components connected to printed circuit board.
• terminal plate wired to control panel with I.6m cable.
Each control panel typical includes (but not always) following function:
• Start/stop/auto-start for each pump unit (motor controller) .

.• Rudder angle selection.
• Steering mode selection.
• Non-follow-up push buttons with override.
• Non-follow-up steering lever.
• Follow-up controller.
• By-pass and separating system ..
• Dimmer modul.
Lamp test can be done by operating each function on the control panel.
2.2.2 CU •.. control panel overview.
2.2.2.I Main control panel (1 x actuator, NFU, 1 x pump)
Main control panel (1 x Actuator, NFU, 1 x pump) •••TYPICAL'"'"'
Figure 2.2

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
2.2.2.2 Main control panel (1 x actuator, NFU, 2 x pump)

Figure 2.3
Main control panel (1 x Actuator, NFU, 2 x pump) •••TYPICAL •••
Start/stop
Rudder angle selection
Non-follow-up
In-command
2.2.2.3 Main control panel (1 x actuator, FU, 2 x pump)
Main control panel (1 x Actuator, FU, 2 x pump} •••TYPICAL ,,..

Figure 2.4
Start/stop
Non-follow-up ove"ide
Follow-up controller
In-command

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
\ .. _.
2.2.2.4 Main control panel (2 x actuator, FU, 4 x pump)
Main control panel (2 X Actuator, ru. 4 X pump) •••TYPICAL ••• Figure 2.5
2.2.2.5 Forward control panel (2 x actuator, FU, 4 x pump)
Forward control panel {2 x Actuator; FU, 4 x pump} ...TYPICAL • Figure 2.6

ARS, 19.11.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
"Rolls-Royce 2. CONTROL STATIONS
2.2.2.6 Aft. control panel (2 x actuator, FU, 4 x pump)
Aft. control panel (2 x Actuator. FU, 4 x pump} •••TYPICAL ••• Figure 2. 7

INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 52 of 111 \
'"~--
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
2.2.2.7 Control panel without steering system (1 x actuator, 2 x pump).
Control panel without steering (1 x Actuator; 2 x pump) Figure 2.8

***TYPICAL***
Start/stop
2.2.2.8 Control panel without steering system (2 x actuator, 4 x pump).
Control panel without steering (2 x Actuator, 4 x pump) Figure 2.9

**•TYPICAL •*"
Start/stop

': INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 53 oflll
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
2.2.2.9 Control panel with by-pass and separating system (1 x actuator, 2 x pump).
Control panel with by-pass and seperating system (1 x Actuator, 2 x pump} Figure 2.10
***TYPICAL* ..
Start/stop
-pass and seperating system
2.2.2.10 Control panel with by-pass and separating system (2 x actuator, 4 x pump).
Contra/ panel with by-pass and seperating system {2 x Actuator, 4 x pump Figure 2.11
•••TYPICAL •••
Start/stop
-pass and seperating system

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
2.2.3 CU ... control panel function.
• Start/stop/auto-start for each pump unit (motor controller).
Start/stop push buttons are used to remote control the pump unit. To operate the actuator
at least one pump unit has to be started. The desired pump is started by pressing the
button marked "start". The green lamp will be lit. Stop the pump by pressing the button
marked "stop", the corresponding red lamp will then lit. ·
Note:
If the pump unit is started due to automatic stand-by start upon alarm on the running pump,
the audible push button on the bridge alarm panel must be activated before it is possible to
stop the pump.
Figure 2.12
I
I I
I I
I
I
• Rudder angle selection.
Rudder angle selection unit is used to change between high and low rudder angle.
This function is normally interfaced to the log for automatic rudder angle selection.
The operator can override the log by selecting high rudder angle.
Figure 2. 13
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _j

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
• Steering mode selection.
• In command.
In command signal and indication from/to control panel. This function is used to
select the desired steering mode.
The in command function can be configured in two modes:
- Ifthe operator activates the in command push button, the steering mode will be activated
immediately.
- If the in command push button is activated, the system require that the order signal is equal
to the position of the steering gear before the actual steering mode is activated. If not, the in
command light will start flashing to indicate that the operator must change the order signal.
The order must be changed inside a period of 6-7 sec. When the actual steering stand is
activated the in command light goes from flashing to steady. This function is only used for
FU steering and single rudder installation.
Figure 2. 74
8\
[J]\
D\ I
\ I
• Mode selector switch. \.
Selector switch is used to select the steering modes for control system with only
pump control card. Normally used on ships with "1 x actuator, NFU, 1 x pump).
----- ---- -- Figure 2.15
D
D
~ --
-- ---- --
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
• Non-follow-up push buttons with override.
Non-follow-up push button with override switch.
This is often connected with priority. In this case other steering modes are permanent
disconnected when the NFU override steering is activated. The override function is indicated
with a override light for each pump and if required an audible alarm. To exit this situation
the release switch must be activated.
This unit .also have a override switch for permanent disconnection of all other
steering modes. This function can also be used for control system without priority.
The function of the unit is set with jumper located on the printed circuit board.
See cable diagram for further information.
------- -1-
Figure 2. 16
I
I
m
8 81
RELEASE _...- 0---., OVERRIDE
I
I
1
--- -- ------~~-
PRINU:O CIRCI!IT BQARD
~~~
~ w LjJ
.JllMPfR DESCRfPTlON
.PF --> EXTFRNAL OV£RRJOE:.
~ ~ ~At.tJ,.,!f~~P~f~'{; ;:$~:/(~~~~Of ~~~g:Jisru~ro:;c:,•PUioiPS}.

C.,r;? [i«:::J OF TH£ UNITS 1HA1 IS AC11VA1rD.
FOR APPUCA710N IWTH (I"ACnJATDR, 2"PUMPS) THE: .JUMPER SHALL BE SET ro POSI710N "NO"
.1'2 --> OVE:RRJD£ UGHT OIAIMED.

[0-~ R NORMALLY SET ro POSJ110N ·No·. OVERRIDE UCHT NOT DIMMED.
~f>_tj
"" NO
.P3 --> BUZZER CONN£r:T£D.
~ M
~f_CJ
7HE: OvmRJD£ FUNCTION CAN 8£ SUPPUED WfTH AN AUDIBL£ AUJRM.
"" NO

JNSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 57 of Ill
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
• Non-follow-up steering.
Non-follow-up lever for time dependent control of the rudder

(the rudder moves as long as the lever is activated).
For application (1 *actuator, 1*pump) this unit can be connected for priority steering.
-----------1-' Figure 2.17
¢[§] ct>\
\
'
\
'
----------- --\-
• Follow-up controller.
The follow-up controller consist of a rotating steering handle (or wheel). This has a scale for
selection of required rudder angle. A precision potentiometer is connected to the steering
handle to transfer the order to the control system. For two rudder system the follow-up
function can be supplied for independent and/or synchronised steering.
The controller has the possibility for gain adjustment.
Figure 2.18
FU-ADJUSTER PORT~ ~
FU-ADJUSTER STBD FU-ADJUSTER
___ _ j IL__ ___________ _
I
I I I I
I I I I
I I I I
I II I
I I
I I
L--------------~
I I
SYNCHRONIZED INDEPENDENT

INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 58 of 111 )
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
• By-pass and separating system ..
This unit is used to control steering gear which have a hydraulic system that can
be by-passed and separated. The system can be operated either from the bridge or
the steering gear room. ·
The bridge control panel normally have following function:
Manual disconnecting switch and indication to disconnect the bridge remote control.
Manual separating switch and indication to isolate the two hydraulic system.
Manual by-pass switch and indication to hydraulic by-pass the selected system.
Figure 2.19
------ ---- ----- -----
\
~
~
• Dimmer unit.
Each control panel normally have one electronic dimmer unit. All control lamps
except the alarm lamps have the dimming function.
Each dimmer unit have:

a: 8 pc PWM (Puis Width Modulated) outputs for dimming of the lamps
mounted on the printed circuit board on the control panel.
b: 6 pc output for dimming oflamps supplied with internal or external
supply. Normally used for dimming ofFU-scale, rudder indicators, etc.
JUMPER DESCRIPVQN
§oooooooooooooo~- JPJO
IQQICH.9
10 OICH.fO
10 OICI/.11
10 OICH.72
~J gg~ f:: r:l:::t :ct/JJ
~§oooooooooooooooo~
poDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDq
bd bd b

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
2.3 Control equipment CM ... series
2.3.1 CMlO ... non-follow-up steering lever.
Non-follow-up lever with in-command for time dependent control of the rudder
(the rudder moves as long as the lever is activated).
~ _ Figure 2.21
o~ [go
~mJ]~
0
~ - 0
2.3.2 CM20 ... follow-up steering controller. _,

(
I
.
I
\ !
Follow-up controller with in-command, The unit consist of a rotating steering handle and a
scale for selection of required rudder angle. A precision potentiometer is connected to the
steering handle to transfer the order to the control system. For two rudder system the
follow-up function can be supplied for independent and/or synchronised steering.
Figure 2.22
INDEPENDENT SYNCHRONIZED
2.3.3 CM30 ... alarm panel.

See section for alarm system.
2.3.4 CM40 ... Motor controller modul.
Run/stop/auto-start indication is often mounted in the engine control room.

Figure 2.23
0 0
~
~
~''
0 0
2.3.5 CM50 ... rudder indicators.

See section for rudder indicator system ..

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
2.4 Emergency steering
FROM BRIDGE
The main control panel is normally supplied with non-follow-up push buttons
for emergency steering.
The non-follow-up push buttons are often equipped with priority so that other steering modes
are disconnected when the steering is operated. If the priority steering is used a audible alarm
will be activated, the alarm can be reset with the "buzzer release" push button.
To regain normal steering tum the override switch to position "release".
For emergency steering not used with priority the emergency steering is activated when the
override switch is in position "override".
Figure 2.24 Override indication
Buzzer release
Override swUch
Non-follow-up push button
FROM STEERING GEAR ROOM
The manoeuvring valves on the rudder motor can be operated manually by use of the
emergency device on the solenoids. The selector switches on the motor controller
must be turned to position "Local Control".
Hand-hydraulic emergency steering pump if installed is usually situated in the steering gear
room. In order to operate this pump the cocks for connecting the pump must be opened.
EMERGENCY PROCEDURE ARE SUPPLIED WITH EACH STEERING GEAR.

THESE ARE TO BE DISPLAYED ON THE BRIDGE AND IN THE STEERING GEAR
ROOM.
Figure 2.25
" MOTOR CONTROLLER

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
2.4.2 Steering gear frequency controlled pumps
FROM BRIDGE
The main control panel is normally supplied with non-follow-up push buttons
for emergency steering.
The non-follow-up push buttons are often equipped with priority so that other steering modes
are disconnected when the steering is operated. If the priority steering is used a aud~ble alarm
will be activated, the alarm can be reset with the "buzzer release" push button. · .'
To regain normal steering tum the override switch to position "release".
For emergency steering not used with priority the emergency steering is activated when the
override switch is in position "override".
Override indication
Buzzer release
Override switch
FROM STEERING GEAR ROOM
The manoeuvring pump on the rudder motor can be operated manually by use of the
emergency push buttons in the front of the starter. The selector switches on the motor
controller is to be turned to position "Local Control".
Hand-hydraulic emergency steering pump if installed is usually situated in the steering gear
room. In order to operate this pump the cocks for connecting the pump must be opened.
EMERGENCY PROCEDURE ARE SUPPLIED WITH EACH STEERING GEAR.

THESE ARE TO BE DISPLAYED ON THE BRIDGE AND IN THE STEERING GEAR
ROOM.
Figure 2.27

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
.(
Rolls-Royce 3. POWER UNIT
3.1 General power units
3.1.1 Starting methods.
• Direct-On-Line start (D.O.L)
The most common way to start a squirrel cage motor is to connect the main supply
directly to the motor. The starting current for this method is high (see diagram),
it has no limitation. (Start current= 6 - 8*In).
Figure 3.1
CURRENT
L7 L2 L3
~ ll l l 7
6
~
1
5
4 "
['\_
\
3
I I 2
1\
I
I
I
I
I
I I
\
~-
RPM
• Y/D- start (star-delta)
If it is necessary to reduce the starting current of a motor due to supply limitation,

it is possible to use star/delta starting. (Start current= 1.3- 2.6*In).
Figure 3.2
L1 L2 LJ
~,/JJJ CURRENT
'·~,mill ~rn;;m
7
I I I I 1
p
I
4
3
I I
i1 iI i1
I I 1 I
i iI iI DY ~~ Kl, \
I
i
II
L----~
L_______ U1
'---El-'M
'2
1
I
:?.__j
V2______ j
I
i
Kl, KJ
K2 2 .........__
~ \
RPM

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL ---..,_
• Auto-transformer
Starting current of a motor can also be reduced with auto-transformer.

The voltage will then be increased in steps when the motor is starting.
(Start current= 1.7 -4*ln).
Figure 3.3
CURRENT
~
6
1<7 1<2 5
I I I
I I I 4
I I I
I
I
I
I
I
I 3
1'----
I I I --.......
I
I
I
I
I
I
2
Ji
"~
I I I I
I I I I
I I I I I
I I I I I I
I I I
~W1
11U 11V 11W RPM
~ ~ ~ 8
a a: c:i ...::

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
3. POWER UNIT
3.2 Motor controller MC••.
3.2.1 Common function.
• Location.
The motor controller cabinets are normally located in the steering gear room.
• Remote control.
The motor controller are remotely started and stopped from the bridge. To operate
the actuator at least one pump unit has to be started. The desired pump are started
by pressing the button marked "start" on the bridge. The green lamp will be lit.
Stop the pump by pressing the button marked "stop", the corresponding red lamp
will then lit.
• Alarm outputs.
Standard alarm outputs from motor controller:
- El. motor (overload pump.)

- Phase failure to el. motor (phase failure pump)
- Power failure to el. motor (power failure pump.) ·
- Power failure to steering system (power failure steering system.)
• Solenoid operated steering gear
The motor controller incorporates following main functions:

a: Start/stop of pump motor.
b: Power supply to steering system.
c: Alarm transmitters (contacts) to alarm system
• Frequency controller steering gear
The motor controller is provided with following main functions:

a: Direction and speed control of the pump.
b: Power supply to steering system
c: Alarm transmitters (contacts) to alarm system.
d: Emergency NFU steering.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
oils-Royce 3. POWER UNIT
Figure 3.4
1. REMOTE
2. STOP
3. LOCAL CONTROL
MOTOR CON TROLLER
• Local control.
There is a selector switch in the motor controllers door, which has the following positions:
Remote control (steering from the bridge).
Stop (maintenance).
Local control (only emergency steering from the steering gear room is possible).
Normal position is "Remote control". Start, stop and steering commands are done from
the bridge.
The stop position is used to prevent unintentional start from the bridge during repair of the
steering gear or rudder.
"Local control" is used for function testing the steering gear, or emergency operation of the
manoeuvring valves. In this position the steering control from the bridge is disconnected. A
fault in this system will therefore not interfere with the emergency steering. The motor
controller will turn on the power supply to the electric motor. The manoeuvring valves on
the rudder motor can then be operated manually by use of the emergency device on the
solenoids.
The alarm "Power failure control" will be activated in position "stop" and "local control"
as an information to the crew on the bridge that remote control is out of function.

INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 66 of 111 --~/
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
• Solenoid Driver SDlOO
Pumose:
The SDlOOC has been developed to avoid the problems with switching ofhigh
inductive current solenoids. The two main problems are:
1) Voltage drop on the supply lines due to long distance between bridge
and steering gear compartment.
2) Welding and heavy wear of relay- and switch contacts due to high inductive
ofthe solenoids.
Principle diagram:
Figure 3.5
SOLENOID DRIVER TYPE SD100.
CONNECTED FOR STEERING SIGNAL COMMON ( +)
SUPPLY
Standard ~
Rolls-Royce Marine ~
dep. Steering Gear ~
"
~
I~
1"'
[-bjPOR;l
of-----------
I
3
(PORT)
18
(PORT) 9----------
1
~1:-!I
p T ~I
"'
I~ ----------~ {COMMON+) (COMMON+) ---------

I
§I
"'~
I J I __________16
_ 10
--------- I ~I
I
I I
STBD - I
I
(STBD)
L ___ J
I I
~~_j
SOLENOID DRIVER TYPE SD100.

CONNECTED FOR STEERING SIGNAL COMMON (-)
SUPPLY
If common (-) is selected
see also jumper setting for ~
control system CS-**, ~
{Pump control cord) ~
"
~
,~,) '------~]~ i
[-bjPOR;l
I~ of----------- 2
(PORT)
18
1"'
~
I
__________B_ 1 1
I ;;: (COMMON-) Q {COMMON+) --------- p T

Cl():
I~ ~I
I
I
I "' ~~
10 I
STBD of---------!! (STBD)
--JQ::
(STBD) ---------
I
L___ j
I
ALARM 5l Cl ALARM
1 1
CONTACT N0.1 CONTACT N0.2 ~~_j

__ ) INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, ~~~Y'~~ .Page 67 of 111
Sign., date, rev. E-mail: tenfiord@rolls-royce.com www-.roll~·rqy6t!:u}>ill'··::~' ' · ·
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4 . ·.: .... :- '·_,. ~-:.- ~- \{:·:·\~~~-' .· .. '
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
- Function:
The SD100C is a dual electronic power relay with the following features:
1) Low input current. The input resistance of the relay is 1k which gives an input
current of 24 rnA at 24 V supply. This current is high enough to ensure reliable
contact function of mechanical switches, and low enough to avoid problems with
wear and welding of contacts. Besides, the current is purely resistive.
2) Input filter. The input signal is low pass filtered through aRC-circuit to avoid noise
from trigging the output transistor.
3) Threshold limit. To make the output transistor turn on, the input signal has to
exceed 15 V. This is accomplished by means of a zener diode in the signal line and
helps shut out false signals.
4) Protected output. A zener diode protects the output transistor from over voltage due to
kickback from the solenoid.
5) Choice of polarity. Connection to the appropriate input terminals give the user a choice
of common plus or common minus to suit the polarity at the output of the control system.
6) Alarm relay output. The driver is equipped with two change over relay contact set.
The relay is energised as long as the power supply to the driver is present.
- Electrical specification solenoid driver tvpe SD 100.
Supply voltage: 18-31VDC
Current consumption: Max=4A

Normal (one solenoid energised)= 0.9A
Stand-by= 25mA
Max. input voltage: Equal to supply voltage

Max. continuous output current: 2A
Alarm relay contact ratings: Max. current = 2A

Max. voltage= 24V AC/DC
Max. power = 30W/50VA
Dimensions I weight: Width : 60mm

Depth :70
Height : 110 mm
Weight : 210 grams

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Figure 3.6
0 0
[8
1. REMOTE
2. STOP
3. LOCAL CONTROL
MOTOR CONTROLLER
• Local control.
There is a selector switch in the motor controller door, which has the following positions:
Remote control (steering from the bridge).
Stop (maintenance).
Local control (only emergency steering from the steering gear room is possible).
Normal position is "Remote control". Start, stop and steering commands are done from
the bridge.
The stop position is used to prevent unintentional start from the bridge during repair of the
steering gear or rudder.
"Local control" is used for function testing the steering gear, or emergency operation of the
manoeuvring pump. In this position the steering control from the bridge is disconnected. A
fault in this system will therefore not interfere with the emergency steering. The motor
controller will turn on the unlock signal to the frequency converter, but the emergency
manoeuvring push button on the front ofthemotor controller must be operated manually to
move the rudder.
The alarm "Power failure control" will be activated in position "stop" and "local control"
as an information to the crew on the bridge that remote control is out of function.

INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Noiway Page 69 oflll
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Rolls-Royce RUDDER INDICATION SYSTEM
4.1 Rudder indication system
• The rudder angle indication system provides continuous indication of the steering gear
actual rudder position. Each steering gear have two indication systems.
• The main component are:

- Rudder angle indicator.
- Rudder angle indicator amplifier type 5801-Rl05-00.
- Feed back unit (see section for feed-back unit).
• The main part of the system is the rudder angle position amplifier. A maximum of 5 rudder
indicators can be connected to each unit. The unit is connected to a precision potentiometer
in the feed back unit. Power supply to the unit is 24VDC from the ship main supply.
A galvanic isolated +-1 OV rudder position signal is available for external equipment.
• Principle diagram.
Figure 4.1
W' wr®l~ ::::~:::::::::::::::::W'

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I I I I I I I I
I 0 10 1 I 0 10 1 I 0 10 1
~~~
~~·l
~~~
~~·l
~~~
~~·l
RUDDER INDICA TOR AMPUFIER TYPE 5801-RI05-00

~f+2411lC RUDDER POSITION SIGNAL +-10V
~\R£7. 2411lC GALVANIC lstJIA7ED
~
ol T
5!1 I
:'JI j!l
ol
~I
.,1
T T
I
I
I
I
rT I I
..lli!l Jl I I I I
I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I
I I I I I
ll 1 1
FEED BACK UNIT SIGNAL TO EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT

INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tenn:fjord, Norway Page 70 oflll
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
4.1.2 Technical specification rudder indicator amplifier, 5801-RIOS-00.
• The rudder angle indicator amplifier is arranged on a printed circuit. board (PCB)
with all the electronic components and terminals mounted. This PCB is located in a casing
that can be mounted on rails. Normal mounting position is together with the terminals for the
main control panel.
• The main function for the amplifier are:

- Interface for the rudder angle indicating system.
- Voltage regulator.
- Interface to feed back unit.
Gain adjustment rudder indicators and galvanic isolated rudder position signal.
- Zero adjustment for the feed back signal.
• Signal description/specification:
- Power supply : 24VDC- 4A.
- Operation temp : -25 to 75 degrees.
- Power output : 15W
- The feed back transmitter :Precision potentiometer (5Kohm).
Signal to rudder indicator : 3 wire.system, + 12VDC, -12VDC and rudder signal
Rudder in mid position equal a rudder signal ofOVDC.
A negative signal to the instrument is port direction.
IS7
r------------------------------,
I I
I
I ~D I
I
I I
I
I lD GAIN
I
I
'"
I
I ~D GAIN
+-IDV
I
I
I ZERO I
I I
L------------------------------~
~~~oooooooooooooooie
[tf '"3"''""""1J
F@
INSTRUC710N FOR ADJUSTMENT

a: Ad)Jst feedback potmeter to zero.
b. Adjust rudder ind. to max. scale
at 7.5VDC input {Factory setting).
c: Zero adjustment P20 {+- 3 degrees).
d: Gain ad)Jstment P30
e: Each of the rudder indicators can also
be ad)Jsted seperatly.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
4.1.3 Rudder indicators type CM30-....
• · General information rudder indicators.
The rudder angle indicators are based on a 3 wire system,+ 12VDC, -12VDC and rudder
signal. When rudder in mid position the rudder signal is OVDC.
Each rudder indicator can be separately adjusted for gain and (zero position).
The rudder indicator can be delivered for/with:

accuracy class rudder indicator: 1.5
(i.e. +-1.5° for 50° rudder angle and +-2.1 o for 70° rudder angle).
indoor and outdoor mounting.
- rudder angle 50° or 70°.
forward and aft. mounting.
- Adjustment done at factory:

a: The pointer is manually zero adjusted without power supply connected (see drawing).
b: The rudder indicator is adjusted to maximum scale at 7.5VDC input
with the gain potentiometer.
• Rudder indicators overview
Figure 4.3
OVERVIEW RUDDER INDICA TORS
DLQ72... series DLQ144... series
\ I I
' /
: 0 :::
RtKir w'ew ,. '
Rear vfsw
VTR5 ... series TRI-2 ... Panorama

Goln adhatmtmt
II E833 'l'l
Rt10r view

INSTRB-EL003-GB I.
Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 72 of 111
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Rolls-Royce ALARM UNIT
5.1 Alarm unit AU04 .•.
• The main components of the alarm system are the alarm unit, main alarm panel,
and slave alarm panel. The alarm unit is equipped with terminals for the alarm panels
and sensors. Output signals to the ships general alarm system (EO) is also provided.
The main panel and the slave panel are the alarm systems' interface to the operator.
The main panel is located in the engine control room and the slave panel is mounted
on the bridge.
• Standard alarm function
- Overload pump no._ (El. motor overload).

- Phase failure pump no._ (Phase failure to el. motor).
- Power failure pump no._(Power failure to el. motor)
- Power failure control no.__:(Power failure steering control system)
- Low oil level pump no._(Level switch mounted in the oil reservoir)
- Power failure aux. steering no._(Common for two pump units)
Hydraulic lock alarm pump no._
• Other alarm functions (If applicable)
- Clogged filter pump no._(Sensor on the filter unit)

- High oil temp pump no._(Used for steering gear with oil cooler)
- Earth failure alarm pump no._ (Only activated when the motor is not running).
- Rudder synch failure alarm (Only used on vessel with two rudders).
• Description of rudder synchro failure alarm.
- Purpose of a "Rudder synch failure alarm"

The purpose of the rudder synch. failure alarm is to measure the deviation between the
two rudders when the system is operating in synchronized mode. If the deviation
is greater than +-2.5°,this shall be indicated with an audible and visual alarm.
- How the alarm system detects the "Rudder synch failure alarm"
The technical solution for this alarm is to mount a potentiometer in the feed-back unit
for each steering gear. The two signal are then connected to a analog comparator relay,
which can be adjusted to give a galvanic isolated alarm signal. This alarm signal is further
connected to a alarm input on the alarm unit.

INSTRB-EL003-GB . Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 73 of 111
ARS, 29./2.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
• Description of hydraulic lock alarm.
Purpose of a "Hydraulic lock alann"

Hydraulic lock may occur where the hydraulic system is arranged such that malfunctions
(for example, in directional valves) can cause power units to work in closed circuit with
each other rather than in parallel delivering fluid to the rudder actuator. Where a single
failure can lead to hydraulic lock and loss of steering, an audible and visual alann, which
identifies the failed system, is to be provided on the navigation bridge.
How the alann system detects the "Hydraulic lock alann"

Our technical solution for this alann is to mount one inductive sensor at each end of
the manoeuvring valve in order to detect whether the spool is going to port or starboard side.
This kind of arrangement has been provided for each of the two pump units.
The order signal is generated from the control system
When will the "Hydraulic lock alann" occur

If the steering command signal is stopped and the manoeuvring spool is locked in outer
position, "Hydraulic lock alann" will be monitored both on the bridge and in the control
room after approx. 5 seconds.
Figure 5.0
HOW THE ALARM SYSTEM DETECTS THE HYDRAULIC LOCK ALARM.
~ROXIMI7Y
I ~ENSOR PORT
VALVE
UNIT ! PROXIMI7Y
LENSOR STBD
loPTOCOUPLER
.c:
I
l I
I PORT t ~) I
HYDRAULIC I
CONTROL LOCK ALARM
SYSTEM
: i I INPUT I
I OPTOCOUPLER
L STBD
{ K03) Jl
~----------------+--7) I
L ___________ _ j
ADDtnONAL INFOBMA noN
PROXIMI7Y (INDUCnV£) SENSORS ARE MOUNTED ON
THE MANOEUVRING VALVES AND OPTOCOUPLERS
ARE MOUNTED INSIDE THE CONTROL SYSTEM UNIT.
PROXIM17Y SENSOR DETECTS MOVEMENT OF SPOOL.
OPTOCOUPLER DETECTS GIVEN ORDER SIGNAL.
HYDRAULIC LOCK ALARM WILL OCCUR IF SPOOL
IS LOCKED IN OUTER POStnON.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
5.1.2 Technical specification
• General description of alarm system AU04- series
The AU04 alarm system is designed to meet the regulations of the classification societies,
SOLAS and IMO for a ships steering gear system.
The system consists of the following main modules:

- Distribution Circuit Board.
-Alarm Circuit Board(s).
- Alarm Panels.
The Distribution Circuit Board and Alarm Circuit Board(s) are mounted inside a steel cabinet,
and together this makes the Alarm Unit type AU04-***. The system is modular and may
have from 5 to 26 alarms, depending of the number of Alarm Circuit Board(s) that is mounted
(1 or 2) and how many alarm channels each Distribution Circuit Board is equipped with.
The Distribution Circuit Board contains the following main functions:

-Terminals for sensors, alarm panels, EO, power supply etc.
- Common components for alarm channels, as blink generator, alarm testing device etc.
-Connectors for the plug-in Alarm Circuit Board(s)
- Power supply and fuses
The Alarm Circuit Board(s) contain the following main functions for each alarm channel:
- Input filter/time delay
-Alarm relay for trigging the alarm lamps, EO, memory/blink latching relay etc.
- Latching relay for memorising temporary alarms, trigging buzzers, auto-start, etc.
The Alarm Panels contain the following main components:

- Terminals for connection to the Distribution Circuit Board
- Alarm lamps and buzzer.
- Test and acknowledge push buttons
There can be up to three alarm panels connected to the system. One acts as the main alarm
panel. A complete system-test and acknowledgement of alarms, can only be done from the
main alarm panel. From the other alarm panels (called slave panels) only lamp test and local
buzzer cancellation can be carried out.
The whole system is built on standard discrete electronic components and mechanical relays.

INSTRB-E£003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 75 oflll
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
• Functional description.
Below is shown a simplified block diagram of the system, just showing the main functions.
Since the system can have from 5 to 26 alarm channels, just two channels are shown;
designated No 1 and Non. The circuits are equal for all channels.
Flgvre 5.1
~~~
""' 0
~
~
~ ~
.,~ ~
::'i
~ ~
o>:-
~~~ ~~ !o~!o~ !o~ !o~ ~~~

L~_j L~_j L __lL __l L __l L __l

ARs, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Description of alarm number "n", ref. block diagram.
The input circuit consists mainly of aRC-circuit and a relay. The relay is normally energised
as long as the alarm sensor contact is closed. When the alarm contact opens, the RC-circuit
provides a time delay of a few seconds to avoid false alarm trigging. At the end of the delay
time, the relay is de-energised, and the following happens:
EO circuit is activated and the EO relay contacts open, trigging the main alarm system.
The lamp driver circuit is turned on, enabling the respective alarm lamps to light.
The trig circuit is activated which in tum activates the two buzzer circuits and
"memo and blink" circuit, which mainly consists of a mechanical latching relay.
The "memo and blink" circuit will enable the respective alarm lamps to blink in addition to
"memorise" the alarm condition, in case the alarm condition should vanish before it was
acknowledged. In case of power failure, the alarm condition will not be lost at next power-up.
The alarm lamp outputs are short circuit protected. The diagram shows two lamps, but the
system can drive up to three sets oflamps; one main panel and two slave panels.
The Blink circuit supplies both the alarm lamps and buzzers with 1 Hz oscillating power,
enabling these components to blink and "buzz" simultaneously when enabled.
Now the alarm lamps are blinking, both buzzers are powered, the external alarm system is
activated and the second control system/pump unit is energised.
By activating the "Audible" button at one of the slave alarm panels, the local buzzers are
turned off, but the alarm lamps are still flashing.
By activating the "Acknowledge" button at the main alarm panel, the local buzzer goes off.
At the second push of this button, the following happens:
The "Memo & blink" relay is reset, disabling the blinking of the alarm lamps.
- If the alarm condition is still present, the alarm lamps goes from flashing to steady light;
otherwise it is turned off.
When the alarm condition finally vanishes, the alarm lights go out and the external alarm
output contacts close.
In case a second alarm condition occurs before the first has vanished, the buzzers are trigged
again, but only the second alarm lamp will flash; the first will light steady.
The button "System Test" at the main alarm panel will open all alarm input contacts leading
to an activation of all alarm channels.
All alarm lamps and buzzers will be turned on and external alarm systems activated. In this
way the complete alarm system will be tested, except the alarm sensors.
The button "Lamp Test" at the slave panel(s) will make all alarm lamps light, both on main
panel and slave panel(s), until the button is released. The external alarm systems and auto start
function will not be affected.

) INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 77 of 111
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Rolls-Royce ALARMUNIT·
• Distribution Circuit Board.
Below is shown the main layout of the Distribution Circuit Board. It is shown in the
maximum layout with 26 alarm outputs. The variation of layout will mainly show in the
number of terminals and number of Alarm Circuit Board(s), connector X9 and XlO.
Figure 5.2
Stropped for auto-start signal:

potentiool free contact
QJ '-'
"
~ ~
""
~
Q
ELECTRONIC
COMPONENTS 0 X10 X9 0 E:
"
Q
"
Q
"
Q Q
XIII~~~~~~~~~~ ~I
Stropped for auto-start signal(option):

24 VDC for each pump
Description for terminals and connectors of the Alarm Circuit Board(s)::
Xl Power supply input

X2 Alarm contacts and sensor input
X3 Alarm outputs, slave alarm panel
X4 Alarm outputs, main alarm panel
X6 Alternative alarm outputs, main alarm panel (cabinet mounted)
X7 Auto-start outputs
XS External alarm/control-system outputs
X9 Connector for Alarm Circuit Board No 1
XlO Connector for Alarm Circuit Board No 2
Xll Strapping for auto-start.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
5.1.3 Alarm panel type CMSO •..
• The main alarm panel (ECR) has the following lamps/push buttons:
- Lamps for indication of each alarm.

- Common acoustic alarm (Buzzer).
- Button for system test so that the operator can test the whole alarm system.
Sound/alarm off button for the operator.
This button has two functions depending on whether it pressed once or twice.
First push :Turns off the buzzer in the main alarm panel.·
Second push : Stops the blinking alarm light.
The lamps will show a permanent light if the alarm
condition is still present. If not the alarms will be turned off.
• The slave alarm panel (bridge) incorporates the following lamps/push buttons:
- Lamps for indication of each alarm.

- Common acoustic alarm (Buzzer).
- Panel test which activates all alarm lamps and buzzer.
- Button to tum off the buzzer.
(reset the automatic start function, see also section for start/stop/autostart).
SLAVE ALARM PANEL MAIN ALARM PANEL

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
5.2 Steering failure alarm type AS11-....
The system consist of three units:
- Steering failure alarm panel.

- Rudder angle transmitter and FU-steering transmitter.
- Steering failure alarm unit.
The Steering failure alarm system provides both audible and visual alarm in the
pilot house upon failure of the rudder to follow steering commands when follow-up mode
is selected, regardless of the cause of failure. The system constantly compares the ordered
angle and the actual rudder angle. When these signals differ by more than a certain value
(the alarm set point, which is typically 5 degrees) the system calculates the time it
should take for the rudder to reach to this new position. If the rudder has not reached it
within the calculated time, alarm is automatically fl?.Onitored.
The system is deactivated when non-follow-up steering is used.
5.2.2 Technical specification.
The steering failure alarm unit consist of a PLC (programmable logical controller)
and terminals for connection of external signals.
The Steering failure alarm is designed to meet and exceed the requirements of
U.S. Coast Guard electrical engineering regulation 46 CPR, Part 113.43.
The system is designed to actuate an audible and visual alarm in the pilot house
when the rudder differs more than 5 degrees from the position ordered by the
FU-steering transmitter for more than:
30 seconds for ordered rudder position changes of 70 degrees.

- 6.5 seconds for ordered rudder position changes of 5 degrees. and
- The time period calculated by the following formula for ordered rudder
position changes between 5 degrees and 70 degrees.
t=R/2,76+4,64
Where R =ordered rudder changes in degrees.

t = maximum tiine delay in seconds.
The system will also actuate audible and visual alarms when
- the rudder fails to move within 4,64 seconds in the correct direction
of the ordered command for orders over 5 degrees.
- if the steering failure alarm system should loose the power supply.
A normal closed contact is also provided for the main alarm system EO.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
5.2.3 Steering failure alarm panel.
The steering failure alarm panel has the following function:
- Red lamp for alartn indication/ alarm acknowledge.
Function alarm acknowledge button:

First push : Turns off the buzzer.
Second push : Stop the flashing alarm light.
The lamp will now show a permanent light if the alarm
condition is still present. If there is no longer an alarm
condition the alarm will be turned off.
- Audible alarm (buzzer).
- Green lamp "run/test deviation alarm" to indicate the steering failure alarm
system is in function and panel test.
The panel test activates the alarm lamp and the buzzer.
Figure 5.4
0 0
tJJ
)
D D
0©~
0 0

JNSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 81 oflll
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Rolls-Royce FEED BACK UNIT
6.1 Feed back unit FB ...
The feedback unit contains the transmitter for the rudder indicating system, switches for
limitation of the rudder travel and transmitter for the control system. The unit is fitted to a
bracket flanged to the top of the actuator. The drive for the feedback unit is provided either by a
linkage arrangement or a chain/belt drive to the rotor. The chain/belt is pre-tensioned by a
spring to eliminate play.
The feed back unit can also be delivered for separate mounting.
The drive shaft follows the turning of the rudder stock and transfer the movement to the
potentiometer(s) and the tripping releaser for the limit switches. The potentiometer(s) can
be single, double or triple depending on the installation.
The tripping cams are adjusted to interrupt the steering signal about 2 degrees before the
rotor reaches mechanical stop.
The feedback unit is pre-set in mid ship position during final testing in the factory.
6.1.2. Assembly drawing feed back unit type FB40-....

Figure 6.1
POTENTIOMETER
LIMIT SWITCHES
0
© 0
©
0 0

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
MAINTENANCE- FAULT FINDING
7.1 Installation

• Qualified personnel must carry out all electrical installations, and all work must be
executed in accordance with the rules or the classification society.
7.1.2 Component location

• The units are type approved only when they are located inside the original cabinet.
• The location of each component is stated in the cable diagram.
• The control system type CS-.... is made for bulkhead mounting and is normally
mounted in the bridge or room adjacent to. The cable length from the control system
to the bridge equipment must not be more than 1OOm.
\. • The motor controller type MC-.... is made for bulkhead mounting and is normally
mounted in the steering gear room.
• The control panel type CU-.... and CM-... must be placed easily visible and accessible
on the bridge.
• The alarm unit type AU-... is normally placed in the engine control room, but can be
situated on the bridge ifrequired. ·
7.1.3 External cables

• All cables must be approved of the classification society.
• The cross-section of the cables for the control and rudder indication system must be
according to the cable diagram.
• The cross-section of the main supply cables to the electric motors must be selected according
to the rules of the classification society. Confer pertaining list of cables for the installation.
7.1.4 Main supply.

• Note that special requirements are applicable for selection of the main circuit breaker.
• Power supply to the motor controller must be connected with separate cables directly from
the main switch board.
• The supply of 24V DC for the rudder indicator system and alarm system must be
supplied from a battery with constant supply.
7.1.5 Electric motor.

• The electric motor is selected for duty type S6-40% (continuous operation periodic duty).

'-- Sign., date, rev. E-mail: tenfiord@rolls-royce.com www.rolls-royce.com
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
R lis-Royce MAINTENANCE- FAULT FINDING
7.2 Running-in
7.2.1 Motor controller MC ... for solenoid operated steering gear.
Figure 7.1
..
MOTOR CONTROLLER
• Consult section for power unit (motor controller for solenoid operated steering gear).
• Check that the power supply from the main switchboard to each motor controller is
correct and that each electric motor is connected for the correct supply.
• Switch on the isolating switch normally located inside the motor controller.
• Consult section for de-airing of the hydraulic system.
Warning:
Running against mechanical stop will give full pressure in the system depending
on the setting of the relief valves.
If air is left in. the system this may be heard as increased noise from the pumps.
They must then be stopped to avoid damage.
The hydraulic system must be complete de-aired before next step.
• Check that the overload alarm output from the overload relay is adjusted to the full load
current of the el. motor. Factory setting.
• Tum the selection switch in the motor controller to position 3, "Local control".
The motor controller is now turned on and cannot be operated from the bridge panel.
Check that the power pump rotates in the direction indicated by the arrow on the pump
flange. If it goes the wrong way interchange motor cables.
• Tum the selector switch in the motor controller to pos. 1, "Remote control". Remote start
from the bridge panel should now be possible.
• Tum the selector switch in the motor controller to pos. 2, "Stop". It should now be
impossible to use remote start from the bridge. (Maintenance work to the steering gear
system may now be carried out.)

·Sign., date, rev. E-mail: tenfjord@iolls-royce.com www.rolls-royce.com
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Rolls-Royce MAINTENANCE- FAULT FINDING
7.2.2 Motor controller MC ... for frequency operated steering gear.
Figure 7.2
00
E1
MOTOR CONTROLLER
• Consult section for power unit (motor controller for frequency operated steering gear).
• Check that the power supply from the main switchboard to each motor controller is
correct and that each electric motor is connected for the correct supply.
• Switch on the isolating switch normally located inside the motor controller.
• Consult section for de-airing of the hydraulic system.
Warning:
Running against mechanical stop will give full pressure in the system depending
on the setting of the reliefvalves.
If air is left in the system this may be heard as increased noise from the pumps.
They must then be stopped to avoid damage.
The hydraulic system must be complete de-aired before next step.
• Check that the overload alarm output from the freq. converter is adjusted to the full load
current of the el. motor. Factory setting.
• Turn the selection switch in the motor controller to position 3, "Local control".
The motor controller is now in running mode and cannot be operated from the bridge panel.
Check that the manoeuvring pump rotates in the direction indicated by the emergency push
button in the front of the starter door. If it goes the wrong way interchange motor cables.
• Turn the selector switch in the motor controller to pos. 1, "Remote control". Remote start
from the bridge panel should now be possible.
• Turn the selector switch in the motor controller to pos. 2, "Stop". It should now be
impossible to use remote start from the bridge. (Maintenance work to the steering gear
system may now be carried out.)

f INSTRB-EL003-GB
\ Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 85 of 111
ARS, 29.12.03; Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Rolls-Royce MAINTENANCE -FAULT FINDING
7.2.3 Feed back unit FB ...
• Consult section for the feed back unit and enclosed drawings.
• The feedback unit is normally adjusted and pre-set in mid ship position
during final testing in the factory.
• The feedback unit contains:
- switches for limitation of the rudder travel.

- transmitter for the rudder indicating system
- transmitter for the control system.
• Adjustment of limit switches.
The tripping cams are adjusted to interrupt the steering signal about
1-2 degrees before the rotor reaches mechanical stop.
- Move the rudder to the limit switch position
- Adjust the position of each ring and tighten the locking screw.
• Adjustment of transmitter for the rudder indicator system.
- Check that the rudder and mechanical rudder indicator on the actuator is in zero position.
- Power supply to the rudder angle indication system to be switched off.
- Disconnect the wire to the centre point of the feedback potentiometers. Measure the
resistance between the end points on the potentiometer (approx. SKohm).
The resistance between each end point and mid point shall be equal.
Loosen the potentiometer and tum it until resistance between the end points and mid
point to each side is equal.
If the rudder indicators moves in the wrong direction, interchange the outer
wires of the potentiometers.
• Adjustment of transmitter for the control system.
- Check that the rudder and mechanical rudder indicator on the actuator is in zero position.
- Power supply to the control system to be switched off.

Switch off the isolating switch inside each motor controller.
- Disconnect the wire to the centre point of the feedback potentiometers. Measure the
resistance between the end points on the potentiometer (approx. SKohm).
The resistance between each end point and mid point shall be equal.
Loosen the potentiometer and tum it until resistance between the end points and mid
point to each side is equal.
- If the rudder moves in the wrong directjon, interchange the outer wires of the potentiometers.
INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 86 oflll .
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
7.2.4 Rudder indication system.
• Consult section for control station and feed back unit.
• . The rudder indicator amplifier is normally located at the terminal list

on the main control panel.
• Adjustment of the mechanical zero point ofthe rudder indicator.
- Check that all rudder indicators indicates 0 degrees without

power supply connected, (Factory setting).
• Adjustment of the rudder indicator amplifier type 5801-RIOS-00.
- Switch on the power supply to the indicator system.
- Check that the rudder and mechanical rudder indicator on the

actuator is in zero position.
Figure 4.2
r------------------------------,
II ~D I
I
I ~D GAIN I
I I
~
1
I
I
0..
ZERO
0
+-TOV I
I
~w 1
I I
L------------------------------~
)(jo o o oj ~~o o o oj ~~o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o oi:;!(B
- If the rudder indicators not is indicating zero position a final zero adjustment (P20)
(+-2 degrees) can also be done on the rudder indicator amplifier.
- Operate the rudder actuator manually from the steering gear room until the
mechanical rudder indicator reaches 35 degrees port. Adjust the gain (P30) on the
rudder amplifier until the rudder indicators show 35 degrees port. Each of
the rudder indicators can also be adjusted separately if necessary.
- Adjustment of galvanic isolated +-1 OV rudder position signal.

Position the rudder 5 degrees before the steering gear reach mechanical stop, and
adjust (P40) until the rudder position signal equal9V.

JNSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 87 of 111
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL (
7.2.5 Control system CS .••
• Consult section for rudder control system and control station.
• The power supply to the control system is taken from the motor controller, and
the isolating switch inside each motor controller must therefore be switched on.
• The jumper settings for the control system and control panel are stated in the
first part of the cable diagram.
- The jumper settings is done before the equipment is leaving the factory.
• Non-follow-up main steering.
- The non-follow-up main steering is often connected with priority

so that other steering modes are disconnected when this steering is used,
see enclosed cable diagram.
Figure 7. 4
Override light
Override switch
Buzzer release
Non-follow-up steering push button.
- The following test must be executed for each pump unit.
- Start one pump at the time from the bridge.
- Operate the override switch for permanent disconnection of all other steering
modes. The override function is indicated with override light for each pump,
and if required a audible alarm.
- Move the rudder by activating the non-follow-up override push buttons.
- For control system configured for override the rudder can also be operated
when the override switch is in off position.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
• Non-follow-up steering lever.
Non-follow-up steering lever.
Figure 7.5
0 c """"'
~~~
The following test must be executed for each pump unit:
- Start one pump at the time from the bridge.
- Select the steering mode by pressing the in-command push button,

the lamp will then lit.
- Move the rudder by the selected steering lever.
- NFU memory (option).

If this function is delivered the position of the steering gear will be stored in the
memory and used as order signal when the NFU steering lever is not used.
This function can be check by operating the non-follow-up main steering.
Art No. Rolls-Royce Marine AS,

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
R lis-Royce MAINTENANCE- FAULT FINDING
• Follow-up steering lever (Factory setting).
Figure 7.6
FU-ADJUSTER PORT~ ~
FU-ADJUSTER STBD FU-ADJUSTER
,L __________ _
I
'
I
SYNCHRONIZED I INDEPENDENT
Note: Synchronized steering is done with two potentiometers mounted on

a common shaft (a double potentiometer).
- Select the steering mode by operating the in-command push button.

The "in command" function can be configured in two modes:
ref. section for control system CS .. series.
a:Ifthe operator activate the in command, the steering mode will be activated immediately.
b:Ifthe in command push button is activated, the system require that the order signal is
equal to the position of the steering gear before the actual steering mode is activated. If
not, the in command light will start flashing to indicate that the operator must change the
order signal. The order must be changed inside a period of 6-7 sec. When the actual
steering stand is activated, the in command light goes from flashing to steady. This
function is only used for FU steering. For ships with two rudders and independent steering
this function is only connected to the controller for port rudder.
Note: Pos. "b" is standard for vessel with one rudder and follow-up steering.
- Adjust the 0-point for the FU-controller.
- Adjust order signal from FU-controller to 8V(50°,FU-controller) or

10V(70°, FU-controller) when the position of the controller is
max. order (mechanical stop), J2-2 (OV) to J2-6( order signal) equal
respectively 8V or lOV. The adjustment is done with the pot. meter mounted
on each controller.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
• Control system, amplifier card.
Figure 7. 7
,-------------------------
1 CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS-**
1~- Aux.-sTEERiivcuN;r_______ _
' '
I I STEERING
MODE I0-12
STEERING
MODE 7-9
STEERING
MCDE 4-6
STEERING
MCDE 1-3
'
I
'
I
'
I
'
I
'
I
'
Rack for steering mode 1-12,
I
- Select a steering mode with follow-up steering.
- Move the FU-controller in command to a position approx. 5 degrees before mechanical

stop of the steering gear and adjust P20(gain, amplifier card) until the position of the
steering gear equal the order. ·
- Start (remote control) two pumps for each rudder.
- Adjust P60 (sensitivity, amplifier card) clockwise until the follow-up system start oscillating,
and the rudder overshoot when we move the controller. The oscillation and overshoot can be
observed on the 4 LED (order signal port/stbd for each pump) on the front of the amplifier
card. Adjust P60 an half tum counter clockwise and move the controller again to observe if
the oscillation is gone. If not adjust again until the oscillation is gone.
IfFU steering is selected and two pumps are running, the on/off steering signal will be
switch off to one of the pump when absolute value
(order - position steering gear) < 2-4 degrees.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
• Control system, external analog equipment (autopilot, joystick, DP) .
- Select a steering mode for analog equipment .
- Set the order signal from the analog equipment equal +I OVDC.
- Adjust the gain potentiometer for the actual equipment until the rudder position
is 1-2 degrees before the steering gear reaches mechanical stop (electric limit switches).
The position for the gain potentiometer for analog external equipment is indicated
on the first part of the cable diagram.
• Control system, interface card (UlO)
- Adjustment of galvanic isolated +-1 OV rudder order signal.

Position the rudder 5 degrees before the steering gear reach mechanical stop, and
adjust (PlO) until the rudder order signal equal9V.
7.2.6 Other function control panel.
• Consult section for control station.
• Dimmer test.
- First tum on all pump units and check that the supply to the alarm system and rudder
indicator system is turned on. Tum the dimmer knob and check that the lamps on the bridge
steering gear panel are dimmed. It is not possible to dim the alarm lamps.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
7.2.7 Alarm system AU04 ...
• Consult section for alarm system.
• Function test bridge alarm panel (slave panel).
- Push-button marked "panel test" activates the buzzer in the bridge alarm panel and all the
visual alarms on both alarm panels for as long as it is activated.
Push-button marked "audible" turns off the buzzer on the bridge panel.
- During normal service the "Panel test" and "Audible" lamps shall be illuminated.
• Function test alarm panel located in the control room (main panel).
- Push-button marked "system test" simulates an alarm situation on all the alarm inputs.
This must be acknowledged by pressing the button marked "audible & ack." on the
control room panel.
One push on the button marked "audible/ack." on the control room panel will reset the
buzzer on the alarm panel. A second push will stop visual alarm from flashing.
A permanent light will be lit until the alarm situation is corrected.
During normal service the "Audible & Ack" and "System test" lamps shall be illuminated.
• Tripping any of the alarms the ships' general alarm system (EO) will be activated. The out
put for the general alarm system will then be activated (NC).
• Auto start can be tested by activating any of the alarms on the corresponding
motor controller.
• Function test alarm inputs.
- Overload pump no. for solenoid operated steering gear (El. motor overload).
The overload alarm can be tested by activating the test push button on the overload
relay located inside the motor controller.
Note: The overload relay shall be configured for automatic reset (factory setting).
- Overload pump no. for frequency controlled steering gear (El. motor overload).
The overload alarm can be tested by disconnecting the wire connected to overload
contact on the frequency relay, see drawing for the motor controller.
- Phase failure pump no. (Phase failure to el. motor).
Removing one of the fuses to the phase failure relay.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
- Power failure pump no. (Power failure to el. motor)
Remove one of the fuses for the start/stop circuit.
- Power failure control no. (Power failure steering control system)
Turn the selection switch in the motor controller to position to pos. 2, "Stop". or .
position 3, "Local control". ·
- Low oil level pump no. (Level switch mounted in the oil reservoir)
"Low oil level" is tested by disconnecting the level switch on the expansion: tank.
- Power failure aux. steering (also include feed back failure).
a. Tested by removing the fuses for the aux. steering in the motor controllers.
Note: One aux. steering is supplied from two motor controllers.
b: Tested by disconnecting one of the wires connected to the feed back

potentiometer (if mounted).
- Hydraulic lock alarm pump no. (For solenoid operated steering gear)
Switch the selector switch in the front of the motor controller to position
"1. Remote control". Set the steering mode on the main panel to "override" position.
Start both pumps for each steering gear. Press the lever on the solenoid
for approx. 5 seconds and the hydraulic lock alarm will monitored.
Clogged filter pump no. (Sensor on the filter unit)
The clogged filter alarm can be tested by disconnecting the wire connected
to the clogged filter sensor.
- High oil temperature pump no. (Used for steering gear with oil cooler)
The high oil temperature alarm can be tested by disconnecting the wire connected to
temperature sensor, normally located on the pump unit.
- Earth failure alarm pump no. (Only activated when the motor is not running)
The earth failure alarm can be tested by disconnecting the wire connected to earth
failure relay located in the motor controller.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
7.2.8 Deviation alarm system type ASll ......
• Adjust order signal from control system,

ref. chapter "Installation-running in I control system CS .. "
• Adjust rudder position signal from indicating system,

ref. chapter "Installation-running in I rudder indication system"
• Ref. drawing for deviation alarm system.

Adjust electric stop rudder motor.
Adjust low rudder angle limit.
Adjust rudder input position signal.
Adjust rudder input order signal.

JNSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 95 of Ill
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
7.3 Interface external equipment.
7.3.1 General information.
• The rudder control system can be interfaced to different external equipment.
Consult cable diagram for the actual order.
Normal requirement for the signals are:

- All input signal shall be galvanic isolated.
- We will supply a galvanic isolated signal for all outputs.
Typical interfaces are:

- Autopilot.
Dynamic position system.
Joystick.
'Ship main alarm system.
Maintenance system.
Voyage data recorder
Typical interface signals for each pump are:

- 3pc. Run signals.
1pc. Supply present signal.
1pc. Auto start signal.
1pc. Order signal port and stbd.
1pc. FU selected.
Typical interface signals from alarm system are:

2pc. Common alarm contact "EO".
1pc. Alarm contact for each alarm. )
Typical interface signals from rudder indication system are:

- 2pc. Analog rudder position signal from each rudder.
1pc. Analog rudder order signal for each rudder.
- For interface autopilot, DP and joystick see following pages.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
7.3.2 Interface autopilot.
• Example (1 *Rudder actuator, NFU, 2* pump).
Figure 7.8o
INTERFACE EOR AUTOPILOT
RUDDER CONTROL SYSTEM AUTOPILOT
Run signal pump no.l

(Pump control card} Ready signal
to--+-r---+ If required.
Run signal pump no.2
(Pump control card)
This signal
control rudder Port order signal
if take over
confirmation to-------' Stbd order signal
is closed
External in command signal. Take over signal puis contact.

(Toke over signal) to-----~ Normally located in the main panel.
Take over confirmation.

• Example (1 *Rudder actuator, FU, 2* pump).
Figure 7.8.b
INTERFACE FOR AUTOPILOT

---------------------,
CONTROL SYSTEM, Type CS... I
I
~=
Run signal pump no. 1
(Pump control cord} Ready signal
10-+--r---- If required.
(Pump control cord}
IC=±=
~~-
0
This signal
Analog order
~~~w +-
control rudder
if take over
+-10V signal for rudder.
con firm a lion
10-----"'-...J Galvanic isolated.
1 (+)=Port, (-)=stbd)
is closed I
~-
External in command signal. Take over signal puis contact.
1
(Take over signal}
+----<ir- TO-------' Normally located in the main panel.
~=
I
---------------------~

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
• Example (2 *Rudder actuator, FU, 4 *pump).

Figure 7.8c
INTERFACE FOR AUTOPILOT
(2 * Rudder motor, El. -sync., 4 *Pump)

---------------------~
CONTROL SYSTEM No.1, Type CS... I
PORT RUDDER . 1
~=
{Pump control cord) Ready signal port rudder.
r<>-;>--t--• If required.
~=
{Pump con fro/ card)
Analog order
0
This signal control signal for port
port rudder +-10V rudder, +- 10V.
if take over ro-------"'-l Galvanic isolated.
confirmation is closed (+)=Port, (-)=Stbd
I
I
---+-
Take over signal common for port
External in command signal. +---<p-- and stbd rudder, puis contact.
(Toke over signal) 1-0-----~ Normally located in main panel.
_____________________ j
---------------------.
CONTROL SYSTEM No.2, Type CS... I
~:=~ :v~~D:;firmation. ~= Take over confirmation.

(Both rudders)
Analog order
0
This signal control signal for sfbd
stbd rudder +-10V rudder, +- 10V.
if take over I 1-0-------"'--.l Galvanic isolated.
1-<j>--
confirmation is closed (+)=Port, (-)=Sfbd
1
I
I
r==t=
{Pump control card) 1-0--~--. Ready signal stbd rudder.
1-0---r-+---. If required.
r==t=
{Pump control card)
I
---------------------~

JNSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway Page 98 of 111 \ )
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
7.3.3 Interface joystick.
• Example (1 *Rudder actuator, FU, 2* pump).

Figure 7.9o
INTERFACE FOR JOYSTICK
RUDDER. CONTROL SYSTEM JOYSTICK

---------------------,
CONTROL SYSTEM, Type CS... I
I
External in command signal. ---..y- Take over signal
(Take over signal) 1 .J.o-.----__j puis con tact.
~-
1
(Pump control card)

Et= Ready signal
If required.
(Pump control card)

Et= I
Et=
This signal
con tro/ rudder ~~-
if take over
con firm a tion
~~~w+-
is closed I
---------------------~
---------------------,
RUDDER INDICA TOR SYSTEM I
Analog rudder
angle signal.
Galvanic isolated. DL:> HOV~= Rudder position signal.
(+)=Port, (-)=stbd)
---------------------~

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
• Example (2 *Rudder actuator, FU, 4 *pump) (Redundant)
Figure 7.9b
INTERFACE FOR JOYSTICK
(2 * Rudder motor, El.-sync., 4 * Pump) (Redundant)
RUDDER CONTROL SYSTEM JOYSTICK
---------------------,
CON7ROL SYSTEM
PORT RUDDER
No.1, Type

(Pump control card)
s
CS..
I' '
1
t- Ready signal
, - - - • port rudder.

(Pump control card)
8=
S= I
I
+---{J>--
External in command signal. Take over switch
1
(Take over signal) for port rudder
~-
1
Analog order
0
This signal control
port rudder signal for port
if take over +-10V rudder, +- 10V.
confirmation is closed ro----"""-J Galvanic isolated.
(+)=Port, (-)=Stbd
---------------------~
---------------------,
;;;;~~~~~rsYsTEM. P~;;::10 v ~-
Galvamc Isolated.
0 ~- ~-
Rudder position signal
(+)=Port, (-)=Stbd
a
1
---------------------~
---------------------,
CONTROL SYSTEM No.2, Type CS.. 1
STBD RUDDER
Run signal pump no.3 I' ' ;-- Ready signal
(Pump control card) , - - - • stbd rudder.

(Pump con trot card)
8=
CS= I
I
+---{J>--
External in command signal. Take over switch
1
(Take over signal) for stbd rudder
~-
1
0
This signal control Analog order
stbd rudder signal for stbd
if take over +-10V rudder, +- 10V.
confirmation is closed 1-0-----'>,.,J Galvanic isolated.
(+)=Port, (-)=Stbd
---------------------~
---------------------,
~;;~~i::~M·or;UD:~!OV ~= Rudder position signal

(+)=Port, (-)=Stbd
---------------------~

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
• Example (2 *Rudder actuator, FU, 4 *pump) (Non:..redundant)

Figure 7.9c
INTERFACE FOR JOYSnCK (Non redundant)
(2 * Rudder motor, £/.-sync., 4 * Pump)
RUDDER CONTROL SYSTEM JOYSnCK

---------------------,
CON mOL SYSTE:M No.7, Type CS...
PORT RUDDER
Run signal pump no. I
(Pump con trot card}
sc==:- -:I
I
-+ Ready signal port rudder.
"'~"~'
(Pump control cord}
/SDK
s Analog order
_: <J0
This signal control
_ signal for port
port rudder
+-10V rudder, +- IOV.
if take over I Galvanic isolated.
confirmation Is closed 1-<j>-
(+}=Port, (- )= Stbd
1
External In command signal.

(Toke over signal}
~
~
I
I
- -o-----------;
J Toke over signal
common for port
and stbd rudder.
--a puts contact.
---------------------~
-. -o--------. Rudder posiUon signal

_-c-------. (+)=Port, (- }=Sibd
FOLLOWING MOD/FICA TION MUST BE DONE TO CONNECT JOYST!C "NON RmUNDANT"
CON mOL SYSTE:M No.7. Type CS... 1

PORT RUDDER 1 If common take over and
confirmation signal Is required
:::~=~~:f=o~~~---ffi ___ tl
- - -o-------Ji- Take over
following must be done: confirmation
---o-. port rudder.
a: Connect the coble(1) between
con trot system no. 1 ond 2 for
the actual steering mode. ref.
---------------------~ru cable diagram and drawings
CONmOL SYSTE:M No.2, Type CS... 1 I I for the control system.
STBD RUDDER 1 I I b: Configure the setting for
~I con trot system no. 7. The octuo/ - - : - - - - - ] Take over
External in command signal. sino/
I I steering mode should be set to -- s'/l;d rudder
(Take over signal} -_j "MASTER", ref. cable diagram.
---------------------~
---------------------,
CONmOL SYSTE:M No.2, Type CS... 1
r==t=
STBD RUDDER I
Toke over confirmation. ----~Take over confirmation.
----~(Both rudders}
I
Analog order
0
This signal con trot
signal for stbd
stbd rudder
if take over +-IOV rudder, +- IOV.
con fifmation is closed ro---'"...] Galvanic isolated.
(+}=Part, (-)=Stbd
Run signal pump no.J

(Pump control card) 1-<>----,-- Ready signal stbd rudder.
i-<>--r--t-- If required.
(Pump con trot cord)
----------~----------_j
---------------------,
iiP.~:;~:~:t::sT£M.D'[;":,+ Rudder position signal

(+}=Port, {-}=Stbd
---------------------~

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
I Rolls-Royce
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
MAINTENANCE- FAULT FINDING
7.3.4 Interface dynamic position system (Redundant)
• Example (2 * Rudder actuator, FU, 4 *pump).
Figure 7. 10o
INTERFACE FOR DYNAMIC POSITION SYSTEM
(2 * Rudder motor, £1. -sync., 4 * Pump)
RUDDER CONTROL SYSTEM DYNAMIC POSITION SYSTEM

---------------------,
CONTROL SYSTEM No.1, Type CS... 1
PORT RUDDER
Run signal pump no. 1 .
, (jl~---_-_-_-_-_
E=t' Ready signal
{Pump control cord) -o---or---t----, , . - - - - part rudder.
~======
(Pump control card)
Toke over confirmation.
E=t= === == I
I
-o---__J
~'
o
External in command signal.

{Take over signal) ~------:----·--~
1
•--4-- ______
Toke over switch
far part rudder
I
------------------§-- ======~
FEED BACK UNIT, PORT RUDDER
signal
~:t:n~:m:~~~K------------ ======~Rudder position
---------------------,
CONTROL SYSTEM No.2, Type CS... 1
STBD RUDDER
Run signal pump no.3 .
, (jl~-------_-_-_
E=t• Ready signal
{Pump con Ira/ cord) -0--<r--t----, , . - - - - stbd rudder.
~======
{Pump control cord)
Toke over confirmation.
E=t == ==== I
I~'
-o------' o
----;------: 'J
0
External in command signal. Toke over switch
(Toke over signal) ~------ for stbd rudder
I
This signal con fro/
slbd rudder
if take a~er _ •
conftrmai/On ts closed
rwroar 90K I
+------
------:
+-IOV<
J Analog order
signal for stbd
rudder,_ +- IOV.
Golvontc tsolated.
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _j {+)=Part, {-)=Sibd
~~;~~~-u~;,-;;;;~;~-~======~
~:t:n~·:m:~~~K---------~======~ Rudder position signal

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
7.3.5 Interface Voyage Data Recorder (VDR).
• Example (1 *Rudder actuator, 1 *pump).

Figure 7.11
INTERFACE FOR VOYAGE DATA RECORDER
RUDDER CONTROL SYSTEM 1

i VOYAGE DATA RECORDER
---------------------~ I I r--------------------~
Run signal pump L a===~===~ Run contact from pump I

Port order signal pump . ~==~===~Port order signal pump ~
Stbd order signal pump ~==F===~ Stbd order signal pump
Analog order
angle signal o~l - -1L_ - - - W-...
1 1 Rudder order signal
Galvanic isolated. __ L ___ JoL.... (-) = Port. (+) = stbd
: ~ : : See note.1
---------------------~ I I I
Open when alarm ~==~===~Overload pump
Open when alarm ~==F===~Phase failure pump
: Open when alarm ~--C ___ ~Power failure pump
~~ ~I ,-,·
------<0'--+p
"" Open when alarm --L---lOI------+ ower control pump
~
~
Open when alarm c------g:==t===i8!:::::
I I I
Low o11/eve/ pump
I I I
I I I Nofe.t
I I I Signal not valid when emergency
I I I steering ore activated.
I I I
I I I
I I I
I I I
~~~{i~;E:r~z:.~.-----o-r>:~~~{-+---~
~~~ --~----1 1
(+) = Port. (-) = stbd
---------------------~ I I L--------------------
• Example (1 *Rudder actuator, 2* pump).

Figure 7.12
RUDDER CONTROL SYSTEM : : VOYAGE DATA RECORDER

.
----------------------,
Run signal pump no.1 c I
q- -+----lo+--+
I ~----------------------,
--r----~Run contact from pump no.

1 I
1
Port order signal pump no.! C~::~:::~Port order signal pump no.1 ~
Stbd order signal pump no.1 ~==]====~ Stbd order signal pump no.1 :

I__.!_ I .!oL--.
~::c:::J.Q.L-...t.. Run contact from pump no.2
I
1
Port order signal pump no.2 C------g:::~:::i8!::::: Port order signal pump no.2 :
no.2 c--------g:==~===~ Stbd order signal pump no.2
1
Stbd order signal pump
I I I I
--L---!oL---...
D~
Analog order J Rudder order signal
angle signal +-10VI I I 1 (-) ~Port, (+) stbd =
Galvanic isolated. --1----~ Signal not valid when emerg.
: : : : steering are activated.
----------------------1 I I I
Open when alarm ~::]=:::~Overload pvmp no.1
Open when alarm ::c:::~ Phase failure pump no.t
Open when alarm ::\::::~Power failure pump no.1
g
-;c Open when alarm
~ L -!oL----.
~::~.-:::JO..i.--.t,. Power control pump no. 7
l Open when alarm r::'---g::::=:::~ Low oi'llevel pump no.1
:. Open when alarm c---g:::~:::~ Overload pump no.2
~ Open when alarm C~::~:::~ Phose failure pump no.2
;!!
.... 0 pen wh en aIarm ,.-.---..__.;..--r----~
~--~---~
P ower ,at,ure
' ., pump no. 2
~ Open when alarm ~::c:::~ Power control pump no.2
g {Analog
E5~~
§~\Q
Open when alarm
----------------------1
rudder
angle signal
0::~1.1)
Galvanic isolated.
D~l
+-tovl
__
~::t::::b Low Ot7 level pump no.2
I
L
1
__ I____
I
I I
___ lJ___.
1 1
I I
JoL.... (+)=Port, (-) = stbd
r
1
1
I
---------------------~ I I 1---------------------~

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
• Example (2 *Rudder actuator, 4 *pump).

Figure 7.13
RUDDER CONTROL SYSTEM VOYAGE DATA RECORDER

----------------------1 I I ,----------------------1
Run signal pump no.1 C~::~:::~Run contact from pump no. I j

Port order signal pump no. 7 C ~ ~ == ===;:::=: Port order signal pump no. 7 :
g Stbd order signal pump no.7 c~==F===::P: : Stbd order signal pump no.1 :
C I I .h.L___.. I
Run signal pump no.2 L -----gl::I::::-6-L-----;. Run contact from pump no.2 1
C~==t===~:
__:____
Port order signal pump no.2 :Port order signal pump no.2 :
Stbd order signal pump no.2C~==i====~ Stbd order signal pump no.2 :
Analog rudder D~l ~Rudder order signal :

"Jo~~~nf?7s~lated +-IOV 1 : I I (-) = Port, (+) = stbd :
--~---~Signal not valid when emerg. 1
----------------------: : : : steering are activated. ~ :
Open when alarm c?==*==:====~: : Overload pump no 1 ::;:: :

Open when alarm ~::c:::~1 :Phase fo1fure pump no.1 '- I
"<f Open when alarm ~::t:::~: :Power failure pump no.1 ~ :
~ Open when alarm c---------t::i::::fgi :Power control pump no.1
! Open when alarm C~:::=:::~Low oil level pump no.J

._, Open when alarm C~==l====~ Overload pump no.2
~ Open when alarm C~:::::::~Phose fm1ure pump no.2
~ Open when alarm C~==:====~: :Power failure pump no.2
""t Open when alarm ~::;-:::~: :Power control pump no2
Open when alarm ~::c:::~ Low oil level pump no.2

----------------------1 I I I I
~ {Analog rudder
~~~ angle signal
D~l
+-tOV 1
--~---lJ____,_
1 . s1gnal
1 1 Rudder posll10n . 1:
§cs~ Galvanic Isolated. __ l____ loL---. (+) = Port, (-) = stbd I
"';,:"' _____________________ .J II II II _____________________ .JI
I I
---------------------, I I ~---------------------~
Run signal pump no.3 C-----g==::::::~ Run contact from pump no.3 ]
"' Port order signal pump no.J C~==:====~: :Port order signal pump no.J :
a Stbd order signal pump no.3 c::::------?-::c:::~: : Stbd order signal pump no.3 I
·< -------Ef · I I . I
Run signal pump no. 4 r~==l====jgl :Run contact from pump no.4 I
Port order signal pump no.4 r---------t==:====~ Port order signal pump na.4
Stbd order signal pump no.4 c-------g:==l====~ Stbd order signal pump no.4
l L,L__. Rudder order signal

D~
Analog rudder __ :____
order signal +-IOV I I~ I . (-) = Port, (+) = stbd
Galvanic Isolated. 1
--l----{o+------. Signal not valid when emerg.
1 1 1 1 steering ore activated.
----------------------1 I I I
Open when alarm C~::1:::::rg1 : Overload pump no.3
Open when alarm c=---=--t==:====h±:=:

~I II
Phase failure pump no.J
Open when alarm C~::c::::ig1 :Power failure pump no.3
Open when alarm c---------t==l====jgl :Power control pump no.J

<b Open when alarm c-------g:==:====~ Low oil level pump no.3
~
..., Open when alarm C~q-==l====~ Overload pump no.4
~ Open when alarm C~==:====~ Phase fal1ure pump no.4
~ Open when alarm C~==:====~ Power failure pump no.4

""t Open when alarm ~=::::::~Power control pump no.4
Open when alarm ~::c:::~ Low oil level pump no 4
~~~ {~~gJ~~s;~~e~------D-~>:~:{--~---1+-
§~~
<>:~
Golvamc Isolated.
---------------------.J
.!ol----.
~~~= '~'"- __ l____
I
I
I I
I
(+) Port, (-)
L ____________________
' ""'
= stbd
:I
.JI

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Rolls-Royce MAINTENANCE- FAULT FINDING·
7.4 Harbour acceptance test.
How to fill in the form

Not applicable
Test accepted v............ .
Test not accepted FAILED
7.4.1 Hydraulic test.
Pump. I Pump.2 Pump.3 Pump.4

Manoeuvring time (65° < 28sec.) ............ [Sec.]
Safety valves pump unit. *) ............ [Bar.]
Safety valves on rudder motor. ............ [Bar.]
*) = not applicable for frequency controlled pumps (FCP).
7.4.2 Emergency steering from steering gear room.
The mode selector switch in the front of each motor controller should be turned to position
"Local control". Alarm for "power failure control system" will occur.
Solenoid operated steering gears Pump. I Pump.2 Pump.3 Pump.4

Operate the hand levers on either
end of each manoeuvring valve
to obtain rudder travel.
Frequency controlled pumps Pump. I Pump.2 Pump.3 Pump.4

Operate the emergency push
button located in the front
of the motor controller.
7.4.3 Alarm system
Main alarm panel (engine control panel):
Push the "system test" button on the alarm panel for more than 5 seconds. All alarm lights
and buzzers both on the slave alarm panel and on the main alarm panel will now be tested.
All steering gear control systems will be turned on through the auto-start feature (if delivered).
In this way the complete alarm system will be tested
Push the aud./ack.-button once and the buzzer in the main alarm panel will stop if an alarm
has occurred. Push the button once more and the auto start loop will opening and if the alarm
condition is still present, the alarm lights goes from flashing to steady light, otherwise it is
turned off.

INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway. Page 105 of Ill
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Slave alarm panel (bridge):
Push the "panel test" button in the control panel for more than 5 seconds. All lights and
the buzzer shall be activated as long as the button is pushed. The "audible" button in the
control panel stops the buzzer if an alarm has occurred.
The alarm lights can only be acknowledged from the engine room
Alarm to be tested:

Overload pump ...
Phase failure pump .. .
Power failure pump .. .
Power failure control...
Power failure aux. steering.
Low oil level pump ...
Hydraulic lock pump ... .
Clogged filter pump .. .
High oil temp pump .. .
Earth failure pump .. .
General alarm, EO ............. .
7.4.4 Main steering position.

Start/stop
Limit switches
NFU emergency steering
NFU steering (aux. steering)
FU steering (aux. steering)
Rudder angle indication
7.4.5 Aft steering position.

Start/stop
NFU emergency steering
Art; No. Rolls-Royce Marine AS,

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
7.4.6 Port wing steering position

7.4.7 Stbd wing steering position

7.4.8 External connection.

Autopilot
Joystick
Dynamic position system
Rolls-Royce Marine AS Yard representative
(sign.) (sign.)

ARS, 19.11.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
8.1 Maintenance
Rolls-Royce marine steering gears are designed to maintain safe operation within minimum
of maintenance. However, to avoid unexpected stops, we will emphasise the importance to
maintain the installation on regular basis.
In connection with scheduled class survey, general overhaul or repair we advise to use
engineers from our factory or factory trained engineers from our service representatives in
different contries. This will limit the time of repair to a minimum and ensure continuous safe
operation.
Only original spare parts should be used!
The alarm system monitors the general condition of the installed unit.
If a fault occurs in any part of the system, the cause should be examined and the fault
repaired.
All repairs and surveys should be recorded as this may provide valuable information for
planning future maintenance.
The built in redundancy of the equipment offers several options for normal operation and
emergency control.
However, the crew should have regular training to be able to select the correct steering mode
required by the conditions and maintain safe control in the event of emergency.
Recommendation:
We would emphasise that regular maintenance functional test, training and survey should be
included on the operation manual on any type of ship.
The extent of the above will depend on the type of ship and the equipment fitted.
8.1.2 Monthly test
• Functional test of steering modes from all steering stations, normal and emergency mode.
• Test alarm system.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
8.1.3 Annual survey
• Functional test of steering modes from all steering stations, normal and emergency mode.
• Test alarm system.
• Visual check of all components included in the alarm, control and steering system.
• Test operation of switches, cable connections, and the insulation properties ofthe motor.
• Local start of pump units directly from each starter cabinet.
Consult section for control stations (emergency steering).
• Defective components to be replaced.
• Check communication system between steering gear room and bridge.
,.--- ~,' Art. No. Rolls-Royce Marine AS,

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
·Rolls-Royce MAINTENANCE-:- FAULT FINDING
8.2 Fault finding
8.2.1 Reason(s) for alarms

- Overload pump no. (El. motor overload).
Reason(s) for failure can be:
- The electric motor is overloaded.
- Phase failure pump no. (Phase failure to el. motor).

- One of the phases for the supply to the motor controller is out.
- Main power supply out of range (voltage or frequency).
- Power failure pump no. (Power failure to el. motor)

- Main power supply from switch board is lost.
Main switch in motor .controller is off.
- Broken fuses internal in the motor controller.
- Power failure control no. (Power failure steering control system)

- The selector switch in the front of the motor controller is not in position "remote control".
· - Broken fuses internal in the motor controller.
- Fault on the solenoid driver in the motor controller.
- Low oil level pump no. (Level switch mounted in the oil reservoir)
"Reason(s) for failure can be:
- Low oil level in the hydraulic system.
- Power failure aux. steering

- Fault on the power supply for the aux. steering.
- Faulty amplifier card, aux. steering.
- Broken fuses internal in the motor controller.
Faulty feed back potentiometer.
- Hydraulic lock alarm pump no. (For solenoid operated steering gear)
- Fault on the solenoid driver in the motor controller.
- Defective solenoid on the manoeuvre valve.
- Locked manoeuvre spool.
- Clogged filter pump no. (Sensor on the filter unit)

- Dirty oil.
- Clogged oil filter.
- High oil temp pump no. (Used for steering gear with oil cooler)
- Defective fuses for the motor on the oil cooler.
- Defective oil cooler.

ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
(
8.2.2 Fault finding when no alarms present.
The following operation faults may appear (assume no alarms is present) :
- The steering gear fails to start up

Reason(s) can be:
- Defect pump control card.
- Defect start relay.
- Defect wiring connections between control system and motor controller/control panel.
- The steering gear fails to respond when given rudder command

Reason(s) can be:
- Defect amplifier card.
- Defect selector card.
- Defect pump control card.
(
\ - Defect wiring connections between control system and motor controller/control panel.
- The rudder can only be operated to one side.

Reason(s) can be:
- Defect limit switches in the feed back.
- Defect micro switches on the NFU steering switch..
- Defect wiring connections between control system and motor controller/control panel.
- The rudder can not be brought from hard over position to mid-ship
Reason(s) can be:
- Defect limit switches in the feed back.
- Rudder can not be moved out of centre position.

Reason(s) can be:
- Defect amplifier card (supply order/feed back potentiometer).
- Defect wiring connections between control system and feed back/control panel.
- The rudder movement is not equal to each side (port/stbd).

Reason(s) can be:
- Feed back potentiometer not correct adjusted
- FU controller potentiometer not correct adjusted
- Lamp in the control panel will not lit.

Reason(s) can be:
- Defect bulb.
Fault with the steering gear may also appear as a combination of one or more of
the above mentioned sections.

INSTRB-EL003-GB Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norway
ARS, 29.12.03, Rev4
•
,-----,------('7"""":"""\---.l----------,lr-----/..,-..~",---,----l------.l------~7·~--y------.l----------,l-·'~\---,
~ \"") 2 3 . 4 5 . : 6 7 '' __ } 8
....
NOTE ! INFORMATION FOR CLASSIFICATION SOCIETIES
- ALL CABLES, EXCEPT THE FEEDER CABLES TO - CIRCUT DIAGRAM ALARM SYSTEM : F-803-00-01
THE MOTOR CONTROLLERS, ARE TO BE SCREENED.
- CLASSIFICATION DRAWING CONTROL SYSTEM : W-1007-00-01
- THE SCREEN IS TO BE EARTHED IN BOTH ENDS
FOR CABLES BETWEEN THE MOTOR CONTROLLERS - CLASS. DWG. BY-PASS & SEP. SYSTEM : W-1008-00-00
(FREQUENCY CONVERTER) AND THE ELECTRIC MOTORS.
THIS CABLE SHALL HAVE BRAIDED SCREEN. - POWER CONSUMPTION PUMP UNIT : - - - - - - - - -
- MAXIMUM CABLE LENGTH BETWEEN MOTOR CONTROLLERS -VOLTAGE PUMP UNIT: _ ___,___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
(FREQUENCY CONVERTER) AND THE ELECTRIC MOTORS
IS 150 METERS. - CURRENT PUMP UNIT : - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- THE SCREEN IS TO BE EARTHED IN ONE END ONLY - YARD : - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
FOR OTHER CABLES AND SHOULD BE CONNECTED TO
THE EARTH RAIL IN OUR CABINETS OR TO THE EARTH RAIL - HULL NO. :
IN DIFFERENT CONSOLES.
- ROLLS-ROYCE MARINE ORDER NO.: - - - - - - - - -
- EACH OF THE PUMPS TO BE SUPPLIED BY SEPARATE
FEEDER FROM MAIN SWITCHBOARD.
ONE OF THE PUMPS FOR EACH STEERING GEAR
TO BE SUPPLIED FROM EMERGENCY SOURCE OF POWER
IF REQUIRED BY CLASSIFICATION SOCIETIES.
- CABLE TYPES ARE TO BE SELECTED ACCORDING TO

THE REQUIREMENTS SET BY THE CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY.
- FOR INFORMATION REGARDING THE CABLES,

SEE ATTACHED CABLE LIST.
- MOTOR CONTROLLERS TO BE MOUNTED IN A POSITION,

MAKING THE MECHANICAL RUDDER INDICATION
ON THE STEERING GEAR CLEARLY TO BE SEEN.
c 07.02.06 P10,11,16, 7 Oruw.: KM 11.10.04 GENERAL INFORMATION A: CABLE DIAGRAM Inat.
I
Contr.: FOR STEERING GE'AR Rolls-Royce Marine I>S IRevE
28.07.06 P13,1B Fonnat: A3
Rolls-Royce
B 09.03..05 P10,11 E STEERING GEAR
CONTROL SYSTEM Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord
A
Rev.
01.11.04 P10,11
Date
D
Doocr!pUon Rev.
19.07.06 P7,1B
Dato Description
Appr.:
Roplaced for: I
Roplaced by: Art.No.
Scole:
"
Reference: N-6264 TENNFJORD W_1120_02_33
Pogo
1of 19
-- I I I I \ I I
"'~ \
'.._--'
I
I 2 3 - 4 I
5 I
6 7
~
BLOCK DIAGRAM
"
10
~
.; MAIN
<'<
-;; N CONTROL
=t;" N STATION MAIN CONTROL STATION
"i!.
-;;
-(l_ CONSISTING OF:
.9 III CONTROL PANEL
I]] ALARM PANEL
w
(!)
0
i.i2
m
-~-------------------------------
~ f-
w r5 CONTROL
t!> :::2! o ..r SYSTEM
eo~ ..t-
0:: 0 0
(DO::<(
(l_ '---.------r--'
-
------------------r---------~------
..r ALARM ALARM

'<~- UNIT PANEL
(l_
I SUPPLy 24VDC
---------------------------------
:::2! FREQUENCY - MOTOR MOTOR - FREQUENCY
0 ..r CONVERTER ..r CONTROLLER ..r CONTROLLER ..r CONVERTER
0
0:: l[)
(l_
NO. 1 Ci. NO. 1 Ci. NO. 2 ~ NO. 2
-~-------'
0::
<(
w
(!) BY-PASS &
(!) ..r SEP. SYSTEM
z P1 P2 '<1-
i.i2 f!:l-_ _ _ _- J
w
~
(/)
STEERING )
GEAR
\ I
NOTE l
BLOCK DIAGRAM IS INTENDED FOR THE CLASSIFICATION SOCIETIES
FEED BACK UNITS ONLY AND CONTAIN INFORMATION REQUIRED BY THEM.
I
c 07.02.06 P10,11,16, 7 Draw.: KM 11.10.04 BLOCK DIAGRAM A:
Rolls-Royce Marine ftS CABLE DIAGRAM lnst. IRevE.
B 09.03 ..05 P10,11 E 28.07.06 P13,1B Contr.: FOR STEERING GEAR Format: A3 STEERING GEAR
A
Rev.
01.11.04 P10,11
Date
D
Descrlptlon Rev.
19.07.06 P7,1B
Date Doscrlptlon
Appr.:
Replaced for. I
Replaced by:
CONTROL SYSTEM
ArLNo.
Scale: :<1:
Reference: Rolls-Royce Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord f - - - - - - - - + : : - - - - ' - - - - - j
N-6264 TENNFJORD W_ 11 20_02_33
Page
2 of 19
--
--- -~
-~\ I I I I '., I I (
"'"'
,:;
I
\ 1 2 3 _,
4 5
I
6 7 ','-- 8 /
--~
~
1j ALARM LIST.
"'0
~ LOCATION OF ALARM LIGHTS
cO
"'
;; ALARM ALARM ALARM ALARM ALARM
~
1i
N0.1 N0.2 N0.3 N0.4 N0.5
~ ALARM ALARM ALARM ALARM ALARM
.9 N0.6 N0.7 N0.8 N0.9 N0.10
ALARM ALARM ALARM
N0.11 N0.12 N0.13
ALARM ALARM ALARM ALARM ALARM
N0.16 N0.17 N0.18 N0.19 N0.20
N0.21 N0.22 N0.23 N0.24 N0.25
ALARM NO. DESCRIPTION
1 ..- OVERLOAD
2 0.. PHASE FAILURE
3 ~ POWER FAlLURE
::J
4 0.. POWER CONTROL
5 LOW LOW OIL LEVEL
6 C'J OVERLOAD
7 0.. PHASE FAILURE
8 ~ POWER FAlLURE
::J
9 0.. POWER CONTROL
10 LOW LOW OIL LEVEL
11 HYD. LOCK PUMP 1

12 HYD. LOCK PUMP 2
13 AUX. STEERING NO. 1/2
*4-5-
16 ..- NOT USED
17 0.. NOT USED
18 ~ NOT USED
::J
19 0.. COMMON LOW OIL LEVEL
THE ALARMS ARE INDICATED ON BRIDGE 20 BY-PASS & SEP. SYSTEM FAILURE
AND IN MACHINERY SPACE.
21 C'J NOT USED
22 0.. NOT USED
23 ~ NOT USED
::J
24 0.. NOT USED
25 NOT USED
c 07.02.06 P10,11,16, 7 Draw.: KM 11.10.04 ALARM UST A:. CABLE DIAGRAM In st.
Contr.: FOR STEERING GEAR Format: 1\3 Rolls-Royce Marine f'.S IRevE
Rolls-Royce
B 09.03 .. 05 P10,11 E 28.07.06 P13,1B STEERING GEAR
COJIIIROL SYSTEM
A
Rev.
01.11.04 P10,11
Date
D
Dsocrlptlon Rev.
19.07.06 P7,1B
Date Description
Appr.:
Replaced for: I
Replaced by: Art. No.
Scale: "
Reference:
Dept. Steering Gear -
N-6264 TENNFJORD
Tenfjord
W_1120_02_33
Page
3of 19
~
( I I I I I I
... \ ,I 2 3 4 5 6
'1._
·,
'
7 ~--·;8
~
·~ --
15
LAMP TEXT FOR CONTROL PANEL (FACTORY SETTING).
co
~
ID
"'.;; MAIN CONTROL PANEL EMERGENCY STEERING PANEL

D
:g
1i
't;;
.9
REFERENCE LAMP TEXT REFERENCE LAMP TEXT
PUMP A PUMP 1 PUMP A/C PUMP 1

PUMP B PUMP 2 PUMP B/D PUMP 2
c 07.02.06 P10,11,16, 7 Draw.: KM 11.10.04 LAMP lEXT A: CABLE DIAGRAM In st.
I
FOR CONTROL PANa Rolls-Royce Marine I>S IRevE
Contr.: Format: 1\:3
28.07.06 P13,18
Rolls-Royce
B 09.03.. 05 P10,11 E STEERING GEAR
FACTORY SETTING Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord
A
Rev.
01.11.04 P10,11
Date
D
Deocrfptlon Rev.
19.07.06 P7,1B
Date Description
Appr.:
Replaced for. I
Scole: :1:
Page
4of 19
I
"""-----,
I,
2 3 4 5 6 7 ' __ "8
! EMERGENCY STEERING PROCEDURE FOR SOLENOID OPERATED STEERING GEAR.

~
lli FROM BRIDGE STEERING GEAR ALARMS
The main control panel is supplied with non-follow-up push Type of alarm and action if alarm signal occurs:
buttons with an override switch.
All other steering modes are disconnected when this steering Alarm: Overload pump no. (EI. motor overload).
is operated. To regain normal steering turn override switch Action: Start the other pump if not already running.
to position "release".
Alarm: Phase failure pump no. (Phase failure to el. motor).
Action: Stop the faulty pump,
OVERRIDE INDICATION and start the other pump if not already running.
Alarm: Power failure pump no. (Power failure to el. motor)

Action: Start the other pump if not already running.
OVERRIDE SWITCH
Alarm: Power failure control no. (Power failure steering control system)
and start the other pump if not already running.
NON-FOLLOW-UP Alarm: Low oil level pump no. (Level switch mounted in the oil reservoir)
PUSH BUTTON Action: Check the reason and refill oil.
Alarm: Hydraulic lock alarm pump no.

FROM STEERING GEAR ROOM and start the other pump if not already running.
The manoeuvring valves on the rudder motor can be operated manually Alarm: Power failure aux. steering no. (Power failure steering control system)
by use of the emergency device on the solenoids. Action: Steer by means of the emergency steering.
The selector switches on the motor controller is to be turned
to position "Local Control". Alarm: Common low oil level (Level switch mounted in reservoir)
Action: Check the reason and refill oil
Alarm: By-pass & sep. system failure (Power failure by-pass & sep. system)
Action: Check the reason and replace broken fuses.
0
MOTOR CONTROLLER
I
C 07.02.06 P10,11,16, 7 Draw.: KM 11.10.04 EMERGENCY ST. PROCEDURE A: lnst. Rev.
Rolls-Royce Morine 1>S CABLE DIAGRAM
B 09.03 ••05 P10,11 E 28.07.06 P13,1B Contr.: FOR STEERING GE"AR Format: fiJ STEERING GEAR E
A
Rev.
01.11.04 P10,11
Date
D
DaocrlpUon Rev.
19.07.06 P7,1B
Date Description
Appr.:
Replaced for. Replaced by:
CONTROL SYSTEM
Art. No.
Scale:
"
Reference: Rolls-Royce Dept. Steering Gear -
N-6264 TENNFJORD
Tenfjord f----------~-...1._--j
W_1120_02_33
Page
5of 19
-~------,
I I I I I I
2 3 : 4 5 -6 7
~ CONTROL SYSTEM
NQlE_j_
t3 o_
TAKE OVER
CONFIRMATION
RUN SIGNAL
PUMP 1
RUN SIGNAL
PUMP 2
TAKE OVER
SWITCH
ANALOG ORDER OVERRIDE NOT USED FOR
~'f~''" ~fh
<(-E2 AUTOPILOT INSTALLATION.
lL () .tiQK..2.
i ~ ~
z >-
NORMALLY ONLY USED FOR
AUTOPILOT INSTALLATION.
1i. - 0 ~ -
a:::.:::: SIGNAL NOT VAUD WHEN

EMERGENCY STEERING
0 f-
l.L 0
_j I I II ARE ACTIVATED.
<i! 0::: \L\' I I I

~
I
8o_ ~ ++ , LJ
0
0:::
::::l
<(
READY SIGNAL
SEE NOTE.1/3
SEE NOTE 1 GALVANIC
ISOLATED ''
SEE NOTE 2
AUTOPILOT/JOYSTICK/DP
o_ I
ALARM UNIT STEERING GEAR

"EO" ALARM ALARM N0.1 ALARM N0.2 ALARM N0.3 FOR iNFORMATION REGARDING ALARM NO SEE ALARM LIST PAGE 3 ALARM NO."N"
0:::
0
lL
_j
<(
::2
0:::
<(
_j
<(
I I
I I
I I
I I
nnn
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
< 1 - - - - - . - - . - - - - - . - - . - - - - - . - - . - - . --t>
nI I
I I
8o_
0
0:::
9::
I
(/) ''
COMMON ALARM ''
OPTION
''
OPTION
''
OPTION ''
OPTION
SHIP ALARM SYSTEM

''
OPTION
o_ I
-~-------------------------------------------------
.. 0
BUDDER INDICATOR
~2: CONTROL SYSTEM AMPLIFIERS ALARM UNIT STEERING GEAR
w 0::: BUDDER ORDER BUDDER POSITION 0 ----'
~ 6...J
Ill~ §:____,
f!1~ §:z
f!1~ ;;::§~
w <i! <i! w w
()
<( 0 zZ
:::>S!
f--ffi offi
<ro
00:: ~IE
zZ
:::>S!
f--ffi offi GALVANIC
<ro
Olr !!!IE ISOLATED
GALVANIC ISOLATED
9f!1 <----' g Ill~ f!1~
f!1 <----' §:----'
f!1J!: 6__,
§:z ;;::~
o> :z:< >
lL 0::: n.o tllO n.o tllO o< oo o :z:< o< oo ow
0 "'"' "'"' n.LL.. a..LL.. a..u .....1
~nn='tt
0::: 0 a..u.. D...LL. D...O ....J...J
~nn
w
nnnnn nnnnn
()
f-
z-
0:::
0
w
0:::
<(
f- 0
ij
lL <(
0 II II
II II II II III III II II II II II II II II II II
_j
<(
(/)
w
t.?
II II -II II II II I I I I II II II II II II II II II II
0
o_
0
<(
>-
0
In nnlln n n
PUMP 1 PUMP 2
I
~ ~ 1,, '' ''''''I 1,, '' ''''''I
PUMP 1 PUMP 2
0:::
o_
> VOYAGE DATA RECORDER
I
l--=c4o::_7=.0=2.0::6:.),:P~1_:::0•_:_:11::,1_:::6,+7--+------1-----l~Dra::w'i:.:':-'K-"'M'--------'1'--"1.c:.:10:.:.:•0:.:.4-i =~ E~~p~~
I Rolls-Royce
A:. CABLE DI"''G"'" lnst. IIRevE.
Rolls-Royce Marine AS rv<m
B 09.03 .. 05 P10,11 E 28.07.06 P13,1B Contr.: ~ Fonnat A3 STEERING GEAR
A 01.11.04 P10,11 D 19.07.06 P7,1B Appr.:
Scale: % Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord I---------+::P:-a-e------'----i
Replaced for: I Replaced by: Art.No. Reference:
N-6264 TENNFJOBD W_1120_02_33
9
6of 19
Rev. Date Description Rev. Date Description 1
I
-
I I I I
~~-
,- - ' I
\
\
~....
(
'"
I 2 3 4 5 - 6 7
~
- . 8
'\; JUMPER SETTING FOR CONTROL SYSTEM (FACTORY SETTING).
co
0
,...:
0
.,;
.... JUMPER SETTING FOR PUMP CONTROL CARD : (NOTE 3) JUMPER SETTING FOR AUX STEERING (CS NO. 1/2)
;;
D
'!l
li STEERING
1l JUMPER DESCRIPTION SETIING DESCRIPTION JUMPER SETTING
.9 MODE (UNIT)
JP1 ( +U1) ST. SIGNAL COMMON +I- + (TENFJORD) ( -U1 0) FEED BACK CONNECTED JP20 = YES
JP2 (+U1) ST. SIGNAL COMMON +I- + (TENFJORD) (-U41) FEED BACK CONNECTED JP60 = YES
JP3 ( +U1) NFU MAIN ST. OVERRIDE YES (NOTE 1) 1 (-U42) STEERING SYSTEM FU JP50 = FU EXT, JP51 = SLAVE ~NOTE 2)
2 ~-U42~ STEERING SYSTEM NFU JP60 = NFU, JP61 = SLAVE NOTE 2)
JP4 (+U1) NFU ST. OVERRIDE (NOTE 0) YES (NOTE 1) 3 -U42 SPARE JP70 = FU EXT, JP71 = MASTER (NOTE 2)
GAIN ADJUSTMENT EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT NOTE: FOR JUMPER SETIING ON BACKPLANE,

SEE DRAWING FOR CONTROL SYSTEM.
STEERING INTERNAL
MODE (UNIT) DESCRIPTION CONNECTION
( -X10: 1) STEERING SYSTEM -X10: 5 TO -U11: 11
(-X10:2) NOT USED -X10:6 TO
( -X10: 3) NOT USED -X10:7 TO
(-X10: 4) NOT USED -X10: 8 TO
* NOTE 0 : IF NFU STEERING IS NOT USED APPLY

INTERNAL CONNECTION X6: 3 TO X6: 6.
* NOTE 1 : SETTING FOR JP3 AND JP4 SHOULD BE
"NO" FOR CLASSIFICATION SOCIETIES GL AND ABS,
EXCEPT WHEN NOTATION FOR
"ONE MAN BRIDGE OPERATION".
SEE ALSO JUMPER SETIING FOR CONTROL PANEL.
* NOTE 2 : SETIINGS FOR JP51,JP61 AND JP71 FOR AUX.
STEERING CS NO. 2 (IF MOUNTED) SHOULD BE "SLAVE".
* NOTE 3 : FOR VESSELS WITH FREQUENCY CONTROLLED PUMPS,
DELIVERED WITH NFU AND FU STEERING AN INTERNAL
CONNECTION X7: 6 TO X7: 7 MUST BE APPLIED.
~I Addltlonol mode for steering system NFU.
I rev[
c 07.02.06 P10,11,16, 7 Draw.: KM 11.10.04 JUMPER SETTlNG A:. CABLE- DIAGRAM Ins!.
Contr.: FOR CONTROL SYSTEM Format A3
Rolls-Royce Marine N3
B 09.03 .. 05 P10,11 E 28.07.06 P13,1B STEERING GEAR
A
Rev.
01.11.04 P10,11
Date
D
Description Rev.
19.07.06 P7,1B
Date Description
Appr.:
Replaced for: I
Replaced by:
FACTORY SETTlNG
Art. No.
Scole: :0:
N-6264 TENNFJORD
Tenfjord
W_1120_02_33
Pogo
7of 19
---,-'""
,~·
I I . " I I I I
~
( '·' 2 3 - 4 5 !
6 i
7 :~_)g
,;;
- -
!:!"' JUMPER SETTING FOR CONTROL PANEL (FACTORY SETTING).

ti
<0
~ * NOTE 0 : MUST BE SET TO "NO" IF JUMPER SETllNG FOR CONTROL SYSTEM (PUMP CONTROL CARD, JP3 AND JP4) IS "NO".
cD
<'<
.;; MAIN CONTROL PANEL EMERGENCY STEERI~G PANEL
~
a.
1;;
.9 JUMPER SETTING FOR DIMMER MODUL : JUMPER SETTING FOR DIMMER MODUL :
JUMPER DESCRIPTION SETTING JUMPER DESCRIPTION SETTING

JP30-Ch.9 SUPPLY TO CHANNEL EXTERNAL JP30-Ch.9 SUPPLY TO CHANNEL EXTERNAL
JP30-Ch.13 SUPPLY TO CHANNEL INTERNAL JP30-Ch.13 SUPPLY TO CHANNEL INTERNAL
JP30-Ch.14 SUPPLY TO CHANNEL INTERNAL JP30-Ch.14 SUPPLY TO CHANNEL INTERNAL
I
c 07.02.06 P10,11,16, 7 Draw.: KM 11.10.04 JUMPER SEmNG A:. CABLE DIAGRAM In st.
Rolls-Royce Marine I>S 'RovE
B 09.03 .. 05 P10,11 E 28.07.06 P13,1B Contr.: FOR CONTROL PANEL Format: M
Rolls-Royce
STEERING GEAR
FACTORY SEmNG
A
Rev.
01.11.04 P10,11
Date
D
Descr!p!lon Rev.
19.07.06 P7,1B
Date Description
Appr.:
Replaced for: I
Scale: :11:
Reference:
N-6264 TENNFJORD
Tenfjord
W_1120_02_33
Page
Bof 19
--
r- - I I -- I I I I '\
~
,>;
'l 2 3 -- 4 5 - 6 ' \
7
I
_)8
'fi --
"'
1>
JUMPER SETTING FOR ALARM UNIT (FACTORY SETTING).
CD
~
oj
"'
..
-;;
=t;
1i
~
AU04 ...... , DISTRIBUTION CARD
.9
X11
/ 1!0 015
PUMP D <
14G-El13
X8 STRAPPED FOR AUTOSTART SIGNAL

WITH POTENTIAL FREE CONTACT PUMP C <
120 011
1or-E>9
X7
D
CLOSED WHEN AUTOSTART. 80 07
PUMP B <
6~5
40 03
PUMP A<
2~1
X4
X2 X3
X1
D
c 07.02.06 P10,11,16, 7 Draw.: KM 11.10.04 JUMPER SETTJNG A: CABLE DIAGRAM Ins!.

rovE:
I
Contr.: FOR AlARM UNIT Format A3 Rolls-Royce Marine AS
09.03 .. 05 P10,11 E 28.07.06 P13,18
Rolls-Royce
8 STEERING GEAR
FACTORY SETTJNG
A
Rev.
01.11.04 P10,11
Date
D
Deocrlptlon Rev.
19.07.06 P7,1B
Date Description
Appr.:
Replaced for: I
Scale: :1:
Reference:
Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord
N-6264 TENNFJORD W_1120_02_33
Page
9of 19
2 3 4 5 6 7
STEERING GEAR ROOM

- r- MOTOR--~-- MOTORcoNTROLLER No.1 c o o l ) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I PUMP 1 I· DWG W-1763-00-00, L-1799-00-01
I I -s1 -xo -X1 -X2 -X3 -X4 -X5 -X6

I HEA~NG I
~wm~mm 15~
w
1- ...I
0 0
:::!: >
~
:::!: •
:::!: 0
0 z
u.
z0
.....
.-t"\Jt')"""'alttl'VIOCO e
F
z
0
F
s 1-
u
i5z
0
u
z
:::>
<>::
STEERING GEAR ROOM

--MOTOR coNTROLLER ~0~1 (DoL)-- T FREQUENCY coNVERTERN0.1 VLTs.~-- , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1-
DWG W-1763-00-00, L-1799-00-01 I DWG W-1767-00-00, L-1799-00-53 I I
I I I
:mm nn: :
-X7 -U1 -U1 -U1 -U1
Tennlnal no 16 on -U1, W-1767-00-00, lnterconn. w/2.

-XO added. Dwg.no. far MC changed
~C;-+;;07_:;.0:;2.~06;±P.;.;10;:;,1,_;:1,~16:::_,~7-=--b:-::=d=-:::-=--frD~ra~w.;':-:.:_::KM:::___~11.:..:..1:.:0::::.0_:_4-! STEERING GEAR ROOM Rolls-Royce Marine AS CABLE DIAGRAM
lnst. Rev.
B E ~3~R CONTROLlER Fonnat: A3 E
Rolls-Royce
09.03.. 05 P1 0,11 2.6.07.06 P13,1 6 Contr.: STEERING GEAR
1 Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord 1----------+~--'------l
A 0111 04 P10 11 D 19.07.06 P7,16 Appr.: Scale: " Pogo
1-=----t=-:-'-·-1~-·:-::--+::---+=--:----+=----:-::--l Replaced for: Replaced by: Art.No. Reference: N-6264 TENNFJORD W_ 1120_02_33 10 of 19
Rev. Date Description Rev. Date Description
(
'•, 2 3 4 5 6 7 ,- B
STEERING GEAR ROOM

-~-MOTOR--~-- MOTORCONTROLLER No.2 ( D O L ) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - , - - - - - - - - - -
I PUMP 2 I DWG W-1763-00-00, L-1799-00-01
I I -s1 -xo -X1 -X2 -X3 -X4 -X6

I HEATING I
~wm~mm g§~
1- ..J
0 0
::!: >
ILl
I')'Ot" -<'ll'l'Ot"li)IO ..... II)Ol
2
0
r=
a..
.e
t;
~
z
0
.u
z
:::>
<>::
STEERING GEAR ROOM

- -MOTOR CONTROLLER NO~(DOL)- I FREQUENCY coNVERTER No.2 VL Ts ... - - - ~- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1-
DWG W-1763-00-00, L-1799-00-01 I DWG W-1767-00-00, L-1799-00-53 I I
I I I
:mm rrrr: :
-X7 -U1 -U1 -U1 -U1
Terminal no 18 on -U1, W-1767-0Q-00, lnterconn. w/2

-XO added. Dwg.no. for MC changed
I---..::C,......t:.:07.:.:.0:.:2·:.:_06=+,P.:_:10.:_:,1_::1•.:.:16:.:_,~7-=--t,...,-~-=-:::-:-::--f-D;::ra::;:w.:'::.:.;;KM:::___ "i
___;_11:.:...1;;.;;0,;.;:.0_;_4 STEERING GE'AR ROOM Rolls-Royce Marine AS CABLE DIAGRAM
lnst. Rev.
~3~~R CONTROLLER
2
Format: 1\3 STEERING GEAR E
Rolls-Royce
8 09.03 ••05 P10,11 E 28.07.06 P13,1B Contr.:
Scale: :11: Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - t : - - - ' - - - - - j
A 01.11.04 P10,11 D 190706 P71B Appr.: Page
f-=----t::-:---f::--:-7:""-1-::---+::--:-.-"--t:-'--:-::-1 Replaced for. Replaced by: Art.No. Reference: N-6264 TENNFJORD W_1120_02_33 11 of 19
2 3 4 5 6 7 '8
STEERING GEAR ROOM
SENSOR S6, S7, S20 AND S21

ARE MOUNTED
A: lnst. Rev.
Rolls-Royce Marine p.s CABLE DIAGRAM
Format: 1'3 E
Rolls-Royce
STEERING GEAR
Scale: ll: Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord f--------+::---...L..---1
Page
Reference:
N-6264 TENNFJORD W_1120_02_33 12 of 19
·,
2 3 4 5 6 7 Jg
STEERING GEAR ROOM
-~--BY-PASS &sEP.SYSTEM - - ------------- - --- ----------- - ~- - - - -~ -
I DWG W-1328-00-02, L-1399-00-02 I I
I -x1 -x2 -X3 -X4 -X5 -X6 -X7 -XB -X9 -x1o -x11 I I
:w wm ww wwww: :
~~~1
PUMP 1
~~-1
PUMP 2
Control sy.~tem unit upgraded + cable 63.
I
!----;C,__.+0;;,7~.0;:2.0::.;6,+P:;1,;:0•:.:_11:.:_,1~6,~7-=-t:-:==-f=-:-::---1r,;Dro::::w:t.::"'K.;;;;M_ _-'1-"1.-'-'10"'.0-'-4-j STEERING GEAR ROOM / A:. lnst. Rev.
Rolls-Royce Marine 1>S CABLE DIAGRAM
B 09.03 ..05 P10,11 E 28.07.06 P13,1B Contr.: ENGINE CONlROL ROOM Format: M STEERING GE'AR E
A 01.11.04 P10,11 D 19.07.06 P7,1B
1-::---+:-:---i--.,...-+:o--+,.-,--+:::----:-~ Replaced for.
Rev. Date Deecrfptlon Rev. Date Description
Appr.:
Replaced by: Art.No.
Scale: :0::
Reference: Rolls-Royce Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord 1-----------+::P-ag-e---'---1
N-6264 TENNFJORD W_1120_02_33 13 of 19
.--.---------------,.-----------------.-----------------.-----------------~----------------~-----------------.-----------------.---7-~------~
2 3 4 5 6 7 '
' :8
'
ENGINE CONTROL ROOM

- I -- --ALARM UNIT -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --:- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- I -
I DWG F-803-23-02 I
I -X1 -X2 I
:~ ~ :
+ I
~~-~+~--~
PUMP 1 PUMP 2 ~ PUMP 1 + + +
PUMP 2 PUMP 1 PUMP 2 ~
ENGINE CONTROL ROOM
- I -- --ALARM UNIT -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- I -
I DWG F-803-23-02 I
I -~ I
I I
I I
I
C 07.02.06 P10,11,16, 7 Draw.: KM 11.10.04 ENGINE CONlROL ROOM A: lnst. Rev.
Rolls-Royce Marine 1>S CABLE DIAGRAM
B 09.03..05 P10,11 E 28.07.06 P13,18 Contr.: ALARM UNIT Fonnat: A3 STEERING GEAR E
A
Rev.
01.11.04 P10,11
Date
D
Description Rev.
19.07.06 P7,1B
Date Description
Appr.:
Replaced for: Replaced by: Art. No.
Scale: ::c:
Reference: Rolls-Royce Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord t-----------------t;;:-----'-------l
N-6264 TENNFJORD W_ 1120_02_33
Page
14 of 19
Last plotted: 26.07.06 at 12:54:00
;a
~ > "' 0
I I
c 0 0 0 -----, - - - - ,
!a. =-" ~ :--1 I
.. ~~~ TO SHIP ALARM SYSTEM, "EO"
{ ;
~
I I 1 I
~
I Il
"~ ~ ~ ~
~ PPP
---
.... "' 0>
{
2
3
I 2
3
I
.g; ::: ~ ~ COMMON ALARM (OPTION) 4 ~~I 4 ~~I
g ~ ~~ ~~
.... :;ul 5 ;o
il'c,.., { I "TJS:: 6 "TJS::
~ ~ "' -=o ~ OVERLOAD PUMP 1 :::i ~c I 7 ~c
~!"!" g--i 1 OZ OZ
,.co---,- { V-1- 8 V-1-
JTlz ~b b PHASE FAILURE PUMP 1 ~ 1 ---!I 1 --i
0> 0> - )\.) )\.)
c ~ ~
~ ~ ~
:::::!
~ --i POWER FAILURE PUMP 1
{
Q
I V-1
I
I 10 V-1
I I N
-6·
a=
Ill ;;; '
"TJ
0
en { .k
0
1\J
I ,.,
0
1\J
I
" :;u ~ POWER FAILURE CONTROL 1 .... I 13

"'-ir!;'" JTl'U
!~ 'l
:. :! :.
~~ JT1
~ ~ LOW LOW OIL LEVEL PUMP 1
{ .kUl I 14
ll. "' , , 15
Cl'
"
3: ~~
:;u ;o OVERLOAD PUMP 2
{
~
I I 16
s:: s:: I 11
lil'
8~ PHASE FAILURE PUMP 2
{ I
::i I 18
19
a. l; z~ { I 20
~ .... ~~ POWER FAILURE PUMP 2 @ I 21 21 I I I (.N
~ i'!=!;l --i { .kcc I 22

.if ~§l
,. , .en POWER FAILURE CONTROL 2
I 23
~8 0 { I 24
=i ~ ~ LOW LOW OIL LEVEL PUMP 2 ~ I 25
;a en 0' ?.'
F!
~
;a
z
~
I
~
~
HYDRAUUC LOCK PUMP 1 {
HYDRAUUC LOCK PUMP 2 {

~
I
~· fTl
z
I G)
b "' fTl
z
G)
~I~~~I~
;.1!.3
!'!
~
:;u
5
POWER FAIL AUX. STEERING { .
z
I fTl
I
31
32
z
fTl I
...p..
COMMON LOW OIL LEVEL {

01]
OD I10
0
0
0
z z
1---l
~
3
!
--l
BY-PASS & SEP.SYS. FAIL { ::::0 ::::0
~
= L 44 :~
1::::0 ~ ~
1
2
§j2
I
~
~
:;;ol U1
"'
I I 0 ,~3
"'~4
3
4
0
~ 0 0
Q I~ ~
~ -=o (§ OVERLOAD PUMP 1 { ~
tD 0-< I
~ il) PHASE FAILURE PUMP 1 { ~
--iJTl I
z o ::o
~ ~ f 5>o
0 ~ POWER FAILURE PUMP 1
{ ;o;
"' 1 I 1 I (J")
ClUI::tl "TJ--i { I
; if ~ :;u ~ POWER FAILURE CONTROL 1 :;:
~~·; ~~ I
~ e> §.
::a (D ::::J
~0
r 0
LOW LOW OIL LEVEL PUMP 1 { ~
o~" ~:;u { I
I Oi :;u ~ OVERLOAD PUMP 2 ~
-1 s:: :;u
~
CD
8 PHASE FAILURE PUMP 2
{ I
::i
a_ Z I
--i { ;>;
!!l Q ~ POWER FAILURE PUMP 2 m I I 1 I -.1
I
~ l"'m
~ .0o f;:j POWER FAILURE CONTROL 2 { ~
I
C)O
1\J e>~ 0 { I
o ~~ ~ LOW LOW OIL LEVEL PUMP 2 ,.,. ~
1
0 z
)\.) ~
I :r:
V-1 JT1
V-1 z
'J~=> r~
~~
rn•
~
~
I I .
I '~__..-I
CO
~ 1"1~ ~
<0
;a
'-"
----~ ----~
l..cst plotted: 28.07.06 at 12:54:02
c
D
cr
b ~ ~
_,.. g m
"' <>
0
ID
o o
0
-.j
COMMON
----,+
s; 0()
I
----, +
~ o o
I
I
.,
.
0 "tJ
~
SJI ;g
"'tJ "tJ START/STOP (OPTION)
{
START X
I
t.l
:EO
G)Z ., 2 I
~ ~§tl
g SJ p
-5 :::: :::: :::: a:
"
g:
:0
:.. "'0
!1>
....
STOP
RUN UGHT (OPTION) {

,a
:EAl
~r
--l c
3:
-c ,a I
--l
:E ;:u
~r
~ c 1"1 NUl NUl

3
STOP UGHT (OPTION) { ~-< ~-<
1(/) 4 1(/)
o--l o--l
~fTI ~fTI
AUTOSTART UGHT (OPTION) { ,s::: 5
,s:::
gc 6 gc
+ - z - z N
~ r--l
~--l
2
3
I
~
I
~ CD---C 7
8
~
N N
.g :g' lglli'
- . , - ::E
~:. ;: :.
4 CD
CD
CD
CD
a. ~ 5 I I
0 + 0
~:
0' 6 0 ~ 0
"' 7 I I I
:0 g ~ g
~
D
8
n
9
:!. 0
1
"" "" b
... +
~
OD-----C 2 G-J
,. ., <>"'
;+ co:;a I
~
:~
• 3:::.;6 2
~ ""D;ijC)
3
~
· zOJTI
~i
4 23
5 24
c
z
=I
3: 6
7 CiD--C;
8 COMMON
9 ~ [ ORDER PORT { "NO"
il'W~ + ;u ORDER STBD {

COMMON
ii'E!.3 "NO" _p,..
ii ~ g. ~
i! . I COMMON
~~l:i X
"' RUN CONTACT
{
"NO"
aJ aJ
--
"NC"
::::0 COMMON ::::0
- RUN CONTACT "NO"
0 { 0
G) "NC" G)
fTl VI fTl
~
RUN CONTACT { COMMON
I G) "NO"
z
I l>
r
COMMON
{63~~
...-. POYIER ON "NO" (}l
{
~
"-':=a NFU SIGN. (OPTION) :
3
g AUTOSTART SIG. {COMMON
"NO"
"NC"
~
ANALOG SIGN. (OPTIOM) {
"NC"
FU SIGN. (OPTION) {
Q RUN SIGN. (OPTION) {

COMMON
z 0 :0 FU. SIGNAL "NO"
I m 2.. {
en ~ iii" "NC" m
..."'
Ol I
"';:c
-CD 0
'<
;;:j CD 0
z ::J.
::J
CD
+
z"' ;;:: s;
"'
5 ~ 5·
;:c C CD
" 2~:1.;
0 ... 3 - t.l
?;;
4
c;t
::J
.:::!:
5
0
a. 6
7
I~~
8 -.....J
:E L
I \!!!:;:; 9
5o r
I~ l~i
START/STOP (OPTION)
~'~
N
I
(.,.1
(.,.1
". -- ~I
~11
5"
m'"
..." a co
-
<0
0
~ I [Tl~"'
_ _ _ _ _j I \. 9
L..cst plotted: 28.07.06 at 12:54:04
"'
l!l>lmlo
I I
"'10
s- : : ~
b b
0
----~ ----~
b ~ ~ ,.,. ....-~\
.,.. ~ OJ COMMON +
c D (')I ;!: D (')
'I' 'I' ' I
:i' ~ ] ~,
[~~~5
'U
START/STOP (OPTION)
{
START
STOP ~ ~~I 'U
c
2
;>:<;
:E 0
G)~
3:
"t:J
g
---
~ ~
:::...
RUN UGHT (OPTION) { :r@l

_.r
'U
"'
:E:::U
10
__, r
:a
~ c rTT
....
N (/)I 3 NUl
STOP UGHT (OPTION) { ~-< ~-<
I (/) I 4 1(/)
o-l
"l?'!DI!ll
-
........
b b
0 0
AUTOSTART UGHT (OPTION) { s15:rrJ I 5
_,1"1
15:
"' "' oc
"'~ 1""1.,
~ ~ + .9cl
z 6
:-'z
-6·
g:
Dl Qj c
7::::::jl ,::::::j N
2 'I' CD--C 7 I
__,
" ~
3 N I 8
il',~,fl,"'a:E
N
"'C "D :r CD CD
a;"'- 4
n •• ~ :. CD
I CD
! ~
5
6
0
0
I
I ~17
+
c
0
0
I
" 7 I IfX I
"' s I "' 0
~
~18
B __,
§." 0
9
b 3
~ "" +
c ~4 (.N
~, ;gg!lJ 'I'
~ ~~
2 25
~ !fi~8 X
. zo~"'~ 3 "'
~i
4
5 28
!<::
CD--C~
6
c:
z 7
=!
B COMMON
9 d[ ORDER PORT { "NO"
if,lf,Cl'IO'!'
"g !'!- :l
3 +
c
~ ORDER STBD {
COMMON
"NO" ...j:::>.
~~i':i
"'I
X
COMMON
"' RUN CONTACT "NO"
rn {
rn
•-
"NC"
:::;o COMMON :::;o
RUN CONTACT "NO" 0
0 {
G) "NC" G)
rr1 Vl
~~~·MON rr1
~
G) RUN CONTACT {
z
)> COMMON
r
+
c ,....... POY<£R ON "N 0" (Jl
{
"'I ~
~ NFU SIGN. (OPTION) {
::s g
"NC"
:a 3 AUTOSTART SIG.
{COMMON
"NO"
~
ANALOG SIGN. (OPTIOM) {
·Nc·
FU SIGN. (OPTION) {
Q RUN SIGN. (OPllON) {

COMMON
zc:::c FU. SIGNAL "NO"
I CD 2. {
Ol-g.iD "NC" 0')
,_, • I
"' Ul :::0
"" .... 0
"' '<
iTl
z ::13. g
z
.,
10 3:
c
+
c
ac i'.,c s·..
::0
2 "'I
X
I(;;
3 "'
4
mt
:I
.:!l
5
0
a 6
7
:E ~~ 8 ~
I !a~
zc
N "'>
...,..., START/STOP (OPTION)
~~
0
I
0
~~
N
I
0l
0l
~1
5'
11- co
-
-..J"
0 _ _ _ _ _j
(0
[Til! "'
last plotted: 26.07.06 at 12:54:06
"'~
c
c
;-
> "'
0
::
-
~ ~
0
"' ~
i;l
0
!3
b
0>
----, I
{COMMON
----, I
s
I
I I,\
OVERRIDE "NO" 0
0
g" - -a ~ ::2
001
"'
c
::J
-
.,"-
p
~~
.!»
"NC"
{COMMON ::EO
G)Z
I
,.., ....
OVERRIDE "NO"
"'~ c "NC" ::iE ;ti I
c
a. -
!0 !" "' ORDER SIGNAL { OV ~ ?21
(I ~
0
b
+-10V
_.-<
N en I
~I
0> 4
~
0>
0 -a -a 5 I
OfTl
m ,:-.l
.,
n
"- -m E 6
_.~
I I I N
"'c "' 7 9
::J
il'
'!1. ~ g
:. ~ ~
~0 c
a ~37
38
-
r
I
_.
[ ~ N
d' co
:T co
I
.,"'" 0
0
.
6"
n
c. 0
9
I
~ ...b ~r
g FCU.OW UP STEERING
SElEClED
{ G<>UMON
"NO" I I VJ
~ ?::2!ll z ~~
z ?<~a
p ~~~
X
CD ~
~~
;-1 PTION, IN COMMAND SIGN.(PULS) {
UJ
~
"03:
c IN COMMAND SIGN. FOR FU MODE {
;o:c
-az 2
_=!
!:!; "
UJ OPTION ,IN COMMAND UGHT {
~
;;:!
il'n~~
~9.3
I
3:
~
PTION, IN COM CONFlR.
{COMMON
"NO" I ....a" I I ...p..
il !'l ~
ll . "NC"
!'! ~ (!; I 32' I
~
I
~
rn 0
0
JTI 9 9 ICO
:::0
-
z
~
01
1:::0
0 ~
G) JTI
X { 18
fTl 11'1
~
;-1
-"' I
~I
JTI
"'2
"
UJ
~
COMMAND SIGN. FOR NFU MODE {
OPTION ,IN COMMAND UGHT {
{ COMMON
I
18
I I I (J1
~
;;:! "NO"
3::
z "NC"
~
~ STEERING SIGNAL
{PORT
COMMON , .-~ ----
lD SlBD
z1
'
0"'
m o I I
m "'C = PTION, IN COMMAND SIGN.(PULS) {
28 I I m
('~.)
~ ~ 81
~
;;:! g '(j UJ PTION, IN COMMAND SIGN.(PULS) {
""[]
z 3- (I) )>
z"'
~ ~ §.
3:: "'
JTI
OPTION ,IN COMMAND UGHT {
"' c :J 32'
0
0 ., "'
0
I ~ JTI {COMMON
z PTION, IN COM CONFlR. "NO"
Cii p
::J "NC"
~
0 ~
a.
OPTION, STEERING SIGNAL {
::iE ,~~~ I I I I 38 I I I -....J

I ~r;;
zo
N
I
I
0
0
N
!ill I I OD---e 2
1
==EB~ 0
(.N
(.N I I I I I I -- -~
i
'
-·~
.....a.cc
CXJ"
!!1.
• I I I co~·
0
~
<0
"'
JTJ~
_ _ _ _ _j I _ _ _ _ _j
2 3 4 5 6 7
BRIDGE
~~--1~~-~1
PUMP 1 PUMP 2
BRIDGE
-,EMERGENCY STEERiNGPANEL(MAINCONTROL STATION)-, ALARM PANEL(MAINCONTROLSTATION)------------ - , -
1 DWG W-1410-01-01 I DWG.: W-1450-00-03 I
I -U10 -U11 +U12-X1 I -U1 I

I
I
~
II I
I
I
I
I
C 07.02.06 P10,11,16, 7 Draw.: KM 11.10.04 BRIDGE A:. Ins!. Rev.
Rolls-Royce Marine M3 CABLE DIAGRAM
B 09.03 ..05 PI 0,11 E 26.07.06 P13,1 B Contr.: MAIN COi'ITROL STATION Format: A3 STEERING GEAR E
A
Rev.
01.11.04 P10,11
Date
D
Description Rev.
19.07.06 P7,1B
Date Description
Appr.:
Scale:
Reference: " Rolls-Royce Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord
N-6264 TENNFJORD
1---------t::--.J.._---j
W_1120_02_33
Page
19of 19
Rolls-Royce Marine AS, Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord
N-6264 Te1111.Dord, Norway
Tel: +47 70 20 88 00 Fax: +47 70 20 89 00
CABLE LIST FOR DRAWING: W-1120-02-33, REV.: E)
CABLE CABLE FROM UNIT/DWG CABLE TO UNIT/DWG NO. OF

NO. CORES-DIM
I MOTOR CONTROLLER I, W-1763-00-00 SWITCH BOARD *)
2 MOTOR CONTROLLER I, W-1763-00-00 FREQUENCY CONVERTER NO. I, W-1767-00-00 *)
3 FREQUENCY CONVERTER NO. I, W-1767-00-00 PUMP UNIT I, EL MOTOR *)
4 MOTOR CONTROLLER I, W-1763-00-00 BY-PASS & SEP.SYSTEM, W-1328-00-02 2-1,5 mm'
5 MOTOR CONTROLLER I, W-1763-00-00 CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS, W-1221-01-01 6-1,5mm'
6 MOTOR CONTROLLER I, W-1763-00-00 CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS, W-1221-01-01 2-1,5 mm'
7 MOTOR CONTROLLER I, W-1763-00-00 CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS, W-1221-01-01 9-1,5 mm'
8 MOTOR CONTROLLER I, W-1763-00-00 FEED BACK UNIT NO. I, W-1600-00-06 5-1,5 mm'
9 MOTOR CONTROLLER I, W-1763-00-00 MAIN CONTROL PANEL, W-1325-01-08 4-1,5 mm'
10 MOTOR CONTROLLER I, W-1763-00-00 ALARM UNIT, F-803-23-02 6-0,75 mm'
II MOTOR CONTROLLER I, W-1763-00-00 CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS, W-1221-01-01 2-1,5 mm'
12 MOTOR CONTROLLER I, W-1763-00-00 PUMP UNIT NO.I, HEATING ELEMENT 2- 1,5 mm'
13 MOTOR CONTROLLER I, W-1763-00-00 FREQUENCY CONVERTER NO. I, W-1767-00-00 6-1,5mm'
14 MOTOR CONTROLLER I, W-1763-00-00 FREQUENCY CONVERTER NO. I, W-1767-00-00 4-1,5 mm'
15 MOTOR CONTROLLER 2, W-1763-00-00 SWITCH BOARD *)
16 MOTOR CONTROLLER 2, W-1763-00-00 FREQUENCY CONVERTER NO.2, W-1767-00-00 *)
17 FREQUENCY CONVERTER NO.2, W-1767-00-00 PUMP UNIT 2, EL MOTOR *)
18 MOTOR CONTROLLER 2, W-1763-00-00 BY-PASS & SEP.SYSTEM, W-1328-00-02 2- 1,5 mm'
19 MOTOR CONTROLLER 2, W-1763-00-00 CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS, W-1221-01-01 6- 1,5 mm'
20 MOTOR CONTROLLER 2, W-1763-00-00 CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS, W-1221-01-01 2-1,5mm'
21 MOTOR CONTROLLER 2, W-1763-00-00 CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS, W-1221-01-01 9-1,5mm'
22 MOTOR CONTROLLER 2, W-1763-00-00 FEED BACK UNIT NO.2, W-1600-00-06 5-1,5mm'
23 MOTOR CONTROLLER 2, W-1763-00-00 MAIN CONTROL PANEL, W-1325-01-08 4- 1,5mm'
24 MOTOR CONTROLLER 2, W-1763-00-00 ALARM UNIT, F-803-23-02 6-0,75 mm'
25 MOTOR CONTROLLER2, W-1763-00-00 CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS, W-1221-01-01 2-1,5 mm'
26 MOTOR CONTROLLER 2, W-1763-00-00 PUMP UNIT N0.2, HEATING ELEMENT 2-1,5 mm'
27 MOTOR CONTROLLER 2, W-1763-00-00 FREQUENCY CONVERTER NO.2, W-1767-00-00 6-1,5mm'
28 MOTOR CONTROLLER 2, W-1763-00-00 FREQUENCY CONVERTER NO.2, W-1767-00-00 4- 1,5 mm'
29 CONNECTION BOX PUMP I, W-1680-00-08 FEED BACK UNIT NO. I, W-1600-00-06 3-1,5mm'
30 (A-B) CONNECTION BOX PUMP I, W-1680-00-08 ALARM UNIT, F-803-23-02 6-0,75 mm'
31 CONNECTION BOX PUMP I, W-1680-00-08 BY-PASS & SEP.SYSTEM, W-1328-00-02 4- 1,5mm'
32 CONNECTION BOX PUMP 2, W-1680-00-08 FEED BACK UNIT NO.2, W-1600-00-06 3-1,5 mm'
33 (A-B) CONNECTION BOX PUMP 2, W-1680-00-08 ALARM UNIT, F-803-23-02 7-0,75 mm'
34 CONNECTION BOX PUMP 2, W-1680-00-08 BY-PASS & SEP.SYSTEM, W-1328-00-02 2- 1,5 mm'
35 CONNECTION BOX ST. GEAR, W-1680-00-06 BY-PASS & SEP.SYSTEM, W-1328-00-02 8- 1,5 mm'
36 CONNECTION BOX ST. GEAR, W-1680-00-06 BY-PASS & SEP.SYSTEM, W-1328-00-02 2-1,5 mm'
37 CONNECTION BOX ST. GEAR, W-1680-00-06 BY-PASS & SEP.SYSTEM, W-1328-00-02 2-1,5 mm'
38 BY-PASS & SEP.SYSTEM, W-1328-00-02 MAIN CONTROL PANEL, W-1325-01-08 4- 1,5 mm'
39 BY-PASS & SEP.SYSTEM, W-1328-00-02 MAIN CONTROL PANEL, W-1325-01-08 4-1,5 mm'
40 BY-PASS & SEP.SYSTEM, W-1328-00-02 MAIN CONTROL PANEL, W-1325-01-08 4-1,5mm'
41 BY-PASS & SEP.SYSTEM, W-1328-00-02 MAIN CONTROL PANEL, W-1325-01-08 4-1,5mm'
42 BY-PASS & SEP.SYSTEM, W-1328-00-02 CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS, W-1221-01-01 2-1,5 mm'
43 BY-PASS & SEP.SYSTEM, W-1328-00-02 CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS, W-1221-01-01 2-1,5 mm'
44 BY-PASS & SEP.SYSTEM, W-1328-00-02 ALARM UNIT, F-803-23-02 2-1,5 mm'
45 BY-PASS & SEP.SYSTEM, W-1328-00-02 ALARM UNIT, F-803-23-02 2-1,5mm'
46 BY-PASS & SEP.SYSTEM, W-1328-00-02 ALARM UNIT, F-803-23-02 2-1,5 mm'
47 ALARM PANEL ECR, W-1450-00-01 ALARM UNIT, F-803-23-02 24-0,75 mm'
48 RUNISTOPIAUTOST. PANEL ECR, W-1440-00-07 CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS, W-1221-01-01 6- 1,5 mm'
49 RUNISTOPIAUTOST. PANEL ECR, W-1440-00-07 CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS, W-1221-01-01 6-1,5 mm'
50 ALARM UNIT, F-803-23-02 SUPPLY 24VDC I IOOW 2-1,5 mm'
51 (A-B) ALARM UNIT, F-803-23-02 CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS, W-1221-01-01 6-0,75 mm'
52 (A-B) ALARM UNIT, F-803-23-02 CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS, W-1221-01-01 6-0,75 mm'
53 ALARM UNIT, F-803-23-02 ALARM PANEL, MAIN CONTROL STATION, W-1450-00-03 24-0,75 mm'
54 CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS, W-1221-01-01 MAIN CONTROL PANEL, W-1325-01-08 9-0,75 mm'
55 CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS, W-1221-01-01 EMERGENCY STEERING PANEL, W-1410-01-01 9-1,5 mm'
56 CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS, W-1221-01-01 MAIN CONTROL PANEL, W-1325-01-08 9- 0,75mm'
57 CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS, W-1221-01-01 EMERGENCY STEERING PANEL, W-1410-01-01 9-1,5mm'
58 MAIN CONTROL PANEL, W-1325-01-08 SUPPLY 24VDC I JOOW 2-1,5mm'
59 MAIN CONTROL PANEL, W-1325-01-08 ALARM PANEL, MAIN CONTROL STATION, W-1450-00-03 2-0.75 mm'
60 FEED BACK UNIT NO. I, W-1600-00-06 CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS, W-1221-01-01 4-1,5 mm'
61 ALARM UNIT, F-803-23-02 CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS, W-1221-01-01 2-0.75 mm'
62 EMERGENCY STEERING PANEL, W-1410-01-01 SUPPLY 24VDC I JOOW 2-1,5 mm'
63 BY-PASS & SEP.SYSTEM, W-1328-00-02 CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS, W-1221-01-01 2- 1,5 mm'
*)-CROSS SECTION FOR POWER CABLES TO BE SELECTED ACCORDING TO CLASSIFICATION SOCIETIES REQUIREMENTS.
ALL OTHER CABLES ARE CLASSIFIED AS SIGNAL CABLES.
NOTE!
SEE ALSO CABLE DIAGRAM FOR MORE INFORMATION REGARDING THE CABLES.
Print: date: 28.07.2006. p, \WlCABLE\W11200233 .xls Page 1 of 1.

--
I I --
I I I I - \
2 3 -- 4 5 i
---
\
6 7 ·. __ '8
POWER
SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY
SUPPLY (MOTOR AUX. PUMP CONTROL REMOTE RUN RUN
T1 T2T3 AUTOPILOT VOLTAGE) STEERING CARD START SIGNAL SIGNAL
C. _il_il_\ I
v I II I I I I I I I
-S1 L1 L2 L3 -X1 -X2
-F10 ~~F11 [fF24 [JF25 lf-F40 [}F41 [fF42 1lF43 li ~:3 ~:3
5
6 8 10
-T2 -K1J -K1J
. 54 . 84
-F12 -F44 -F46

.._..--+---+-----
'------'
T1 ,---,
~
,-..,
'------'
220VAC
1!:! _,
a o._ <
(l!i au
oc In g 1 3 11 5 7 15 33
-F13 21VAC
~\Y- I I I
-K~J
34
-F16
::::pf7 ~
-F1
-F19
~
-K10f?A~SZ -K:~ -K~:Z-~ 21
~U2 43 ~~~~ -H1~~~ -H2
.------,
~ r L2 PHASE
FAILURE
L14/3.6
L15/3.6
-F60 -U4 ~
-F45
,-..,
A2
-v1
A2
-K11
2
~
'------'
.------, +
-XO ~ EMI /- -C 1 Jj- 44 43 52735
I I
L1 L~ L3 EXTERNAL .------. FILTER - ·. T A = AMP. METER
CABLE
r-=~1t.:~2~---- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
~
! -S2 6
'-----lL10/2.1
C1 = CAPASITOR
F1 = PHASE FAILURE RELAY
F1 0-61 = FUSES
H1 = RUN LIGHT
I FREQ. CONVERTER (SEPARATE MOUNTED) DISPLAY I '---------lL11 /2.1
H2 = SOURCE ON LIGHT
i DAN FOSS TYPE VL T .... ~ifERENCE t~rERE rh~UR i H3 = HEA~NG ON LIGHT
K1 0-K14 = AUX. RELAY
1
S1 = ISOLATING SWITCH
' IUIVIW ' S2 = SELECTOR SWITCH
L- --+--1- +---- __ ---- _-------- _--- __ --- _- _j
EXTERNAL
T1 = TRANSFORMER
T2 = CURRENT TRANSFORMER
1.f-~7
1~--,11'-~-CABLE
T3 = HEATING TRANSFORMER
(!)r
U1 = FREQUENCY CONVERTER
(SEPARATE MOUNTED)
U2 = HOUR COUNTER
1a- I 15 U3 = SOLENOID DRIVER
16~ /3.3
2a 1 U4 =EM I FILTER
- 25 V1 = AC/DC CONVERTER
26.-:rr=
Draw.: KM 01.11.04 FREQUENCY A:. STEERING GEAR lnsl
I
Contr.: MOTOR CONTROLLER Fonnat: 1\3 Rolls-Royce Marine AS IRevB
Rolls-Royce
B 25.07.06 P4 Wffii SOLENOIDS
WI1H SOLENOID VALVES Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord
A
Rev.
25.11.05 P2,4
Dato Doscrfptlon Rov. Oat• Description
Appr.:
Roplacod for. I
Roplacod by: Art. No.
Scalo:
"
Reference: N-6264 TENNFJORD W_176 3_00_00
1
Pago
1of4
~
I I -- ' I I I
I \
I
2 3 --
·,
4 6 7 '- :g
'----~
TO CONTROL TO
SYSTEM SOLENOID
CONTROL PANEL
I I
,...... ,...... I ::::2:
' I\,- f.-_{ d"' I Iw z
0
II zl
0
r&~~
e>O 0 F F
I
(!) ~ I
(!) oo 0> _j
0:: w W<{ W<{
0 <{
u z 5 ...J
5 _jz i_J 0
<{Z..- z o::s:c3 s:c3~ s:c3~
~oz
0 '-" <{C)
~N>
tJ:
:::::!: z_ z~ I ::J~ oz 0 oz 0
1- 1- Cl Cl 1 <{(1)0
:::::!: ~ ~ <{(f) I..L..(/) 0-l<t: _j<{~ _j<{~
0 0 0 ~ ~ -X3 ' -X4
+o u [}_ [}_ Ul Ul
--- 7
t
6 -9 6
-X3 -X4 rB
12~ 1fJO
1 2 3 4 5 2 3 A1
7 K14
r;4 22 r:4 34 .5 44
-K14 ~ -K12
.5 21
K14 A1
.5 11 /1.6 34
T
A2
-U3
I I I I
3 4 16 9 1 10 't-'<>k...e" e 1-u>,
I
/
L10/1.6..._..-t---l1B SOLENOID 5 -+-ov<A-( e :
L11 /1.61--_._---l 11
DRIVER
-K11
/1.5 14 -K13·
12 r 14
A :y 11
.5_.--+-----+--.J
0 2[ hr-vu_ n LLC01'-'-
1rH- ~ ~ ' k_~ "v>-e :-- 1-e.-t
, .Q ~A.A.-{ r> e &.-t &[ (>., ( ~ ·r-101/
s- I
5
7~ /3,4
13 1
; ~ l)fl2k-o. ti ke 5o <A I) S
-
14.rj
12
u t)V\. t' ~ ~ II o. tO J+~
l ..,-v.c "~ er-~le (t,l~·a-)
lr)J- oW..ao- t~-o,_pk~D (>./Fu)
f--.:=B-+.:2:::-5.0::::7:::-.06;:-kP4:----!--+--jr--------fc~D:;;n~;:-;;~:.:.::KM::...__ "-i ~8Jl'~~g~g.,ugNTROU£D ~annat:

I
1 11 4
_:0_:_:•.:...:.:=.'0 M Rolls-Royce Marine 1>5 STEERING GEAR lnst. IRevB.
WITH SOLENOIDS
A 25.11.05 P2,4
1-=---+:,..,---l-=---:-::-+::--+=-:---+=---:..,----!
Rev. Date Deocr!pUon Rev. Date DescripUon
Appr.:
Replaced for:
IReplaced by:
PUMP
Art, No.
Scale: lt:
Reference: Rolls-Royce Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord
N-6264 TENNFJORD
f---------+=--___.J---j
W_1763_00_00
Page
2of 4
"'~ -~ '
) 2 3 4 5 6 7 ' __ )g
o:l
~ TO ALARM UNIT TO CONlR. SYS.
1:i
II)
0
~ 0
0
<(
w
z
W::::l wo
_J (.)
:::J
~
(.)f-
SUPPLY
HEATING HEATING
0_J wa::: a::: a::: a::: a::: ::::>
"' ~
0(.)
N
a::: UJ::::l W::::>D._ ::::lf-f- < ...Joe( ELEMENT ELEMENT
.;; oc~oc1-
"<t w <(::::::! $:_J::2; ::::!Z-
" N > I<( 0<(::::> <(OZ ~gl=!i§
il
1i. + 0 D._LL. o._u..o._ LL.O::::l ::C....J~(.) II
't;; -X5 -X6
t
.9 2 4 7 8 .1 .2 3 4
-U3 -K11
-F1 /2.1 -T3 /1.5
/1.2 -H3
18
~
L14/1.3)
13
-~10 L15/1.3
1.4 14
-X7
7 8 9 10
EXlERNAL
--.!'f'----.---,tf'-------.1ol'-"-----,1>1'-"---CABLE
~-~1--------- -I--- -1----+-- --I----------------,
I 05 I
I CURRENT LIMITS READY REMOTE

~
1-
;
~
~
I
I
1
FREQ. coNVERTER (sEPERATE MoUNTED) DANFoss TYPE VLT....

:::>
~ a I
I
32 42 I
L _____________________________________ ~
Note:
Only connected when
two parameter setup
are used.
Druw.: KM 01.11.04 FREQUENCY CONVERTER A: STEERING GE"AR Inet. Rev.

SEPARATE MOUNTED Format: A3 Rolls-Royce Marine AS
8
Rolls-Royce
B 25.07.06 P4 WITH SOLENOIDS
Scole: Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord
A
Rev.
25.11.05 P2,4
Date Description Rev. Date Description
Replaced by: Art. No. "
Page
3of4
,-
r-.---~-~-----~~----------~~--------=-~~r---------~~----------~~--------~~~--------~~-----~-c----~
'
~-
:
0
2 3 4 5 i
6 7 \ _) 8
~
____}
-- /
MOUNTING DESCRIPTION. PROGRAMMING MANUAL FOR STEERING GEAR APPLICATION.

Min.200mm Note: Only parameters below must be filled in by Tenfjord.
--r-----------------. Frequency converter parameters shall normally not be changed
by others than Tenfjord. Special caution must be taken regarding
Fan the parameters and wrong settings can result in a disaster.
Outlet
'--rr-------, ,-----l SOFTWARE PARAMETERS
Frequency 1 Other 1 Para. Decription Setup2>6Hz Setup1 <6Hz

Converter I Components I
004 Active setup Multiple setup Multiple setup
012 Hours run Hours run Hours run
I I 018 Data change locked Locked Locked
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
102
103
104
105
106
200
Motor power
Motor voltage
Motor frequency
Motor current
Motor nom. speed
Out. freq. RNG/ROT
See motor spec.
~== ~~i~~ :~:~: ~~

See motor spec. 1
See motor spec. 1
132Hz both direction
l See motor spec.
~== ~~i~~ ~~=~: ~

See motor spec. 1
See motor spec. 1
132Hz both direction
!l
I I 201 Out. freq. low lim. OHz OHz
204 Minimum reference 30Hz 30Hz
I I 205 Maximum reference See motor freq. (1) See motor freq. (1)
I I 207 Ramp-up time 1 1.5s 1.5s
208 Ramp-down time 1 3s 3s
I I 221 Torque limit motor 200% 100%
L _____ J 224 Warning current hi. See motor spec. (1) See motor spec. ( 1)
225 Warning low freq. 6Hz 6.5Hz
Filter 303 Digital input 19 Start reversing Start reversing
306 Digital input 32 Setup selected lsb Setup selected lsb
314 Analog ref. No function No function
MiN. 200mm 319 Output 42 function Above freq. low Above freq. low
323 Relay 01 output Out of current range Out of current range
324 Relay 01 delay 30s 30s
HARDWARE SETTING 405 Reset function Auto reset (*1 0) Auto reset (*1 0)
409 Trip delay torque Off 1s
Parameters Decription Customer setting 457 Phase failure Warning Warning
RFI-SWITCH Radio freq. RF -switch = OFF Note (1)

interference When the supply voltage and frequency are changing, the electric
filter. motor parameters is calculated from the minimum values.
~~ Parameter no 204 and 208 changed. I
A 25.11.05 P2,4
f-,---f--:-----1,-----+:o---+=--:--+--.,.---l Replaced for.
Rev. Date Deocrfptlon Rev. Date Description
Appr.:
I Replaced
1
by: Art.No.
Format: A3
Scole: ll:
Reference: I Rolls-Royce
Dept. Steering Gear -" Tenfjord
N-6264 TENNFJORD
STEERING GEAR
WITH SOLENOIDS
W_1763_00_00
Ins!.
f-----------1-:--___J----l
Page
rRevB.
4 of 4
_.,.--.-,
I
::-,'1 I
~·----...._, '
'!)
( I I ' I I
"' I )1 2 3'
I
4 5 6 7 -- )g
~ -- --
,;;
1>
q
.,;
0
-;;
"
:1<
0
li
~
_9 FRONT VIEW. FRONT- VIEW. SIDE VIEW.
f--- I I
~
~ 20J
L
0
- L2s
20]
700 660
-~
_ r13.0
lo 0 I '- ~~
. EARTH ~~
TERMINAL -=-
20J
~~~~ 526
L250_j
,-~r12Q 12Q1~v-lru
i" \
1J:' 0
~
11 v T
&.a2__/' lli
FLANGE PLATE
NOT IN SCALE
Draw.: EAK 13.04.00 CABINET LAY-OUT A: CABINET LAY-OUT lnst.
I
Rolls-Royce Marine AS 1R••B
B 06.11.03 B 10481 Contr.: MOTOR CONTROUER Format: 1\3 MOTOR CONTROLLER
A
Rev.
05.05.03 A 10207
Appr.:
Replaced for: I
Replaced by: Reference:
Scale: 1:7,5
Art.No. Rolls-Royce dep. Steering Gears -
N-6264 TENNFJORD
Tenfjord
L 1799_00_01
Page
1of 1
,-, ... ,'--..
,.- _<-,,
'
ill
r-·-.
\ )I
I
2
I
3' --- l
I
4
I
5 -- 6
I
7
I
~
- J
: \
8
~ •.__/
"'
0
t;
"'0
..;
TERMINALS
0
.,;
0
-;;
MAIN SUPPLY
"
:t<
0
<i FROM
~SWITCHBOARD
~
!i
1 1
L1 L2 L3 16 17 18 19 20 27 29 32 33
SPEED
START REV. COM STOP 53
INPUT
54
FREQUENCY CONVERTER VL T5000 SERIES COM
55
~
MAIN ::::>
a_
DISPLAY ~ 60
CIRCUIT REFERENCE
[%]
I AMPERE
[A]
I HOUR
[h]
C)
0
_J
<(
z
<(
OUTPUTj CURRENT UMilS j
+ 24V NC
COM NO -- +10V COM NO
u v w 04 05 12 13 39 142 45 50 01 02 03
~TO MOTOR 1~
HARDWARE SETTING
Parameters Decriptian Customer setting
RFI-SWITCH Radio freq. RF-switch = OFF

interference
filter.
I
I Rolls-Royce
Draw.: KM 24.08.04 FREQUENCY CONVERTER A:. STEERING GEAR In st. Rev.
DANFOSS lYPE VLT5 .•• Rolls-Royce Marine AS
Contr.: Format: 1'5 FREQUENCY CTRL PUMP
Rev. Date DescrlpUon Rev. Date Description

Appr.:
Replaced for: IReplaced by: Art. No.
5640-VLTSOXX-XXX
Scale: "
Reference:
N-6264 TENNFJORD
Tenfjord
W_1767 _00_00
Page
1of 1
-----.----------~-----/,------·,-----,----------.--------- --:---...... --------.-------------.--
,_,
( )1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MOUNTING DESCRIPTON FREQUENCY CONVERTER
FREQUENCY CONVERTER
Type Dan foss VL T5072-51 02
380-500 v
IP 54
Weight: 77 kg
Max cable cross section-150mm2 r-----400-----1
l
o=225
o Min. air space above device

u = Min. air space below device
940
6 0
0 0
0
_____________T
Draw.: KM 17.09.04 FREQUENCY CONVERTER A: STEERING GEAR lnsl Rev.
I
Contr.: DIMENTIONS Format: 1(5 Rolls-Royce Morine />S
Rolls~ Royce
FREQUENCY CONVERTER
Appr.: MOUNTING DESCRIP110N Scale: 1:7.5 Dept Steering Gear. - Tenfjord
Page
Replaced for: Replaced by: Art. No. Reference:
N-6264 TENNFJORD L_ 1799_00_53 1of 1
----------r-------------------.------------,~·~-.--------------------~----------------- ~',-----------------.--------------------.--- --\ '\---------,
(
I 3 I 2 5 6 PANEL LA YfOUT 4 'i 8
·--·-----·-----·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·---, LAMP COLOURS:
0:::
w
....J
....J
GREEN : RUN PUMP
0 RED : STOP
g: WHITE : AUTOSTART PUMP
z
0
u<t:
;; o:::<C NQIE..
.3 o<
I-<(
o<( PUMP NUMBERING IS INDICATED
:<< ON Tl-IE CABLE DIAGRAM.
I
a,
0::::<
i.J..:<
....JU
::JI
00 _j
0<'1
=<"'
lO
z
'~
~0 144
<(z
0:::1--
wo:::
O..<( PROTECTION IP22
oa..
1------·-----·--·--·--·--·-----·-----·--·--·--------·--·--·--
PANEL CUT-OUT
$
4 - "6 /~
PANEL MOUNTED
WITH FOUR STUD
BOLTS M5*20
'<t (0
C'l Ol
~
104
~~ :t--
-U1 -U2
126
I
I
j PANEL DEPTH : MAX 200mm
1--1--
~,.........:r:I
,...._,...._ + I f.!l f.!l
1------·----·-·-----·--·--·-----·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--
+J ........ ..__..::i::i
................ 1-1-1-1-
oooi-1-IIO:::O::: PART NO. DESCRIPTION COMMENTS
~~~~~gg~~
::J::J::J....J....J (IJ(IJ
a..a..OO -** = 00 RUN-STOP-AUTOSTART
1-1-1-ZZQOI-1-
000::J::JI-1-::J::J
ZZZO:::O:::(IJ(IJ<(<(
MOTOR CONTROLLER NO. A MOTOR CONTROLLER NO. 8
I
lnst. Rev.
l---ji----l------+----l------jl-------fr~:::~~;:;~,~AR:.::S::_____:::20"".0"-'4.:;:.0:::.2-J ~~~6r~~~~u~Gf!TS Format: /':5 Rolls-Royce Marine AS CONTROL PANEL
Appr.:
r.R:-o-v.-+.:D-:at,-o---+=-De-s-cr:-ip""tio-n+=Re-v-.+D:-a.,-to---+.:0-es-cn-:-·p""'ti-on--l Replaced for. Replaced by:

2 • PUMP UNITS
~4'lf.:.ooo7-••
Scale: 1:2
Reference: Rolls-Royce Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord
N-6264 TENNFJORD W_1440_00_07
Pogo
1of 1
/::-----.
,
: __ .· I '
-
ii
~
' ',
--·
RE~fl WEW S.lQE l1EW MOUNUNG ?LATE
~4-¢8 mounting holtt~

0
J
~[]~~~~~~~~~~G~~
r- I )(9
I ~
XIO
570
188
600 X8 ElECTRONIC
CO/IPON<NTS
~I X2
I~
~
UOT -
J
0 2:: ~ 549
,_I
-120 r!Z llil llil l1ll llil
r!Z
600 210
I I
..,.
I
... '<
r-R31.li
C/18/NH SlZ(; Scale l . 5
FLANGE PLATE
NOT IN SCALE
ll_j 'l l_ +----------+------
~
U01 1
0
DISTRIBUnON CARD
ALARM CARD
5801-DC2500
5801-ACOI (5 ALARMS)
T1 / ... 1 .. T
UOI (XIO)
UOI (X9)
1
1
ALARM CARD
ALARM CARD
5801-AC03 (12 ALARMS)
5801-AC04 (13 ALARMS) lll!&2_/ ~
- -a
UOI (F1) 1 FUSE 5139-5X20-4A
Uot (X11) 0,1 CONTACT, MODULAR 5145-2X36-2.54MM
UOT (X9, XTT) 4 CARD FRAME 5503-FLRP/SKBD I a-10187 b-105031 c-10950 d-111521 tt-11196 I I I I
UOI (X9, X11) 1 MOUNnNG PLATE 5540-AU04-2 RE1ASION
1gt;o:..o3 ~~71.031 g~w.o4 !!~~3.05j20.04.0!i
EA EAK I J I I
U01 (X9, X11) 6 DISTANCE PIECE 5590 ENLIS 4X5
REI'Uir:l11ENT Ff1R
UOI (X9, XTT) 2 DISTANCE PIECE 5590-ENLIS-4X18
I
UOI (X9, XTT) 4 DISTANCE PIECE 5590-ENLIS-BX7
Rolls-Royce
RfPI.ACED BY
UOI (X9, X11) 2 DISTANCE PIECE 559D-ENLIS-8X15

dep. Steering Gears -
N-6264 Tennfjord
Tenfjord ,...., ""' 1 OF 4 e
Kl - KIO, K30, K32 12 RELAY 5610-4CO 241<DC
F-803-23-02
XI, X7, XB 10 TERMINALS 5100-WDU2.5 A: 79/520 DRIII1 ARS 19.06.02
ALARM UNIT, 23 ALARMS, (2*PUMPS} FDIIliAr AJ mAc
1 CABINET 5500-060-06D-021 CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS-..... = % CCNm
1 DOOR STOP 5503-2519-000 . TYPE AU04-...... ART. NO.: AU04-2302
L
---
("------
~---------~
~ ~ -I
SUPPLY { : ~ Mr----!...r-1 + 241-DC } POI!f:R SUPPLY
t--1-T---I"iiii~-_j RET 241-DC
- I
ALARM
COlo/ON N0.1
ALARM N0.2
{OVERLOAO}
(PHASE FAILURE)
J"'B'I::
!>:;:<>
:..;a~
~
AI.ARiol NO.:J (POI!f:R FAILURE PUMP)
ALARM N0.4 {POI!f:R FAILURE CONTROl.) {SIGN.}
ALARM N0.4 (POI!f:R FAILURE CONTROl.) {RUN}
-._ AI.ARiol N0.4 'POI!f:R FAILURE CONTROL) -._PUMP CONTROL
..f I' ..f CARD NO. A
JALARM N0.5 (LOW OIL LEV£1.) J~KM~ UNIT
AI.ARiol N0.6 {OVERLOAO}

COlo/ON N0.7
ALARM (PHASE FAILURE) J"'"~
l>!j1<>
"':il~
~
ALARM N0.8 {POI!F:R FAILURE PUMP)
ALARM N0.9 (POI!f:R FAILURE CONTROl.) (SIGN.)
ALARM N0.9 {POI!F:R FAILURE CONTROl.) (RUN)
JALARM N0.9 {POI!f:R FAILURE CONTROL) J~ ~JfOL
JALARAI N0.10 {LOW OIL LEV£1.) ]>~g~~ UNIT
JALARM N0.11 (OPTOCOUPLER PORT) }MOTOR -
CONTROLLER
JALARM N0.11 {OPTOCOUPLER STBD) NO. A
:)
JALARM N0.12 {OPTOCOUPLER PORT) }MOTOR
CONTROLLER
JALAR/ol N0.12 {OPTOCDUPLER STBD) NO. 8
ALARM N0.11 (+241-DC) -._ }
AI.ARiol N0.11 (RET 241-DC) ..f PUMP UNIT
ALARM N0.11 (PROXIMITY SENSOR PORT) -._ ~~~ "f
ALARM N0.11 (PROXIMITY SENSOR STBD) _.r::
ALARM N0.12 (+24VDC} -._ }
ALARM N0.12 (RET 24VDC) ..f PUMP UNIT
AI.ARiol N0.12 (PROXIMITY SENSOR PORT) -._ ~11: "§
ALARM NO. 12 {PROXIMITY SENSOR STBD) _.r:: _
I
JALARM N0.1:J {AUX ST££RING} ~
Ill
"'
:-
:11
~}ALARM N0.1:J {NOT USED} I
I
~}ALARM N0.1:J (NOT USED)
I
•-
I
):,.
;!il I
r-
~
\':)):,. 1-r-- I
:::0 ~
~~ §
AI..ARII r--
~~ "'
!II
N0.14
NOT USED f- -
:tjc::
~
f: Q)
1 -~ .,..
I (
a~ AI..ARII
~~ I I ' ----- J)
~
-lr-.:-1 N0.15 g:
=tl(/)
rtjVI~
§ ~"'
1- ~
NOT USED_
. COMMON
/
~ I
ALARM NO. 16 (CLOGGED RLTfJI)
):,.[rj):,.
~~ 7 ALARM N0.17 (HIGH OIL TEMP)
p~ ALARM NO. 18 (SPAR£) I
aC::~r-
):,. lD ~~
~ :::0 ALARM NO. 19 {SPAR£)
~==
"'~ ~
za.;o
I;<~ I
cn"P
CD 0
= I
: ""tlYJ ~~, J ALARM N0.20 (SPAR£)
: rr,~ l1, ia I
'"::O f- f- CO/olio/ON
()!\;' ;t~o
:.:J'< ~"' ~ ALARM N0.21 {CLOGGED RLTfJI)
(/)~ " "' 0
-5= QCD "'~ ~
ALARM N0.22 {HIGH OIL TEMP)
ALARM NO.Z:J {SPARE:) I
:I C:: a,g~
OJ -,
0 ~ r-"' ~ I
=~ I 5'
-lCD
ALARM N0.24 (SPAR£)
~ gj)>
•f
-a:Ul
a. - f- -
JALARM N0.25 (SPARE:)
- I
I
:.. ~
::;,
:-< ~ ~ ~ ~u ~
I i! ~ - I
~
f-
<:
!=;' ~ l> ~ Q) ~
-g "'~ ~
l>
c:: ;a ~ f C>
~1\,)·
I ~
1-1-
~
l>
::0
(I)
~~
~~-- I- ~ f- r-
!0
!'l
Cl
I
~Cb
L _________ _j
~
I
,-
) __
.r-.) ' ,.-:::-~,);
\ _______ " -----
~-----------------------------------,
I _at I
I X9 I 64 PINS PLUG I XIO I 64 PINS PLUG I X6 c- J 4 PINS PLUG I I

I I
I
I
TO ALARM CARD
ALARM NO. 1-13
TO ALARM CARD
ALARM NO. 14-26
TO ALARM PANEL IN DOOR
( IF MOUNTED ) I
I
I ~i
~~
ii~~
I
I ~~ ~~ I
00 00
~~ ~~
~ -~~~~~~~~2~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~ ~ ~~~·~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
I ~g~gooooooooooooooooooooooooo
~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
~!;)g~gooooooooooooooooooooooooo
~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ I
~~~;~!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! +~VDC ~~~m~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
I + 24VDC I
~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
L x3l1l eI~ 1415J6f7J!I9IIol!l~~~4~sll61t71t~t9~~e¥¥l-H+¥¥fl~3¥#413iJlfJ33 x4l1l e1314 [5[6f7 Ia1911Diull3114115116jVfJaH:~e¥f:fHf¥i::f~31j3##fJ3~ J

Rf:T.24VDC Rf:T.24VDC
+24VDC +24VDC
TO SLA \IE" PANEL TO MAIN PANEL
Note: Alarm no. used on drawing referring to alarm output no.

Relation between alarm/pump numbering Is indicated on the cable diagram.
Ia-101871 b-1050.3'1 c-109501 d-111521 e-:_111961 1 I I I

RF:IfsON 1 o5.o5.o.JI
OV
07.11.03 1 o7.1o.o4111.o.J.o5120.04.o51
KM OV EAK EAK 1 I 1 I
I
REI'LACEJ/DIT FOR
Rolls~Royce
Rolls-Royce Marine AS 1/IEI'!A'"" er . · I
dep. Steering Gears - Tenfjord """"- No. 3 OF 4 e
N-6264 Tennfjord F-B03-2 3-02
A: 79/5221 '"""' ARS 119.06.02
ALARM UNIT. 23 ALARMS, (2*PUMPS) F'ORIIAT A3 moe
CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS-..... SCAlE :z 1...... I
TYPE AU04-..... . ART. NO.: AU04-2302
L
\'-----.
'-~
"-----------------------------------,
I U01 I
I I
I fl' ~ ~ I
I ~ I
~"'
lQ'
"'
~ .!. ~
!If
I cs
"' ~ ~ ~ I
I
!!!!
~ ~ ~ ~
I
I ~ ~ ~ ~ I
I ~iii ~ill ~ill ~iii I
,_ .... .... ....
~ ~ ;:!;
0:: 0::
I
I
;:!:
g
~ :::.~ :::.g
:::.
"(
:::. "( "(
I
I
""'
~~~~
L X2 8 51
J
RE:T.24YDC
+24YDC
8888888888
K32 L-v-'L-v-' TO VOYAGE DATA RECORDER
(NORMALLY OPE:N POTEN77AL FREE CONTACS)
TO SHIP'S CENTRAL ALARM SYSTEM
(NORMALLY OPE:N POTEN77AL FREE CONTACS)
Ill
"':c:cS cS
:c:
~ ei Note: Alarm no. used an drawing referring to alarm output no.
Relation between alarm/pump numbering Is indicated an the cable diagram.
0 ~
~ ~
8 ~u /1£\fSION
~
ll::
~
0
:::!:
~
§l
g I Rolls-Royce
dep. Steering Gears - Tenfjord
N-6264 Tennfjard
DRK. Nd
F-803-23-02
4 OF 4 e
ALARM UNIT, 23 ALARMS, (2*PUMPS)

CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE CS-.....
TYPE AU04-..... .
L
,-~
,~-, -----------------~,~- · , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
( PANEL LAY-OUT .,-
r----------.----------------------------------,

N0.1 N0.2 N0.3 N0.4 N0.5
N0.6 N0.7 N0.8 N0.9 N0.10
N0.11 N0.12 N0.13 N0.14 N0.15
N
ALARM ALARM ALARM ALARM ALARM Ol
N0.16 N0.17 N0.1B N0.19 N0.20 ~

N0.21 N0.22 N0.23 N0.24 N0.25
TERMINAL MODULE ~ T
lAUD/
ACK I I
LAY-OUT TOP
'---- ______:__
lot ol
1 .. 192 ..I
$
4 - 11J6 / ~
PANEL MOUNTED
WITH FOUR STUD
BOLTS M5*20
1 .. 110 .I
f-
::J N
TERMINAL MODULE 0
~
"
~
""'""'
~
LAY-OUT FRONT ::J

0
I __J
PANEL DEPTH : MAX 100mm
w
I I z<(
()_ 152
~ ~~
J L 174
PROTECTION IP22
NOTE: PART NO. DESCRIPTION COMMENTS

SEE CABLE DIAGRAM FOR INFORMATION REGARDING
CM50-0001-NN-** NN = NUMBER OF ALARMS
TEXT FOR ALARM LIGHTS.
** = VERSION
Draw.: ARS 22.02.02 MAIN ALARM PANEL, M25 CONTROL PANEL lnst. Rev.
Contr.: WITHOUT DIMMER Fermat: A3 Rolls-Royce Marine AS

Appr.:
1-=--1-::-:---+:----:--::-1~-+,---+-:-:-:--1 Replaced fer: Replaced by: Art.Nc.
CM50~0001-•
Scale: 1:2
Reference: Rolls-Royce Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord 1 - - - - - - - - - + = - - - - - L - - 1
N-6264 TENNFJORD W_1450_00_0 1
Page
1 of 1
?--...... ,...--..._
-------------------'---c( , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - /,'' •!' , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
PANEL LAY-OUT
.----------t---_,_-------------------------------,

N0.1 N0.2 N0.3 N0.4 N0.5
N0.6 N0.7 NO.B N0.9 N0.10
N0.11 N0.12 N0.13 N0.14 N0.15
~
ALARM ALARM ALARM ALARM ALARM m
N0.16 N0.17 N0.1B N0.19 N0.20 ~

N0.21 N0.22 N0.23 N0.24 N0.25
TERMINAL MODULE GffiJ T ~~~~-1 I

LAY-OUT TOP
.-Nf"")'+IO«<r--.cx:Jm ~::: ~ :2 ;! ~ :2 c:: ~ ~
0
C>i
..., Ill ,...
"'"' "' "'.q. "' "' "' "' "'"' ...,
<0 IX) 0 ;;:; ..., ...,
"' ..., ..., ..., ..., ...,,...
.q. Ill <0
__.,
"'
lo/ ol
I. 192 ..I
1'-
00
I I $
4 - 136 /~
I I
,... .q. Ill <0 ,...
..., ...,
..., PANEL MOUNTED
:2 c:: .q. co ..., ;;:; "' ..., ..., ..., ..., ...,
~ :::~
"'"' "' "' "' "' "' "' "'"'
0 Ill <0 0
.-NI'I'}-.t"I()«<('..OOm :2 ;! ~ ~ ~ C>i WITH FOUR STUD
"' BOLTS M5*20
I. 110 J
1-
:::J ~ ~
0 1'- ~
TERMINAL MODULE ~ ~
LAY-OUT FRONT ~
p :::J
:c u
~ g o~~~~~WI'-OOmO~~~~~ I _J
~ < ~~~nv~m~rom~~~~~~~~~~N~NNNN w
~ ~ ooooooooooooooooooooooooo I I z<(
ooooo~w~~ ~~zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz
I{}
w a.. 152
~~~~~~ffi~~ffi~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~ j}--
~~~~~~0~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
w~<w~ww~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
,+++++~<~~rn~~<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<</
v
u L 174
TO ALARM UNIT
PROTECTION IP22
NOTE: PART NO. DESCRIPTION COMMENTS

SEE CABLE DIAGRAM FOR INFORMATION REGARDING
TEXT FOR ALARM LIGHTS. CMS0-0003-NN-** NN = NUMBER OF ALARMS
** = VERSION
I
Drew.: ARS 25.02.02 SLAVE AI..ARt.4 PANEL, M25 A: CONTROL PANEL Ins!. Rev.
Contr.: WITHOliT DIMMER Format: 1\3 Rolls-Royce Marine />S

Appr.:
CMS0-0003- 0
Scale: 1:2
N-6264 TENNFJORD W_1450_00_03
Page
1of 1
,----_ 7
'
-~ I I '--
: I I I I I
___ \' 8
)
~
g '
'~- 2 3 I
' - 4 5 ' 1
6 7
,
0
"'0
ti
.,;
"'-;;
:g"
D.
"&: PART LIST
.9
C1 = CAPASITOR
D1-38 = DIODE
F1-1 0 = FUSES
H1 = ISOLATING MODE
H2 = BY-PASS SYSTEM 1
H3 = BY-PASS SYSTEM 2
H4 = BY-PASS & SEP. SYSTEM FAILURE
K1-17 = AUX . RELAY
K20-22 = AUX . RELAY (on delay t=5sec.)
S1 = SELECTOR SWITCH
T1-4 = TRANSFORMERS
U1 = NOISE SUPPRESS
V1 = RECTIFER
Druw.: E'AK 18.12.01 BY PASS & SEP. SYS1EM A: STEERING GE"AR WITH lnst.
I
Contr.: Format: 1\3 Rolls-Royce Marine AS 'RovA
Rolls-Royce
BY-PASS & SEP. SYSTEM
A
Rev.
28.07.06 P5,6
Date Deocr!pllon Rev. Date Description
Appr.:
Replaced for: 1
CU2B-0002-"
Scale: :1:
Reference:
N-6264 TENNFJORD
Tenfjord
w 1328 00 02
Page
1of 6
,_...,
~'!!
(
~
'-.._/
;
I
2
I
3 ,_ ,'
i
I
4
I
5 .._,
I
J
6
I
7
I
r,_! 8
0
t; SUPPLY FROM SUPPLY FROM

"' MOTOR MOTOR
~
,; CONTROLLER CONTROLLER
.... NO. A (C) NO. B (D) L1
~
.;;
-F1
-T1 -U1 -V1
I -K2
D
:g /4.1
I I I I ,-, + -D2 L~
f---
V- :f
'ii,
/5.1
1l
.9
-X1
1 2 3 4 1121VAC '=F2
,-,
EMI
FILTER t - - - _ -C1 2
'--------' L2
/4.1
~
/5.1
-K1 -F3
2
~
-T2
-K1
13
-K1
43
-K1
~1
-K1
11 11220VAC
I
-K3~ ::.1
.3 14 .3 44 .3 22 .3 32 /3.1
-F5
~
-T3
11220VAC
I
-K4~ ::.·1
/3.1
-F7
~
-T4
11220VAC
I
-K5I ;:1 ::.1
/3.1
1
~~· 1~~4 /5.2 1
1~~·.1 /5.2 ~~· /5.2 1~~4 /5.1
2~2 2~ 2~ 2l:t-:-J:2 2l:t-:-J:2
W
3 2
:2 JJIJ4
43-#
JJIJ4
43-44
JJIJ4
43-44
JJIJ4
43-'#
~_..r!4 .1 -~ -_.}-! -_.}-! -~
NOTE.
PUMP NUMBERING IS INDICATED ON THE CABLE DIAGRAM.
I revA
Druw.: EAK 18.12.01 BY-PASS & SEP. sYSTEM A: STEERING GEAR WITH Inat.
Contr.: POWER SUPPLY Format: A:5 Rolls-Royce Marine N3
BY-PNSS & SEP. SYSTEM
A
Rev.
28.07.06 P5,6
Appr.:
Replaced for: I
CU2B-0002-••
Scole: ll:
N-6264 TENNFJORD W_1328_00_02
Page
2of6
",---.._ I I I I " '
I I ' -,
~
'
' ~
!
2 3 -_/' 4 5 6 7 ' '8
'
~
}
~
'lj
., TO TO TO TO TO TO
~
.,; ISOLATING ISOLATING ISOLATING ISOLATING BY-PASS BY-PASS
N
VALVE 1 VALVE 2 VALVE 3 VALVE 4 VALVE 1 VALVE 2
.;;
~
c. I II II II I I II I
1;; -X2 -X3
.s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4
L3/2.B
L5/2.B
L7/2.B
~~-H2 ~~-H3 ~~-H4

X1 X1 X1 X1
X2 I~-H1
13 23 33 43 13 13
-K6 -K6 -K6 -K6 -K7 -KB X2 X2 X2
/5.3 14 /5.3 24 /5.3 34 /5.3 44 /5.5 14 /5.7 14
~
53 23 23 1
-K6 -K7 -KB -K16
L4/2.B /5.3 54 /5.5 24 /5.7 24 /5.3 22
L6/2.B
LB/2.8
ISOLATING BY-PASS BY-PASS BY-PASS & SEP
MODE SYSTEM 1 SYSTEM 2 SYSTEM FAILURE
Draw.: E'AK 18.12.01 BY-PASS &: SEP. S'I'S1EM A: STEERING GE'AR WITH lnst.
Contr.: VN..VfS AND Format: M
Rolls-Royce Marine N3 'RevA
BY-PN3S & SEP. SYSTEM
A
Rev.
28.07.06 P5,6
Appr.:
Replaced for: I
Replaced by:
INDICATION UGHlS
Art. No.
CU2B-D002-••
Scale: ll:
N-6264 TENNFJORD
Tenfjord
W_1328_00_02
Page
3of6
(
,-.__
\ I I ') I I ~~-- I I
~
'!l
'd"
!
2 3 -- 4 5 -- 6 7 I--- J 8
;!
"IS
10
0 LEVEL SWITCH LEVEL SWITCH LEVEL SWITCH
,..:
0
,; S20 S21 S22
N
(ISOLATING) (BY-PASS 1) (BY-PASS 2)
.;;
~
Q_ I I I I I I
"S -X4
.9 1 2 3 4 5 6
L1/2.B
~
1
-K10 -K11 ~
1
-K12
~1
·2 22 .2 22 .3 22
D10 L:!. -D11 2~ D12 o.
-K109 -K119 -K129 -K209 -K219 -K229

A1
A2
- A1
A2
A1
A2
81
A2
81
A2
81
A2
L2/2.B
SYSTEM SYSTEM 1 SYSTEM 2 SYSTEM SYSTEM 1 SYSTEM 2

ISOLATED BY-PASSED BY-PASSED ISOLATED BY-PASSED BY-PASSED
(DELAYED) (DELAYED) (DELAYED)
1~~4 1
~~4 /5.1 1
~~4 /5.1
~4 2_8..:.22 5
J~·
2_8..:.22 6 1~5 /5.5 1~5 /5.6 1~5 /5.8
3
B-W
2
/5.1
Jw2· 16 16 16
~-!Y ~~ ~~
Draw.: E'AK 18.12.01 BY-PASS SEP. SYSTEM A: STEERING GE:AR WITH In st.
I
Rolls-Royce Marine I>S IRevA
Contr.: OIL LEVEL SWITCHES Fonnot AJ
Rolls-Royce
BY-PI>SS & SEP. SYS1EM
Appr.: Scale: !1: Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord
A 28.07.06 P5,6 Page
Rev. Date Description Rev. Date Description CU2B-0002-"
N-6264 TENNFJORD W_1328_00_02 4of6
r--- ,.
I
(__;8
,-~,
I \ I I I I
' )
~'!! \_j 2 3 4 5 6 7
0
1:;
..:"'
0
:il FROM CONTOL PANEL FROM CONTOL PANEL FROM CONTOL PANEL FROM CONTOL PANEL
"" (MANUAL DISCONNECTING) (MANUAL ISOLATING) (MANUAL BY-PASS 1) (MANUAL BY-PASS 2)
-;;
'!;"
1i I I I I I I I
"&l -X5 -X6 -X7
~ 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 ~ 6 7 8
U/2.8
-
-D3 r-D3p 63
~11 1 2 3 4 5 1 9 715 21 513 s~ Sll -K6
.3 64
-D35
~17
-D36
~17 ):::18 -D37 -D38 :F,18
-slf--~-~2 -51~6 t-D3D

'\17
~
t-D3
~7
-K21 15
/4.5
'\ ~ '\ 7 -~22 15
4.6
33 h3 118
-K10
/4.2 32
~1
-K11
/4.2 1 113
14
13
-K15
1
.2 ~ 22
r-K7
.5
-K8
34 .7 \>34-~2~15
4.4 -K8
81
.7 82
-K7
.5
43
44
-K7
81
.5 82
-K8
.7
43
44
-K12
/4.3 14
'
-K4
/2.6 1 113
14
-KS
/2.5
113
14
-K15
.2
11
14 -K7
51
-K8
51 -K15
.2 34
31
-K15
.2
41
44
¢,
.5 52 .7 52
13 13
-K2) -K3)
L2/2.8
/2.714 /2.6 _14
-K15 9. A1
A2
-K16
A2
A1
-K 6 c;cl-D6 L~
A2
-K17 9. A1
A2
-K7 9. A1
A2
-D7 2~
A1
-K8_9,
A2
-D8 L~
BY-PASS/SEP. SYSTEM SYSTEM ISOLATED SYSTEM 1 BY-PASSED SYSTEM 2 BY-PASSED

DISCONNECTED
1 1!_ I 11 1 1!_ I 11 1~--r;4 /3.4 1~--r;4 /3.4
i. I 11 ~Y4 /3.1
1~fl .3 2!.~ /3.2
Jlv.
4
12f1 /6.6 1 ' r l /6.7 2!. 24 /3.6 2!_ 24 /3.7
24 24 34 24 .4
3l /3.2 - 21 3lv.4
22~ .3
1
~ /3.7
1
POSITION OF S1 34
~v /3.3 ~
34
~~ 6
5~2·4
~~
5~2 .4
8
34
~~ /3.5
1. AUTOMATIC/REMOTE CONTROL 32~1 .5 32~1 ~ 64 4 32~1 .!.4!2 f6.1
6
.!.4!
6 2
f6.1
2. BY-PASS & SEP. DISCONNECTED
3. ISOLATING MODE LOCKED <li 41 I 4! I 41 ~:D4
f6.1 "! I 41 ~82
2
/6.2 7~2 /6.2
4. BY-PASS MODE 1 LOCKED
42-=rj .7 42-=rj Bl.JY/6.2 4~ 81 .7 81 82 .5
5. BY-PASS MODE 2 LOCKED
~ J External signal for system Isolated. l ,..
I
Draw.: EAK 18.12.01 BY-PASS & SEP. SYSTEM STEERING GEAR WITH In st.
Contr.: Rolls-Royce Marine AS IRevA
INTERFACE TO Formal: AJ BY-PASS & SEP. SYSTEM
A
Rev.
28.07.06 P5,6
Appr.:
Replaced for: Replaced by:
CONTROL PANEL
ArLNo.
CU2B-0002-''
Scale: !II:
N-6264 TENNFJORD
Tenfjord
W_1328_00_02
Page
5of6
, . - -._
I I I I 1'~-
I I (
~'!l
(
\~/
',
2 3 ,
'
____., / 4 5 !
6 7 --~: 8
~
",.:
ID
0 "BY-PASS & SEP.
0
..;
(AUTO) START SIGNAL AUTOSTART SIGNAL SYSTEM FAILURE" ALARM SYSTEM ISOLATED
N
TO CONTROL SYSTEM FROM ALARM UNIT TO ALARM UNIT TO CONTROL SYSTEM
.;;
~ I I I
-~8
1i I I I I
-X9 -X10
-X1l
r
1:
.9 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2
61 71
1925272329
-K7 -K7 I I I I
/5.5 62 /5.5 72 -S1 -K17
-K16 /5.4 14
61 ~0 /5.3
-KB 7' -KB
11
/5.7 72
r4
/5.7 62
73
-K6
/5.3 74
83
-K6
/5.3 84
Draw.: EAK 18.12.01 BY-PASS & SEP. SYSTEM A: SlEERING GE'AR WITH In st.
Rolls-Royce Marine N3 IRevA
Contr.: INTERFACE FOR format: M
Rolls-Royce
BY-P/>SS &: SEP. SYSTEM
Appr.: ALARM SYSTEM Scale: ll: Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord
A 28.07.06 P5,6 Page
Replaced for. Replaced by: Art. No. Reference:
Rev. Dote Description Rev. Date Description CU2B-0002-..
N-6264 TENNFJORD W_1328_00_02 6of6
--
-
·7
--
-- --- _,
I 1 )
I I I l I
I
--
;I 7
•,
"'"'oii
0
'
- - 2 3 ~ 4 5 6 --- 8
§
1l
"'"!
,.:
0
FRONT VIEW. FRONT VIEW. SIDE VIEW.
I
.
-;;
'
~
:t'
-[
~ 20J
L:
0
-;;
_9
- L25
20]
700 660
-~
-,13.0
~ 0 I r: lol,-1
.EARTH ~~
TERMINAL -=-
20J
~'"~~ 526
i--250_]
r ~r12Q 12Q-==t~v-~
T'<
l"r ~
11 v
1
~~
~
lli
FLANGE PLATE
NOT IN SCALE
Drow.: EAK 19.11.01 CABINET LAY-OUT k. CABINET LAY-OUT In st.
I
Contr.: OPERATION PANEL Format: A3
Rolls-Royce Marine AS 'Revs
OPERATION PANEL
Rolls-Royce
8 07.11.03 8-10494
Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord
A
Rev.
05.05.03 A-10203
Appr.:
Replaced for. I
Scale:
Reference:
X
N-6264 TENNFJORD L 1399 00 02
Page
1of 1
r I I I I I I
....
~
i
~
I
2 3 4 5 6 7
OJ
"!;
"'
0
,..:
"l
"'.;;"'
~ o r-~--- ~ --~---~ ~---1 o
D. PART LIST
I I I I /1 I I
1l
.9
II II -K1,K2 = RELAY
DDI (40x60)
oiI
L---------------------------J
lo
I
-X10 = INTERFACE TO ANALOG DP, JOYSTICK, AUTOPILOT
+U1 = PUMP CONTROL CARD
+U2 = PUMP CONTROL CARD
-U3 = AC/DC CONVERTER
-U10 = INTERFACE TO FEED BACK UNIT, OVERRIDE SIGNAL
-U11 = INTERFACE TO STEERING MODE 1-3
-U15 = INTERFACE TO PUMP CONTROL CARD
I [L_U1_5__j__K2_LXJ2----------i_U_1_1___l_U_10______ _j:J
-U20 TO -U23 = RIBBON CABLE
-X20 = INTERFACE TO BY-PASS SYSTEM
-U40 = BACK PLANE
-U41 = AMPLIFIER CARD
-U42 = SELECTOR CARD (STEERING MODE 1-3)
(40x60)
+U1 +U2
NOTE
s s ONE PUMP CONTROL CARD FOR EACH PUMP UNIT.
"'
! l PUMP NUMBERING IS INDICATED ON THE CABLE DIAGRAM.
I SYSTEM rRev.
Draw.: E'AK 28.07.06 2 PUMP COmROL CARD CONTROL lnsl
Contr.: 1 SEl.EClOR CARD Format: A3 Rolls-Royce Marine I>S WITH AUX. STEERING
l-=--+.::-:----l-::---:-::--+.::--+::-::--+----:-7."""'i Replaced
Rev. Date Description Rev. Dote DescripUan
Appr.:
for. 1Replaced
1
by:
LAY OUT
Art.No.
Scale: 1:4
N-6264 TENNFJORD
f---------------+::-----L----1
W_1221_01_01
Page
1of5
Last plotted: 28.07.06 at 12:33:52
+
c
POWER
--->.
FAILURE
[ CONlROL
ALARM
FROM ALARM
[ UNIT· AUTOSTART SIGN.+
HYD. LOCK + ORDER PORT N
[ ALARM - ORDER PORT
HYD. LOCK + ORDER SlED
[ ALARM - ORDER SlED
FROM LOCAL SIGNAL
[ STARlER FROM STARTER
EXlERNAL SIGN. +ORDER PORT
[ MAX. 32V, 0.5A -ORDER PORT
EXlERNAL SIGN. + ORDER SlED
[ MAX. 32V, 0.5A -ORDER SlED
EXlERNAL SIGN.
MAX. 32V, 0.5A +24V DC
[
OVDC
EXlERNAL SIGN. NFU PORT
MAX. 32V, 0.5A NFU COM
[
NFU SlED
EXlERNAL SIGN. COMMON
[ MAX. 32V, 0.5A 0-10V SIGN
EXlERNAL SIGN. FU "NO"
MAX. 32V, 0.5A FU "NO"
[
SUPPLY "NC"
EXlERNAL SIGN.
MAX. 32V, 0.5A AUTOSTART "NO" OVERRIDE UGHT+
[
AUTOSTART "NC" OVERRIDE UGHT-
L20/4.5 COMMON OVERRIDE SWITCH
L21/4.5 OVERRIDE "NO" OVERRIDE SWITCH
OVERRIDE "NC" NFU PRIORITY SIGN
EXlERNAL SIGN. NFU PRIORITY SIGN
MAX. 32V, 0.5A "NO" NFU PORT
[
NFU COMMON
NFU SlED
[ CONlROL PANEL OVERRIDE UGHT+

(') OVERRIDE UGHT-
0
z CONlROL PANEL OVERRIDE SWITCH
"'C
0
;a0 [ MAX. 24V, 150mA OVERRIDE SWITCH
VI ;-
CONlROL PANEL ' NFU PRIORITY SIGN
;'" ;'! [
z MAX. 24V, 150mA NFU PRIORITY SIGN
!!! CONlROL PANEL AUTOSTART UGHT+ NFU PORT
[ MAX. 24V, 150mA AUTOSTART UGHT- NFU COMMON
~ ~-;;;;;:;:-I NFU SlBD
[ CONlROL PANEL
I NFU OVERRIDE I
CONlROL PANEL I YES NO I NFU PORT
I ~[G) I
[ MAX. 24V, 150mA NFU COMMON
CONlROL PANEL NFU SlED
[ MAX. 24V, 150mA L ____ J FU COMMON
CONlROL PANEL AUTOSTART UGHT+ FU 0-10V SIGN
[ MAX. 24V, 150mA AUTOSTART UGHT- FU SIGN. "NO"
~(')
FU SIGN. "NO"
~0
I:E
>~
cO
[ CONlROL PANEL RUN SIGN. "NO"
x' RUN SIGN. "NO"
N 8
~~
N z CONlROL PANEL
"'C ;a0 [ MAX. 24V, 150mA
I 0
VI ;-
0 ;a;!: STEERING SIGNAL
z
c;) !-" ;'! CONlROL PANEL
AUX. STEERING
I z [ MAX. 24V, 150mA
0 !!! CONlROL PANEL AUTOSTART UGHT+
[ MAX. 24V, 150mA AUTOSTART UGHT- 1 - 9
d'
N~ "'
-
0
01 (NOlldO) ~NI~3LS ·xnV
1VN~IS ~NI~lliS
last plotted: 28.07.06 at 12:33:54
+
POWER
c
FAILURE N
[ CONlROL
ALARM
FROM ALARM +24VDC
[ UNIT AUTOSTART SIGN.+
HYD. LOCK + ORDER PORT N
[ ALARM - ORDER PORT
HYD: LOCK + ORDER SlBD
[ ALARM - ORDER SlBD
FROM LOCAL SIGNAL
[ STARTER
EXTERNAL SIGN. +ORDER PORT
[ MAX. 32Y, 0.5A -ORDER PORT
EXTERNAL SIGN. +ORDER SlBD
[ MAX. 32Y, 0.5A -ORDER SlBD
EXTERNAL SIGN.
MAX. 32Y, 0.5A +24Y DC
[
OVDC
EXTERNAL SIGN. NFU PORT
MAX. 32Y, 0.5A NFU COM
[
NFU SlBD
EXTERNAL SIGN. COMMON
[ MAX. 32V, 0.5A 0-10Y SIGN
EXTERNAL SIGN. FU "NO"
MAX. 32Y, 0.5A FU "NO"
[
EXTERNAL SIGN.
MAX. 32Y, 0.5A AUTOSTART "NO" OVERRIDE UGHT+
[
AUTOSTART "NC" OVERRIDE UGHT-
l22/4.5 OVERRIDE SWITCH
l23/4.5 OVERRIDE "NO" OVERRIDE SWITCH
OVERRIDE "NC" NFU PRIORITY SIGN
EXTERNAL SIGN. NFU PRIORITY SIGN
[
MAX. 32V, 0.5A I ~g~23l NFU PORT
I XXX;;jl
nr.o~
g~ ..
NFU COMMON
g:n< I
I g§>o
NFU SlBD
rn<rl
COMMON I og
[ CONlROL PANEL START I 8_c. OVERRIDE UGHT+
n STOP gtn OVERRIDE UGHT-
I~ I
0
z CONlROL PANEL RUN UGHT+ OVERRIDE SWITCH
'"(]:a [ MAX. 24Y, 150mA RUN UGHT- OVERRIDE SWITCH
0 0
"' r
;'" "[] CONlROL PANEL STOP UGHT+ L_J NFU PRIORITY SIGN
s; [ MAX. 24V, 150mA STOP UGHT- NFU PRIORITY SIGN
f!l CONlROL PANEL AUTOSTART UGHT+ NFU PORT
[ MAX. 24Y, 150mA AUTOSTART UGHT- NFU COMMON
r--;-Tll~ ;;;;-l NFU SlBD
[ CONlROL PANEL
I NFU OVERRIDE I
CONlROL PANEL I YES NO I NFU PORT
I [I}~ I
[ MAX. 24Y, 150mA NFU COMMON
CONlROL PANEL NFU SlBD
[ MAX. 24Y, 150mA L ____ J FU COMMON
CONlROL PANEL AUTOSTART UGHT+ FU 0-10Y SIGN
[ MAX. 24V, 150mA AUTOSTART UGHT- FU SIGN. "NO"
:en FU. SIGN. "NO"
~0
I:::E
>~
co
[ CDNlROL PANEL RUN SIGN. "NO"
RUN SIGN. "NO"
N xr
~~
N CONlROL PANEL
[ MAX. 24Y, 150mA
I ;Qi!l: STEERING SIGNAL
0
I
..,
z
[
CONlROL PANEL
MAX. 24Y, 150mA
AUX. STEERING
0
CONlROL PANEL AUTOSTART UGHT+
[ MAX. 24Y, 150mA AUTOSTART UGHT-
~
"'
-
VI'"
0
( J1
2 3 4 5 6 7 ~. ___.'Is
POS 1-12 POS 13-24
-U40
2 4 8 8 10 12
J4 -U41, AMPLIFIER CARD
~
0
~
0 0 0
JP1 0 0 0 0
1 3 5 7 9 11
X1 J13 1 - 34
-U20 -U22 -U21
A1 NOT USED
..___ _----. -K2
A2
INTERNAL CONNECTION
CABLE TO CABLE TO SEE CABLE DIAGRAM
PUMP CONTROL CARD PUMP CONTROL CARD
+U1 +U2
(.)
~
0
(\j
~------------~ (\j
-U1 0 - TERMINALS USED FOR EXTERNAL ANALOG STEERING SIGNAL
1 {AUTOPILOT,DP,JOYSTICK)
13 43
-K1
32 · 2
-K1
14 ·2 44
. . >I
>
0
•::::;: ..
:a • • :a • •
o+
...
00(.)
uzz
K1
oou
uzz
r:: :: :: ...
oou
uzz
J_j
<<
zz
(!)(!) •::::;: .. ClClCl
~~~ FOR INTERNAL CONNECTION SEE CABLE DIADRAM
...
(.)(.)(.)
UiUi oou ~~~
uzz w w w
0::0::
ww UJUJUJ -X10
ClCl
0::0::
>->->-
ClClCl
00 0::0::0::
v v
:I: a.
u c
::lf- :::!;
SUPPLY FROM SUPPLY FROM <;= 0
PUMP CONTROL PUMP CONTROL

vvvv UUl
;rg; e:
CARD +U1 CARD +U2 ~~~(
o~NI')
m:::~;
<o g
,~~~~, i'Ee:
OVERRIDE
Drow.: EAK 28.07.06 AUX. SlEERING A: CONTROL SYSTEM In st. Rev.

Contr.: Rolls-Royce Marine I>S
INTERFACE TO FEED BACK Format: A3
Rolls-Royce
WITH AUX. STEERING
Appr.: AND POWER SUPPLY Scole: Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord
Rev. Date Deocriptlon Rev. Date Description

Replaced for. Replaced by: Art. No. "
Page
4of5
~--
-- '
' I I I I ( I I (
I )
2 3
I I
I
4 5 )
6 7 !"-----·· ) 8
~ '-/ -- ~-
~
1; -U40
ro
0
,..:
I J6 -U42, SELECTOR CARD I JB
I I I I
0
~
.
.;; I I
'15
1i I I
1;
.9 I I
/ I J5 I 1 - 40
I I J7 I 1 - 40
I
"" -U23
I 1 - 40
I
-U11 - TERMINALS STEER. MODE 1-3
-
STEERING
MODE NO. 1 1~+++~1 EB EEEJ §Eff] ~
0
'¢
STEERING
MODE NO. 2
~~~~**::1 1~1~1 §§§] ~ C\1 C\1
STEERING
MODE NO. 3
~-§§ t') §§§] ~ t') t')
-
. ..
:::;:
+
:i:i:i:i
+ +I
1-1-
...
oou
uzz
:i:i:i
>
0
(,!)(,!)(.!)(.!)
II
(.!)(.!) (.!)(.!)(.!) I
UiUiUiUi ::J::J UiUiUi +
ClClClCl ClCl ClClCl ~:;:Eo::;:
zzzz zz zzz 00~0
[l.()Ul()
<(<(<(<( <(<( <(<(<(
:::;::::;::::;::::;: :::;::::;: :::;::::;::::;:
:::;::::;::::;::::;: :::;::::;: :::;::::;::::;: ::::l::::l::::l::::l
LL.LL.LL.LL.
0000 00 000 -.......-.......-.......-.......
()()()() ()() ()()()
::::l::::l::::l::::l Cl
LL.LL.LL.LL. z
~~~~ ~~ ~~~ zzzz (.!)
Draw.: EAK 28.07.06 AUX. STEERING A:. CONTROL SYSTEM Inat.
I
Rolls-Royce Marine I>S 'Rev.
Contr.: STEERING MODE 1-3 Fonnat: 1\J
Rolls-Royce
WITH AUX. STEERING
Dept. Steering Gear-- Tenfjord
Rev. Date Deocrfptlon Rev. Date Description

Appr.:
Replaced for: I Replaced by: Art. No.
Scale: ll:
Page
5of5
,~~-
---..., ---7~
r
--
i
,, I ' ) \I
( ) I : ' -~
-
-"
FRONT VIEW. REAR VIEW. SIDE VIEW.
\__4-1118 mounting holes
760
~
0 0
1 - - - - - - - -600
1
20--l r'
~-'-r_~llt--ll.Q~-t--11Q'--t--11Q~;--11Q--_._r~ll-l
i ~!Ul.li
~==T=~~----~----~----~----~~
l 1--++---------+-------·-++-----r
+
aJ
11 -~ ±
~~~~-----------~---------------~-a
FLANGE PLATE
NOT IN SCALE
~~~~~~~=-+--+--~---~~~rnn~wtr~·.'. ~~~--~13~.0~4~.o~o1 ~~~L~~ Format: A3

Rolls-Royce Marine /'S CABINET LAY-OUT lnst. IRevB.
B 04.11.03 B 10469 CONTROL SYSTEM
A 05.05.03 A-10195 Appr.:
f-=---lf-::-::----t-=:----:--=-+=--+::--:----lf::----:-.,..--t Replaced for:
IReplaced
1
by: Reference:
Scale: 1:7,5
Art.No. Rolls-Royce dep. Steering Gears - Tenfjord f - - - - - - - - - - - + P = - a - g e - - ' - - - l
N-6264 TENNFJORO L_1299_00_01 1of 1
--,
.------.----_:- -------.---------.-----=-/~ ------------~~----------~~-~
'----,
I I I I
I 11 2 4 5 6 7 8
--
FOR JUMPER SETTING SEE CABLE DIAGRAM I
I
TERMINAL PLATE
JUMPER FOR DIMMER MODUL (14 Channels)
PART. NO.: 5220-CM-DIM-01 I
I
TERMINAL PLATE (w * h) (350*350)
CABLE LENGTH : MINIMUM 160cm
JUMPER DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
SETTING
I
I
SCALE 1 : 5
JP30 SUPPLY TO CHANNEL 9 TO 14 = INTERNAL/

I
I
EXTERNAL
I
I
I
I
I
I
1Cw*h)(40*60) I
I
I
I
I
I
~-c~~~- ~~~----------------- -!
I
PART LIST
U10-11 TERMINALS LOCATION +1 ·

U30 DIMMER LOCATION +3
SEE ALSO LAY-OUT DRAWING FOR THE CONTROL PANEL. I
I
X20
X30-31
TERMINALS LOCATION
TERMINALS LOCATION
+2
+3
U40-41 TERMINALS LOCATION +4
POS. DESCRIPTION I
I
+1 +2 +1
+2
START-STOP-AUTO START
RUDDER ANGLE SELECTION I NOTE.
+3 IMO - DIMMER i PUMP NUMBERING IS INDICATED ON THE CABLE DIAGRAM.
+4 IMO BY-PASS SYSTEM 1------------------------------
+3 +4 PART NUMBER
CONTROL PANEL, TOP VIEW
PART NO. DESCRIPTION
-** = 00 2*PUMPS, IMO
I
Draw.: KM 15.09.04- JUMPER SETTING Rolls-Royce Marine I>S MAIN CONTROL PANEL Ins!. IRev.
Con!r.: MODUL LOCATION Format! A3
Rolls-Royce
WIRING DIAGRAM
Appr.: TERMINAL PlATE (IJ\Y-OUT) Scale: :1: Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord 1---------f-=---.1....----1
Page
f-::--f-:,-.,---+:,---,.-l-=--f--:---+:----:-~ Replaced for. IReplaced by: Art.No. Reference:
N-6264 TENNFJORD W_ 1325_0 1_08 1of 6
Rev. Date Description Rev. Date Description I CU25-01 oa-••
Last plotted: 25.11.05 at 07:45:24
~
c OPERATION MODUL FOR MOTOR CONTROLLER
;. PART NO: 5220-CM-M-BCABCA I ,I
I
.s
c 0
g s::
g_ ~ COMMON START/STOP (+)
"'g:
::0
~ START 2 2
0 STOP 3 3
il'
:< ~ RUN LIGHT(+) 4 4
li' ;d RUN LIGHT (-) 5 5

ii ~ STOP LIGHT ( +) 6 6
~ !~':as~~~+ ~;;~T (+)

7 7
c B B
~:J. p AUTOSTART LIGHT (-) 9 9 N
!- >
il'l~lb'
"9-~a
~ :. :!
il
0'
"
S'
"'gQ
Q. 5l"'
~ ...b I 0J
s
?:16~~ s::
~ ~g~ ~ COMMON START/STOP (+)
J;-,1
I
~glfj ~ START 2 2
+;;z;..,
~1!l:l. 0 STOP 3 3
~a ~ RUN LIGHT (+) 4 4
>~ ;d RUN LIGHT (-) 5 5
-;;,~ ~ STOP LIGHT(+)
f;iSTOP LIGHT (-)
~ AUTOSTART LIGHT (+)
6
7
B
6
7
B
il'IWIQ'I11'
m"9.3 p AUTOSTART LIGHT (-) 9 9 ...p...
~ ~ ~
il . CD
!'! ~ G:
-S'
~ ~
SUPPLY 241/DC
(J1
:a L100
L101
~
SUPPLY 241/DC
L102
L103 )
Q ~
L300~
z
I
0
CD
;a
Q_ L301~
m~m m
"' • I
m "' ;a
~ S" ~
~ ~· ~
z"' ;:::
., Q
5 ~ 5·
;o
c ...Q "'
I Oj
;;;t
::J
.:::!!
0
a.
~~ ---1 () -.......!
I=E ~z [T] r
0
I~ II~ II~ II~
Gln
~
VI cO :;:;o z
N
()1
~~ ~ ---1
I Sl!f2 :;:;o 0
z
0
;:::.,
~
z
0
w ~
~
):>
10 f:!l I I
~
I (
CXl
"'D ! [I]f;i • ·~ ---- !i
L-·--·--·~
5' "'D '--~_...·
1 11- I ):> co
a
Nm
):> z
---1 [T]
~
Cl>
[T] I
~' ~~
\) '\
: 'I
'
·~_/
I 2 3 4 5 6 7
(\
-- ·_:g
--- -------.--.--.--.--.--.--.--.--.- -.--.- -.--.- -. ~C~~N~A~~ ~
_J
:::>
0
0
::::;:
B lsH41
_J
<:X
ffi~
~~
(.!)<
e:::'
0(.!)
LL::J.
X2
I
-.JU
--·--·--·--·--·J
::>I
00
0<'1
::::;:~
!01'
z 00
~0 I") I")
_j_J
<z
0:::1-
we:::
o...< "'
00...
CONTROL PANEL
TERMINAL PLATE
NOTE:
IF SPEED LOG NOT MOUNTED,
INTERCONNECT FOLLOWING TERMINALS:
A: X20-1 TO X20-2
B: X20- 7 TO X20-8
LOG MC.. A LOG MC.. B
~~~---4------4---+-----~-----frD~ro~w~.:~K=M----~15~.0~9~.0~4~ ~NU-~P-A~O~NU A:. Ins!. Rev.

Rolls-Royce Marine f>S MAIN CONTROL PANEL
Con!r.: MOTOR CONTROLLER A/B Format: A3
Appr.:
f-;R;;:e:::-v.tD~at~o---f;;-De:-:s:-:cr:;-ip7.'tio-n-f-;;R-ev-.tD::-o.,-to---f:D:-os-c7rip-::ti:-on--i Replaced for: Replaced

LOCATION: +2
by: ~fs':o1 oa-••
Scale:
Reference:
;;
Rolls-Royce Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord f-W_IR_I_NG
N-6264 TENNFJORD W_1325_01_08
________+-------'-----1
__D_IA_G_RA_M
Page
3of6
/---...
.. /~
------------------~----------------~r--1 -~~)"'I---------,
~~~---/~-----------~------------------~-----------
'
2 '·~-·'/ 8
3 ·- 4 5 6 7
R30
POTMElER
lOOK
CONTROL PANEL
TERMINAL PLATE
U30
.,
a;
c
c
"
u
.s=
'¢
:::I $
:L < <
~ ... ~ J
"'+ i>= ~ _ _j
>= "'+ ~
~ i ~ ~ I
X1 cr:J:"'
_o:LLJ .J
Draw.: KM 15.09.04 DIMMER (14Channels) A:. MAIN CONTROL PANEL Inet. Rev.
Contr.: Format 1\5 Rolls-Royce Marine ftS
Rolls-Royce
WIRING DIAGRAM
Appr.: LOCATION: +J Scale: Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord

Replaced for: Replaced by: Art.Na.
cuzs-01 oa-••
"
Page
4of6
!1 2 4 5 6 7 8
-·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·~
" LOCATION TABLE _ I

"'"l
EJ lsH41
<'II')
--·--·--·--·--·J
00
I') I')
...J ...J
CONTROL PANEL
TERMINAL PLATE
-X31
..--....--..
+I
:r::r:.........,.._,
001-1-
1-1-:r::r:
+I
:r::r:.._...._..
~~~~ 001-1-
1-1-:r::r:
(.!)(.!)(.!)(.!) 3:::(.!)(.!)
zzzz (f)(f)::J::J
FFFF (.!)(.!)(.!)(.!)
0000
wwww zzzz
zzzz FFFF
zzzz <<<<
c::c::c::c::
0000 wwww
0000 a.. a.. a.. a..
(f) (f) (f) (f)
0000 wwww
(f) (f) (f) (f)
BY-PASS & SEPERATING SYSTEM

f-__:f---l----+--+---+---..fr;Dra;;;;;;w·::'..:.:K:::.M_ ___:15::.:·::::09:.:.0=._4'-JIMO SYSTEM, DISCONNEcnNG r.k::-·-:--::-;---1 Rolls-Royce Marine N3 MAIN CONTROL PANEL
lnot. Rov.
Ccntr.: IMO SYSTEM, SEPERATING Fermat: A5
b-1-::-:---l-:-----:-::--l-=--+:-:---+.:---:--:::-l Replaced
Appr.:
fer: Replaced by:
LOCATION: +3
Art.Nc.
cu2s-o 1oe-••
Scale: 7.
Reference: Rolls-Royce N-6264 TENNFJORD
WIRING DIAGRAM
Dept. Steering Gear- Tenfjord 1-----------+.:-Pc_g_e_L----j
W_1325_01_08 5of6
Last plotted: 25.11.05 ot 07:45:3-4-
OPERA~ON MODUL FOR GENERAL MODUL

PART NO: 5220-CM-G-DXADXA
I
X
~
SWITCH ~ 1
I BY-PASS
BY-PASS
SYSTEM.1,
SYSTEM.1, SWITCH 2 2
BY-PASS SYSTEM.1, LIGHT(+) 3 14
I BY-PASS SYSTEM.1, LIGHT(-) 4 15 N
Ill
1
-u 3
)> 4
Ul
Ul
I'
I
I
X
~
SWITCH ~
I BY-PASS
BY-PASS
SYSTEM.2,
SYSTEM.2, SWITCH 2 2
BY-PASS SYSTEM.2, LIGHT(+ 3 14
I BY-PASS SYSTEM.2, LIGHT(- 4 15
3
4
~
L304/4.5~
L305/4.5~
I ~
~
I
(N
N
~H~
;zz
C"lo
aO
:;;:~
---1
1'1
::::0
0
0
z [[][[] 005 (")
)>
::l
0
~
01
C"l;o
$!0 ~ ---1 z
I s::r
0
~
z ::::0
0
-I
)>
Ill
I
0 "'
r ~
I I
I~ II~ II~ IM
L-·--·---~
CXl
"J u u
"' I ~ co
-
m=
0
Ol
~.
---1
1'1
z
1'1
I
-----,-----------,-------~r
I I I I I I
(' )1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LAMP COLOURS:
GREEN : START RUN PUMP

RED : STOP PUMP
WI-HTE : AUTO START PUMP, HIGH/LOW ANGLE PUMP
: MANUAL DISCONNECTING, MANUAL SEPERATE, MANUAL BY-PASS SYSTEM ...
YELLOW : SYSTEM DISCONNECTED, SYSTEM SEPERATED, SYSTEM BY-PASSED
: LOW ANGLE PUMP
NOTE : SEE CABLE DIAGRAM FOR INFORMATlON REGARDING LAMP TEXT
LAY-OUT PANEL CUT-OUT
4-1116 /~
PANEL MOUNTED WITH
FOUR STUD BOLTS M5*20
0
N
N
200
222
I. 240
PROTECTlON : IP22 PANEL DEPTH : MAX 200mm
I
lnst. Rev.
~~---+--~--+--~---{~~:~;~;~~:K=M~-~15=.o=s.=o4~ ~~~~~o~~ma . Format:
MAIN CONTROL PANEL
LAY-OUT
1-::---t-::-:---+:::---:-::-t-:;----+=--t-;::-;;---i Replaced
Rev. Date Descrfptlon Rev. Date Description
Appr.:
for: IReplaced
J
by:
2•PUMPS
Art. No.
Scale: 1 : 2
N-62.64 TENNFJORD L_ 1325_0 1_08
Page
1of 1
-
-
l I
-, --
·-
I I
~-~
! l I
.- ,,
~-
ill
,;;
-
.:·1 2 3 4 5 -- 6 PANEL LAYfOUT 8
~ ,-
"ll FOR JUMPER SETTING SEE CABLE DIAGRAM
"'q
"'
q JUMPER FOR OVERRIDE MODUL
CJCJ~
PART. NO.: 5220-CM-W-******
.
-;;
z0
li POSSIBLE RElfASE_.O-, OVERRIDE
~ JUMPER DESCRIPTION SETTING ~
~
JP1 EXTERNAL OVERRIDE YES/NO

LAMP COLOURS:
IEJJmB
JP2
JP3
OVERRIDE LIGHT DIMMED
BUZZER
YES/NO
YES/NO
YELLOW
BLUE
GREEN
: OVERRIDE PUMP
: BUZZER RELEASE
: STBD
'---- co ~
RED : PORT
JUMPER FOR DIMMER MODUL (14 Channels)
PART. NO.: 5220-CM-DIM-01 I. 144 J
POSSIBLE PROTECTION : IP22
JUMPER DESCRIPTION SETTING 1------------'-:----------------------------------------------
PANEL CUT-OUT
JP30 SUPPLY TO CHANNEL 9 TO 14 = INTERNAL/
/~
EXTERNAL $
4 0:... 06
PANEL MOUNTED
WITH FOUR STUD
BOLTS M5*20
-·-----·-----·-----·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·--·-----·--·--·-, v (!)
N 0>
TERMINAL PLATE
~
104
: MAXIMUM LENGHT 550mm
TERMINAL PLATE
: 160cm
CABLE LENGTH
1 : 5 '~ ~
SCALE
N.QIE,_
PUMP NUMBERING IS INDICATED ON THE
cQQDGP
126
CABLE DIAGRAM.
1-----·----------------------------------------------------
PART LIST
PART NO. DESCRIPTION COMMENTS
U10-l1 TERMINALS LOCATION
U12 DIMMER LOCATION
-** = 00 OVERRIDE
X12 TERMINALS LOCATION -** = 01 OVERRIDE SPECIAL PAINT
Draw.: KM 19.03.04 OVERRIDE A: CONTROL MODUL Ins!. IRev.
I
Contr.: Format: A3 Rolls-Royce Morine />S
A
Rev.
11.08.05 P3
Appr.:
Replaced for: I
Replaced by: Art.No.
CM10-0101-••
Scale: 1:2
N-6264 TENNFJORD
Tenfjord
w 1410 01 01
Page
·1 of 3
last plotted: 11.08.05 ot 14:06:30
OPERATION MODUL FOR OVERRIDE STEERING

PART NO: 5220-CM-W-ABACJC
I
s::
=
0
0 I OVERRIDE LIGHT ( +) 1
~ OVERRIDE LIGHT (-) 2 2
(") I OVERRIDE SWITCH ( +) 3 3
~ OVERRIDE SWITCH 4 4
~ I NFU PRIORITY SIGNAL ( +) 5 5
~ NFU PRIORITY SIGNAL 6 6
r;:; I NFU STEERING SIGNAL PORT 7 7
~ : NFU STEERING SIG. COMMON B B
~ ~ NFU STEERING SIGNAL STBD 9 9
if
::J )>
1--':::-r.~'d "):.
~.(;b' "
-e.~~
g :. ~
~
a.
0'
"
O'£RRIDE
n---,
Ill ..... REU:ASE
I ~-E--:::::8~oE I
Ll __ _j
(:)1
s::
0 I OVERRIDE LIGHT ( +)
~ OVERRIDE LIGHT (-)
(") I OVERRIDE SWITCH ( +)
~ OVERRIDE SWITCH
~ I NFU PRIORITY SIGNAL ( +)
~ NFU PRIORITY SIGNAL
.~
z
INFU STEERING SIGNAL PORT
NFU STEERING SIG. COMMON
~ . NFU STEERING SIGNAL S"fl3D
ro·
.........
0
I ~
n
0
--1 0
~
0
1'1 0
r
;::
:::0
~
z
0 0
0 --1
I c:: :::0
0 r z
I )> 0
0 I I
-o -o L100/3.5
~ )> L101/3.5
I co
-
0
0J
"'
r->0
)>,
--1
1'1
z
1'1
I
_...:-::---.
---------------.----------------~-
\~·~----
/
I.
~~-
·,I 1 2 4 5 6 7
__/
\
R10
POTMETER
100K
CONTROL PANEL
TERMINAL PLATE
U12
r---~-- '----.----'----.----'--
Cl)
a;
c
c
c
.c:
()
I
'¢
I
~ <
a::
w u
I
! <
Iu
<
I
~+ ~ J
~
::E~
.. . ..~ ~~
Ch.1 Ch.2 Ch.J Ch.4 Ch.5 Ch.B Ch. 7
:;:EO
-I ~ I
,:
o::E '-' ~ +
a::-
00
u_l
::E
ii! ii! I
_j()
::J(
o~
00
___ j
:;:EIO
l()
IX) IX)
0z .. c.Jc.J
Fo ..................
<z o~
00
a:: t-
wa:: :::::i:::::i
n.<
On.
Max. load 100mA
FU-scale, external.
Draw.: KM 19.03.04 DIMMER k CONTROL MODUL In st. Rev.

Contr.: Format M Rolls-Royce Marine AS
A
Rev.
11.08.05 PJ
Appr.:
Replaced for. Replaced by: Art.No.
CM10-0101-••
Scala: ;c;
N-6264 TENNFJORD
Tenfjord
W_1410_01_01
Page
3of3
M45x1.5
59
221
.I
Tightness class: IP44
a-10584
R£1115/0N
140104/gv
I
REPU.CEJIENT FOR
Rolls-Royce Marine AS REPLACED BY
Rolls-Royce Dept. Steering Gear -

N-6264 Tennfjord
Tenfjord DRIIG. NO.
a
A-9703
ALE: DRIIR LGV 10. 09.03
FB40 FORMA r A4 CON7R
SCALE 1," 2. 5
DIMENSION DRAWING ART. NO.:
L
01
"',:..:':! ' -~
:1 2 3' ' 4 5 6 7
f©
~
""'
q POS. DESCRIPTION.
"'
0
"'"'
-ij
~
0
a.
]
~
CUP NO. 1
S1-S5
S1-S5
A1
LIMIT SWITCHES
LEAF ACTUATOR
NUT
J ALL FIVE ARE ALWAYS
MOUNTED. FOR TYPE SEE
MECHANICAL PART LIST.
S1-S5 RELEASER
S1-S5 LOCK SCREW
R1 POTENTIOMETER SEE PART LIST

FOR NUMBER
X1-X2 TERMINALS AND TYPE.
CABLE GLAND,
EXTERNAL CABLES
ART. NB :
* 5 => FOR 37" AND 47" MECHANICAL RUDDER ANGLE

ADJUSTMENT OF LIMIT SWITCHES :. * 7 => FOR 72" MECHANICAL RUDDER ANGLE
1. Open nut A1 by using appropriate tool.

2. Move steering gear to high rudder angle port.
3. Loosen the lock screw on the releaser S1 and turn it in port direction until corresponding limit switch is activated.
4. Move the steering gear to high rudder angle stbd.
5. Loosen the lock screw on the releaser S2 and turn it in stbd direction until corresponding limit switch is activated.
6. Move the steering gear to low rudder angle port.
7. Loosen the lock screw on the releaser S3 and turn it in port direction until corresponding limit switch is activated.
8. Move the steering gear to low rudder angle stbd.
9. Loosen the lock screw on the releaser S4 and turn it in stbd direction until corresponding limit switch is activated.
10. Secure the nut A1 with appropriate tool.
Rev B Assembling for potentiometer changed.
Draw.: <AI< 04.07.01 FEED BACK UNIT A: STEERING GEAR In st. Rev.
Contr.: lYPE : FB40 Format: A3 Rolls-Royce Marine AS
B
Rolls-Royce
8 07.03.05 P1,2 WITH SOLENOIDS
Appr.: LAY-OUT Scale: 1:1 Dept. Steering Gear - Tenfjord
A 15.02.02 A-9211 Pogo
Rev. Dote Description Rev. Date Description 5200-W16000006-•
N-6264 TENNFJORD W_1600_00_06 1 of 2
I I - \1' ,,- - - - - - ,
r;; I\ '1
-...__~·
'
2 I 3 !\. 4 I 5 , __ 6 7 ' 8
~
s
~
CD
0
VALVE UNIT
~
i ,-, ----,
a.
] -Y1$--R I ~Y29-~
I I I I
I I I I
1 -.
I I I
I I
-X1
4 5. 6
-S1 ~ -S2 ~
-R1 -R1
.,....._ .,....._
,-.... 5: .,....._ 5: .,....._
z .,....._ 0 z .,....._ 0 w
w --' w --' I-
w 0 --' w 0 --'
w w w w
-531
0:: 0::: I
>- >- 5:
~
(!) 0::: (!) 0:::
'-" '-" '-" '-" '-" '-"' '-"'
-S4
-X1
,.-.,.
2
,.--..
3 7
,-....
t -X2
0:::
2 3 4
0:::
w
5
==-
6
u:
7
.
-~
,.-.,.
I
(!)
I
(!) 5:
0
5: ==-
==- 5:
0 5: 9: u 9
I
'-"'
z
0
S:
'-"'
--'
'-"'
0
--'
'-"'
Io ;;::: o I 0 ;;::: 0 :::2
I- :::2 0 I- 0
ll:: :::2 CD 0::: CD POTENTIOMETER POTENTIOMETER
0 0 I- 0 I-
CL 0 (/) CL (/) (CUP NO. 1) (CUP NO. 2)
0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
zw zw zw zw zw
--'
0
--'
0
--'
0
--'
0
--'
0
(/) (/) (/) (/) (/)
B 107.03.051 P1,2
A 11s.o2.o21A s211
1 1
1 1
1
1
I
Draw.: EAK
Contr.:
Appr.:
04.07.01
Replaced for. 'Replaced by:

FEED BACK UNIT
lYPE : FB40
WIRING DIAGRAM
Art.No.
~FO'-o-rm-a""'t:--'"'A3.,--
A:
scale: :-.
Rsferencs·
I 11 Rolls..;RO~Ce
Dept. steering Gear- rentjord
STEERING GEAR
WITH soLENOIDs
Ins\.
Pogo
Rev.
8
Rev. !Dote I
!Description Rev. !Dote !Description I 5200-W16000006-• . N-6264 TENNFJORD W_1600_00_06 2 of 2
-- - ;',
I
( ,i1 I I ' I I I I
' -
iii
0 - 2 3 - 4 5 -· 6 7 8
"'.0
'tl
q
.;
0
NOTE :
-;;
ll SEE CABLE DIAGRAM FOR INFORMATION REGARDING NUMBER OF VALVES TO BE MOUNTED.
-[
-:;
_3
ISOLA Tl ON VALVES BY-PASS VALVE NO. 1 BY-PASS VALVE NO. 2
-Y20
9--~
-K I -Y20
9--~
-K I -Y20
9--~
- -K I -Y20
9--~
-K I -Y21
9--~
-K I -Y22
9--~
-K I
I L I I J J J J I I I I
I I I I I I I I I I I I
I I I I I I
I I I I I I
I I I I I I
-X1.
1 ~2 •3 ~4 .5 ~6 .7 ~8 -X2 •
1 ~2 .3 ~4
~~
__J__J
~~
__J__J
~~
__J__J
~~
__J __J ~ ~
:;::;:
__J __J
:;::;: <('<(
>>
<(<(
>> :;: :;:
(!)(!) (!)(!) (!)(!) (!)(!)
UJ UJ
zz zz zz zz UJ UJ
FF FF FF FF
~1:'1
<(
:5:5
00
:5:5
00
:5:5
00
:5:5
00
a.~
I . I .
>-0 >-O
~~ ~~ ~~ ~~ IDZ IDZ
CONNECTION BOX
I
I
Draw.: EAK 06.09.01 CONNECTION BOX k 502/027 STEERING GEAR lnsl Rev.
Rolls-Royce Morine AS
Contr.: FOR MOUNTING ON Format 1\3 RV... SERIES
Rev. Dole DescrfpUon Rev. Dale Descrlpllon

Appr.:
Replaced for: IReplaced by:
STEERING GE'AR
Art. No.
521 O-W16B00006
Scale: :1:
. N-6264 TENNFJORD
Tenfjord
W_1 680_00_06
Page
1of 1
--
.-.---- - ----~---~-------------~---------
I I I I ( I.
'L>1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
NOTE :
Description for S2 ..
SEE CABLE DIAGRAM FOR INFORMATION REGARDING NUMBER OF SENSORS/VALVES TO BE MOUNTED. (* = PUMP NO.)
S21: on level switch pump no: 1
TERMINAL -X3: 2 AND -X3: 5 SHALL BE LINKED WHEN S9 IS NOT MOUNTED. S22: Oil level switch pump no: 2
VALVE UNIT VALVE UNIT
I I I I I l I I I . I I I I
I I
I I I I I II
I I
I I I I I I I I
I I
I I I IL-Jl_-H-+1---, . r-LI--_j I I I I I
I I I
I I 1 1 LIT-n'' I I I I I I I
I I I I I I
I I I I II
I I :: I I I
I I I I I I
I I I I I I II
I I 1 I I I
l I I I I I I 1 l l 1 I I 1
t- -
I
I I
I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I
I I l_ - _j_l_ J I I I .I I I I I I I
I I
I
L-r 2
I
~3 -~~ ~
I I I
~ ~
Lf
5
I I
~2
_I
I
~3 X5~
I
1
::::;:
I
~
2
I I
~3 ~4
z
0
~ ~S' ~>='
1- ::::;: 0
0:: ~ oz _I~~ _Ia_
~
::::;:
0::
0 0 ~ _J _J
w
0::
_I ==0 ~UJO ~~
a_ () UJ () <( <(
z iL ::::> 0 g"! w (!) '": w a_
~ 5
UJ 0 _IZO _IUJ
0
0
0
0
0
0 N 1/i
(!)
Vi z 0
w
_J
0
UJ
w ==0_I zZ =:!~z _IUJ
z z 0 (!) 0:: Oa_ Oc::a_ 0~
(5 I- 0
::::;: (!)
:c
a_ ::::!:::::;:
=:w:::;: =:
~ ~ t-= :::;:
g =l: ::::;:::::> 1
0::
o~=>
_J
0 0 0 w 0 ~ 0 (!) _I
0
8-e:, _~ UJ .e:,
o>-
UJ 0:: a_ UJ () () I' 0 _I _I [D
IUJ UJI
I I I I
v v v v v
MOTOR CONTROLLER ALARM UNIT ALARM UNIT ALARM UNIT BY-PASS AND
SEPERATING SYS.
CONNECTION BOX
Rev A I Diode terminal at terminal -X2:1 I
~-+----+------1--i----+-----.f,D;::ro:;;:w.::-=EAK:.:.o..._;__.-:1=3,0=9.=-:02'-i CONNEcnON BOX Ro11s-Royce Marine />S
STEERING G""'"
""'' Ins!. IIRevA.
Contr.: FOR MOUNTING ON Format: A:5 RV••• SERIES
A 11.10.05 P1
Appr.: PUMP UNIT
1-=--+=--:---+=---:--::--+-=---t::--:---+=---:--:-:--i Replaced for: IReploced by: Art.No,
Rev, Dote Description Rev. Dote Description 5210-W16BOOOOB
Scale: ~
N-6264 TENNFJORD
Tenfjord f--------------+:::-----'----1
Page
W_1680_00_08 1of 1
Spare parts list for :
Order No.: 126311
Customer: ROLLS-ROYCE MARINE AS
DEPT. STEERING GEAR- FRYDENBO
1 SET OF SPARE PARTS, ELECTRICAL

(2 YEAR).
EACH CONTAINING ITEM: SP-34012
Qty Description Item No. Pos No.
5 FUSE 5139-5X25-4A MC
5 FUSE 5139-5X20-4A AU
5 FUSE 5139-5X25-IOA MC
S7 ~;g:;tJ;,;'%ii,i>i:~M:9~1Nqirf.9:QeB1dm;w!it;{f6'tC\· W:f0'i~J99i~ii.~f~ii:93.Jii:·;gyg,8;0f?1;KrBn:;~;·t!1 \;;y:,x;:y,,",~;2 ,:::. .·:·:·:
I DISMOUNTING TOOL 5309-61-9740.0
Rolls-Rovce Marine AS, Page 1 of 1

dep. Steering Gears - Ten~ord, N-6264 Tennfjord, Norwa~'
Tel: +47 70 20 88 00 Fax: +47 70 20 89 00 Enterprise number: NO 980 371 379
Bankers: CBK - Aalesund. S. W.I.F.T: XIANNOKKAES Account No: 6550.05.18035
E-mail: tenfjord@rolls-royce.com www.rolls-royce.com

Steering Gear

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Steering Gear

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

I Rolls-Royc~

FRYDENBO ORDER NO: 7746-7748, 7792-7793

SECTION 2 INSTALLATION- COMMISSIONING- SEA TRIAL

SECTION 3 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION

SECTION 4 REPAIR INSTRUCTION

SECTION 6 PARTS CATALOGUE

SECTION 7 ELECTRICAL PART

Type IRV 1400-2

Type ABB M3AA 200MLC2

4) OIL CAPA CITY

Rudder actuator 470 Liters

Total oil volume 2650 Liters

STEERJNG GEAR TYPE IRV 1400-2

Rudder actuator 6000 kg 6300 kg

TOTAL 8000 kg 10200 kg

HYDRAULIC OIL TYPE

FRYDENB0 ROTARY VANE STEERING GEAR

. Oil temperatures should be limited to 70 OC.

The actuator consists of these mai.11 £omponents:

Oil pressure from the

THE ACTUATOR CLOSED-

When there is no oil

There is one safety valve-block on the actuator consisting of:

NORMAL RUNNING CONDITION:

SAFETY VALVE OPENS:

BEGINNING OF STEERING (MODULATED FLOW):

Steering is carried out by operating the

The control valve (3) is now at the

After approximately one second, the

SETTING THE RELIEF VALVE. (Item 2)

Use push buttons on solenoid valve to operate the manual controls.

US[ PUSH BUTTDNS

The stoppers also act as mechanical rudder stops in hard-over position.

AUTOMATIC LOCK VALVE

1. Open all bleeding plugs on top of the rudder actuator

Make sure that rudderstock and actuator are aligned.

See drawing and table "HYDR.MOUNTING I DISMOUNTING OF RUDDERSTOCK", fig.1.

2 High-pressure oil pumps with pressure gauges, min 1000 bar.

Hydraulic oil: 100 mm2/s at 40°C.

3. Mount the hydraulic nut and tighten by hand.

6. Mount the dial gauge and adjust to zero.

9. Relieve the pressure from pump 2.

11. Check the length "L".

12. Dismount the pumps and the dial gauge.

13. Tighten the nut to contact with the actuator.

14. Secure the rudderstock nut.

1. Dismount the lockplate.

2. Unscrew the nut to the length (L + 2) mm. See the table.

4. Increase the oil-pressure from pump 1 to about 50 bar.

PULL UP LENGTH: 8,9-10,2mm

Oil specification, see section 1.4.

Fill oil into the oiltank of the power pack.

IF A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM IS TO BE RELIABLE AND FUNCTION SATISFACTORILY, ALL

- Control that the electric motor is rotating in the correct direction.

- Test the start and stop switches.

-Test the alarm panels (See instructions).

Please fill in the form on the next page.

Address: ROLLS-ROYCE MARINE

Name of ship: ................................... .

Stb. Port Both

Steering time 3 5-0-3 0 degrees: (seconds)

Max pressure during steering: (bar)

Max amps on el.motor during steering: (amp)

~QI!mtjii()PE';:r":i~ [RijE·~]lQ:E~A.Njl~·~';:g. Longva (Automation)

G&:·~······ Bergen (Turbines) .PQ~~»r······

Edinburgh (Stabilisers) rI;.E!1f[[